If I was a Gaddianton and wanted to destroy the Nephites I would cause a greater pain than physical. I would hit them at the very core of their belief system. For example if an Anti-Mormon desecrated my Sacred Garment, or repeatedly said the name of Deity in vain, that would be more difficult for my spirit to feel and thus hurt me even more than physical pain.
Annotated Book of Mormon by David Hocking and Rod Meldrum Page 533
We understand how sacred the Lamb is in the Jewish tradition, and the shedding of blood on the cross, and a symbolic apron given to Adam? I believe the Gaddiantons are using those sacred symbols as disrespect to the Nephites trying to arouse the Nephites even more to hate them and fight them. The Gaddiantons are ridiculing and mocking and being sacrilegious with those things that are very sacred to the Nephites.
Seeking the One by Liz Lemon Swindle
“Shamed by their nakedness after the Fall, they tried unsuccessfully to cover their shame with garments of their own devising, aprons made of fig leaves (Gen. 3:7). God made them coats of skins,” which involved the sacrifice of life – something they could never forget— “and clothed them” with redemptive garments that covered their shame and allowed them to come into his presence with fear (Gen. 3:21).
After Adam and Eve had partaken of the fruit of the tree of knowledge of good and evil, after they had blood flowing in their veins, after all things in the world of which they were a part had become subject to death, the God of Heaven taught them the law of sacrifice. This law required the death –by the shedding of blood – of two lambs whose skins were then placed on Adam and Eve. Those special garments were worn by them when they went out into the lone and dreary world. The garments constituted a constant reminder of the protection they would enjoy (through the shed blood of the Lamb, even the Son of God) from all the effects of the Fall.” (Joseph Fielding McConkie and Craig J. Ostler, Revelations of the Restoration, [Salt Lake City: Deseret Book, 2000], 223)
“and they were naked, save it were a skin which was girded about their loins…” (Alma 43:20)
Annotated Book of Mormon by David Hocking and Rod Meldrum Page 533
On a side note, we know there were no sheep or goats in Central America, during the time of the Nephites, so with the sheep being such a sacred symbol during the Law of Moses, would the Lord offer substitution for another animal such as the caribou or llama? (Why do I mention a Caribou? Because Mesoamericanists do). I don’t think so. The Nephites lived in the North American Land of the Book of Mormon. The Lord wouldn’t guide Lehi to a land that doesn’t have sheep, goats, oxen, and doves, would He?
Lewis and Clark Journal Summary of Sheep in North America
“In the Journal of Lewis and Clark, there is an account of a quadruped which appears to have not excited that attention which it merits. The following extracts are made from the above mentioned work: “Saw the skin of a mountain sheep, which the Indians say lives among the rocks in the mountains: the skin was covered with white hair, the wool long, thick and coarse, with long coarse hair on the top of the neck and the back, resembling somewhat the bristles of a goat.” Vol. II. p. 49. “The sheep is found in many places, but mostly in the timbered parts of the rocky mountains. They live in greater numbers on the chain of mountains forming the commencement of the woody country on the coast, and passing the Columbia between the falls and rapids.” Vol. II. p. 169. The latter passage was written while our travelers wintered at the mouth of the Columbia river. But on their return, at Brant Island, an Indian “offered two sheep skins for sale: one, which was the skin of a full-grown sheep, was as large as that of a common deer; the second was smaller, and the head part, with the horns remaining, was made into a cap, and highly prized as an ornament by the owner. The Clahelellahs informed us that the sheep was very abundant on the heights, and among the cliffs, of the adjacent mountains; and that these two had been lately killed out of a herd of thirty-six, at no great distance from the village.” Account of a North American Quadruped, supposed to belong to the Genus Ovis, Rocky-Mountain Sheep, Ovis Montana,” Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (1817) from Part One – 1800–1846 Naturals and Naturalists Published online by Cambridge University Press: 05 June 2012 By George Ord Edited by C. R. Resetarits Source Here:
Sheep or a Caribou?
Does this young Caribou look like a young Lamb?
About sheep in Central America, I quote from The Interpreter a Mesoamerica blog by Daniel Sorensen. “A second challenge for Bible translators has to do with translating animal names in the Biblical languages into target languages. In some languages this poses fewer difficulties, but in others this can pose interesting challenges. As an example from the New Testament, Jesus is said to have been moved with compassion on the multitude because “they fainted, and were scattered abroad, as sheep having no shepherd” (Matthew 9:36). A Greenlandic translation made in 1744 renders sheep as “small animals which are nearly like caribous.” Inge Kleivan explains that, The comparison may at first sight appear astonishing, but in fact Poul Egede [the 1744 translator] has chosen the animal which is nearest to the sheep in size, appearance, and behavior if he wanted to compare the sheep with an animal which the Greenlanders knew. There were only the following land animals in West Greenland: hares, foxes, caribous, and polar bears. The comparison is, however, unsatisfactory at a very important point, because the caribous are not tame animals and the pastoral culture which pervades the Bible was quite unknown to the Greenlanders.33” Source
Editors note: Wow, no sheep; the most sacred emblem as a representative of Christ himself, and all Mesoamerica has is a caribou? Oh no, that’s in Greenland which is North America correct? Here is another opinion from Book of Mormon Central.
Mesoamerica Opinion: “Possible that the translated word “lamb” refers to a similar animal found in the New World”
“While the fierce appearance of the warriors would have been frightening, it may have been the lamb-skins and their being dyed in blood that was the most disturbing.2 Early in the Book of Mormon, the Lamanites were known to shave their heads and dress only in a skin about their loins,3 yet this scripture uniquely identifies the army as wearing a lamb-skin, possibly a new choice in garment that was particularly appalling to the Nephites. Perhaps the Gadianton robbers had girded themselves with a “lamb-skin” and had dyed themselves in blood as a visual mockery of the sacrificial Lamb of God.” (Good idea but Mesoamerica doesn’t have sheep right?
Editors note: Why not substitute llamas for sheep? “The camel, the hare, the llama, the rock badger, and the pig. These are the animals that possess only one of the two criteria required in order to be acceptable as food in the Law of Moses. “The llama is indeed a ruminant [chews the cud] whose hoofs are not cloven.” Food Regulation in Biblical Law A Paper Submitted in Satisfaction of the Written Work Requirement of Harvard Law School By Wendy Ann Wilkenfeld
BOMC continues, “The terms “lamb” and “sheep” appear in the Book of Mormon text over a hundred times, used most often in religious metaphors, such as with the phrase “Lamb of God.” 4While there is some evidence of sheep in the Americas, 5it is also possible that the translated word “lamb” refers to a similar animal found in the New World. 6 Whether the Nephites had sheep in the New World, or whether the word “lamb” refers to a different animal, the usage of “lamb” in the Book of Mormon is more often connected with Jesus Christ than it is to a specific species of livestock. 7
(Note 5 from Book of Mormon Central quote above) For evidence of “sheep” in the New World, see Wade E. Miller, Science and the Book of Mormon: Cureloms, Cumoms, Horse and More (Laguna Niguel, CA: KCT & Associates, 2010), 43–48. Wade E. Miller and Matthew Roper, “Animals in the Book of Mormon: Challenges and Perspectives,” Interpreter Blog, April 21, 2014; For evidence of the remains of a young domestic sheep in western New York, see William A. Ritchie, The Archeology of New York State (Garden City, NY: Natural History Press, 1969), 242–243
Editors note:As you can see from the Note 5 above, Book of Mormon Central uses a reference book about New York Archaeologist William A. Ritchie to verify that Mesoamerica had sheep. They are making things up and claiming sheep in New York proves there were sheep in Mesoamerica.
New York Antiquity. Kipp Island NY. Ceramic Dates 310 AD
Kipp Island, Hunters Home, and the Point Peninsula Tradition
The Kipp Island and Hunters Home sites are both located north of the Finger Lakes region of Central New York State. Most of the Kipp Island site has been destroyed by canal work, adjacent marsh drainage, damming, highway construction and many years of collectors digs (Ritchie 1944, 1965; Ritchie & Funk 1973). Accordingly, Ritchies excavations in 1963 were concentrated on the southern remnant of the island, where he discovered some habitation features and a cemetery respectively attributed to the Kipp Island and Hunter’s Home phases of the Point Peninsula cultural tradition. These cultural identifications were made on typological grounds and were supported by two radiocarbon dates of A.D. 610±100 and A.D. 895±100, both derived from charcoal found in hearth features (Ritchie & Funk 1973:155). Earlier occupations dating from the Middlesex and Squakie Hill phases were also identified on the site but were absent from the area excavated by Ritchie.
The Hunters Home site, discovered and partly dug by an amateur archaeologist, was later visited by Ritchie who opened a 268 square foot trench in a nearby refuse midden (Ritchie 1965: 258). The site also contains some pits and burials but there is no radiocarbon date for this site. Unfortunately, as was the case with Kipp Island, Ritchie does not say much about excavation procedures, stratigraphy, and exact provenience of the artifacts discovered at Hunters Home.
Fierce Gaddianton Warriors not in Lamb Skin in Mesoamerica.
BOMC continues, “Since the Nephites practiced the Law of Moses, they would presumably have preferred to have an animal equivalent 8 to a lamb in order to perform sacrificial ordinances at the temple. 9 Thus, when 3 Nephi 4:7 describes the skin as a “lamb-skin,” it may be a reference to the New World equivalent of a sacrificial lamb.10 In fighting the armies of the Nephites, Gadianton robbers’ slaughtering and wearing the skins of an animal of holy sacrifice would certainly have been a jarring image for the Nephites.
The shock-factor of the lamb-skin is heightened when put in the context of Mesoamerican intimidation tactics. The donning of animal pelts was intended to create a fearful spectacle, 11 so it may have been unexpected for the Gadianton robbers to appear in the skins of a non-aggressive herbivore—like a lamb. Brant Gardner explained, “Mesoamericans were well known to wear animal skins, though the animal would typically be a ferocious jaguar, not a peaceful ‘lamb.’”12
While this unusual choice of a lamb (or a similar animal) may not have been terrifying for surrounding Mesoamerican cultures, the blood-stained pelt of an innocent lamb was clearly “great and terrible” (3 Nephi 4:7) to the temple-oriented Nephites. 13 If the objective of the Gadianton Robbers was to stun and terrify the armies of the Nephites, the sacrilege of a slaughtered sacred symbol would surely accomplish just that.” Book of Mormon Central Why Did the Gadianton Robbers Wear a Lamb Skin? Post contributed by BMC Team September 20, 2016 KnoWhy #191
3 Nephi 4:7 And it came to pass that they did come up to battle; and it was in the sixth month; and behold, great and terrible was the day that they did come up to battle! And they were girded about after the manner of robbers: and they had a lamb-skin about their loins, and they were dyed in blood, and their heads were shorn, and they had head-plates upon them; and great and terrible was the appearance of the armies of Giddianhi because of their armor, and because of their being dyed in blood!
“The Nephites observed the Law of Moses by sacrificing lambs during Passover. The Lamanites possibly mocked the Nephites and their religion by wearing a lamb-skin about their loins “dyed with blood…” (3 Nephi 4:7). The Lamanites might have killed Nephite lambs, then wore and displayed the lamb-skin as an act of defiance and sacrilege to the Law of Moses during battles with the Nephites” – Amberli Nelson.
THE LAMBSKIN APRON
SHORT TALK BULLETIN – Vol.V November, 1927 No.11 by: Unknown
In Masonic symbolism the Lambskin Apron holds precedence. It is the initial gift of Freemasonry to a candidate, and at the end of life’s pilgrimage it is reverently placed on his mortal remains and buried with his body in the grave.
Above all other symbols, the Lambskin Apron is the distinguishing badge of a Mason. It is celebrated in poetry and prose and has been the subject of much fanciful speculation. Some Masonic writers have contended that initiation is analogous to birth, or our advent from prenatal darkness into the light of human fellowship, moral truth and spiritual faith. Much ancient lore has been adduced in an effort to show that the Lambskin Apron typifies regeneration, or a new life, and this thought of resurrection may be the cause of its internment with the body of a deceased brother. At least it will serve until a better reason is advanced for this peculiar custom in the Masonic burial service. The association of the lamb with redemption and being born again is expressed by John, the Apocalyptic Seer, who had a vision on the Isle of Patmos, and beheld the purified and redeemed “Of All Nations, Kindreds, People and Tongues.” Of them it was said, “These are they which came out of great tribulation and have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb.”…
As a badge of honor, the Lambskin Apron spells out integrity, honesty of purpose, probity of character, and soundness of moral principle. Source
Behold, I will put a fleece of wool in the floor; and if the dew be on the fleece only, and it be dry upon all the earth beside, then shall I know that thou wilt save Israel by mine hand, as thou hast said. (Judges 6:37)
Did the Lord Reject the Fig Leaf Apron?
Q. Why do Mormons wear aprons in the Temple, which represent the fig leaves worn by Adam and Eve in the Garden of Eden, when it is obvious that God rejected the apron of fig leaves?
A. (by Michael W. Fordham) Latter-day Saints view the temple as a sacred place, and as such, we don’t discuss many things about the temple ordinances outside of the temple. There are things that the Lord deems as sacred. The teachings of the Lord to the eleven Apostles after His resurrection and before His ascension could be considered one example (see Acts 1:3). I make this point only to demonstrate why I won’t be going into any lengthy discussion on the Temple ceremonies, per se.
Additionally, everything about the temple is symbolic, from the architecture to the ordinances performed within. Remembering this symbolic perspective is important, not unlike the parables Jesus taught, as you consider my answer to your question.
Your question is based upon an assumption that is never mentioned in the scriptures. The Bible never says that God rejected the fig leaf aprons Adam and Eve wore. Let’s examine what actually took place in the Garden of Eden.
And the serpent said unto the woman, Ye shall not surely die: For God doth know that in the day ye eat thereof, then your eyes shall be opened, and ye shall be as gods, knowing good and evil. (Genesis 3:4-5)
Notice that Satan told Eve that their “eyes shall be opened,” giving reference to knowledge, not eyesight. This means that Adam and Eve now had knowledge. The Lord has used the symbolic use of our eyes and ears in reference to foolishness and rebelliousness. They had eaten of the “tree of knowledge of good and evil”, thus they became knowledgeable about the difference between good and evil.
And the LORD God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil. (Genesis 3:22)
This symbolic teaching is not unique to the Adam and Eve account (see Ezekiel 12:2, Matthew 13:15-16). After both Adam and Eve had partaken of the fruit of the Tree of Knowledge of Good and Evil, indeed, both of their eyes were opened.
And the eyes of them both were opened, and they knew that they were naked.
Garments of Lamb
“Shamed by their nakedness after the Fall, they tried unsuccessfully to cover their shame with garments of their own devising, aprons made of fig leaves (Gen. 3:7). God made them coats of skins,” which involved the sacrifice of life – something they could never forget— “and clothed them” with redemptive garments that covered their shame and allowed them to come into his presence with fear (Gen. 3:21).
After Adam and Eve had partaken of the fruit of the tree of knowledge of good and evil, after they had blood flowing in their veins, after all things in the world of which they were a part had become subject to death, the God of Heaven taught them the law of sacrifice. This law required the death –by the shedding of blood – of two lambs whose skins were then placed on Adam and Eve. Those special garments were worn by them when they went out into the lone and dreary world. The garments constituted a constant reminder of the protection they would enjoy (through the shed blood of the Lamb, even the Son of God) from all the effects of the Fall.” (Joseph Fielding McConkie and Craig J. Ostler, Revelations of the Restoration, [Salt Lake City: Deseret Book, 2000], 223)
d; and they sewed fig leaves together, and made themselves aprons. (Genesis 3:7)
They understood that it was not good to be naked all the time. There is a difference between the ideas that Adam and Eve “saw” their nakedness and that they “knew” their nakedness was not necessarily good, at all times and that modesty was to play a part in their lives.
Adam and Eve then hid when they heard the voice of the Lord and only came out, when asked by the Lord,
And they heard the voice of the LORD God walking in the garden in the cool of the day: and Adam and his wife hid themselves from the presence of the LORD God amongst the trees of the garden. And the LORD God called unto Adam, and said unto him, Where art thou? And he said, I heard thy voice in the garden, and I was afraid, because I was naked; and I hid myself. (Genesis 3:8-10)
Journal of Book of Mormon Studies Volume 6 | Number 2 Article 7 7-31-1997 Matthew B. Brown Brigham Young University
This perspective may help explain the warning given by the Lord to his disciples to beware of “false prophets which come to you in sheep’s clothing” (Matthew 7:15). In Zechariah 13:4 we learn that false prophets were in the habit of dressing in the same distinctive vestments worn by the true prophets in order to deceive the people with their message. This is also reminiscent of 2 Corinthians 11:13-14, where we learn that false prophets somehow “transform” themselves to be like the Lord’s apostles just as “Satan himself is transformed into an angel of light” (emphasis added). Curiously enough, Joseph Smith taught that one of the ploys Satan uses to deceive others into thinking that he is an “angel of light” is ‘ that he wears “holy garb. “65 This leads us directly back to the circumstances surrounding 3 Nephi 4:7 and a possible explanation for why the lambskin apparel is mentioned there.
Notes: 65– He, 4:573. “These evil ‘angels’ use deception as their main tool of destruction. They simulate all that is good. . . . Sometimes they may come as angels of light, in borrowed or stolen raiment. Always they fail to reveal themselves as they are.” John A. Widtsoe, Evidences and Reconciliations (Salt Lake City: Bookcraft, 1960), 108-9.
66– Daniel C. Peterson, “The Gadianton Robbers as Guerrilla Warriors,” 146, and “Notes on Gadianton Masonry,” 204, 212, both in Warfare in the Book of Mormon. 67– Victor Ludlow, “Secret Covenant Teachings of Men and the Devil in Helaman through 3 Nephi 8,” The Book of Mormon: Helaman through 3 Nephi 8, According to Thy Word, ed. Monte S. Nyman and Charles D. Tate Jr.
Wolves in Sheep’s Clothing Thirteen years after the Book of Mormon’s final mention of the leather apparel (see 3 Nephi 4:7), the Lord personally warned his followers to beware of false prophets who would approach them in “sheep’s clothing” (3 Nephi 14:15). This could be seen both as metaphorical language and as an identifying characteristic of the Nephite’s enemy. Alma 43:20 mentions that some among the Nephite’s enemy were accustomed to wearing “a skin which was girded about their loins.” A few verses earlier we learn that the enemy consisted of dissenters, apostates, and “descendants of the priests of Noah” (Alma 43: 13). Daniel Peterson has noted several times that the Gadianton robbers should be viewed as “a n alternative religious option within Nephite society. “66 In the beginning of this paper, I proposed that the Nephite temple priests may have worn the priestly robes prescribed for use among the ancient Israelites. If so, it is conceivable that the “descendants of the priests of Noah” may have introduced this sacred clothing among members of the secret combinations because they wanted to make a claim for legitimate priestly power. Indeed, there is evidence within the Book of Mormon itself that members of the secret combinations were blasphemous imitators of the holy order of God.67 And since the objectives of priestcraft and the secret combinations were one and the same (to get gain) it is proposed that this is the context in which the lambskin apparel of 3 Nephi 4:7 can best be understood. The following ideas should serve to illustrate this point.
Priestcraft:” get gain and praise of the world” (2 Nephi 26:29); “riches and honor” (Alma 1: 16) Secret Combinations: “get gain” (Moses 5:31; Helaman 6: 17); “kingdoms and great glory” (Ether 8:9)One more correlation should be pointed out here. The apron was an emblem of power in several ancient cultures, but in Israel it could represent the power to speak rightfully in the name of God (prophet), to administer legally his saving ordinances (priest), and to reign lawfully in his stead (king). The express purpose of those who joined the secret combinations was for them to obtain power (see Helaman 2:8; Ether 8: 14-19, 22-23; 11: 15). What could have been a more meaningful symbol for them than an emblem which for long ages past had represented the very thing for which they sought?
“In Mormon 1: 18-19 a connection is made between the secret combinations and thepractice of magic. In Moses 5:30-31 and 49 a connection is also made between secret combinations and the strange title Master Mahan. Anti-Mormon critics have long claimed that Master Mahan is a thinly veiled variation of Master Mason, which is the designation for the third degree of initiation within Freemasonry. They believe that the presence of this title in LDS scripture clearly demonstrates that Joseph Smith plagiarized Masonic material for his creative ventures. Footnote d for Moses 5:31, however, offers several possible meanings for Mahan based on its etymological root.70 Of the choices offered I personally feel that “destroyer” is the most probable one. My reasoning for this is that the Hebrew word maha means “destroy, “71 and the addition of an n would make the word a noun.72 Hence, maha(n) = destroy(er). Destruction is one of the attributes applied to Satan in the scriptures (see John 8:44; 1 Corinthians 5:5; Hebrews 2:14; 1 Peter 5:8), and he has been identified as the destroyer in latter-day revelation.73 In Moses 5:29-31 we read that it was after Cain had bound himself to Satan with a secret oath, accompanied by the threat of destruction if he revealed this action, that he obtained the title Mahan. It would appear that he obtained this title because he had been taught how to become a destroyer himself. It is of interest to note that in certain ancient cultures Satan was known by the name Mahoun and those who swore their allegiance to him acquired that name for themselves.74
74 John Jamieson, An Etymological Dictionary of the Scottish Language, rev. ed. (Paisley, Scotland: Gardner, 1879), 3:205; see also the various references in D. Michael Quinn, Early Mormonism and the Magic World View (Salt Lake City: Signature Books, 1987), 167 n. 4.
The symbolism ascribed by Masons to their white lambskin apron is that it represents innocence. But even this idea is not original to Freemasonry. Some Masonic researchers have come to he conclusion that the white apron’s meaning was derived directly from the white garment given to the ancient Christians when they were initiated into a state of innocence at baptism (see Revelation 3:5}.77 This concept goes much farther back among the Israelites. When the high priest entered the holy of holies on the Day of Atonement, each element of his vesture consisted of unadorned white linen (see Leviticus 16:4). This clothing signified that on that sacred day the nation was reborn and became innocent before the Lord (see Revelation 19:8). The various symbols that decorate Masonic aprons are also not original to Freemasonry, but came about through a long process of assimilation and evolution.78 It should be noted that some of the symbols found on Masonic aprons are identical to those found on Greek Orthodox liturgical aprons.79
79 The Greek Orthodox aprons were inherited from the Coptic monks. Both were made of leather. For illustrations see Sherrard, Athos-The Holy Mountain, 57, 123, 127, 129, 131; Norwich and Sitwell, Mount Athos, 28, 66, 69.
And the man said, The woman whom thou gavest to be with me, she gave me of the tree, and I did eat. And the LORD God said unto the woman, What is this that thou hast done? And the woman said, The serpent beguiled me, and I did eat. (Genesis 3:12-13)
Because of their transgression, Adam and Eve were cast out of the Garden of Eden. “Therefore the LORD God sent him forth from the garden of Eden, to till the ground from whence he was taken.” (Genesis 3:23) Adam and Eve did not have to work in the Garden of Eden in order to survive, for food was provided already. However, outside of the Garden of Eden, life would be very different. “Thorns also and thistles shall it bring forth to thee; and thou shalt eat the herb of the field” (Genesis 3:18).
There was no condemnation of the aprons Adam and Eve wore while in the Garden of Eden, only a chastisement and grave consequences for eating of the forbidden fruit. In actuality, the Lord demonstrated his agreement with the covering of their nakedness. That agreement along with the result of now having to live in a different world, with harsh conditions as compared to life in the garden, the Lord gave them something BETTER to clothe themselves with. “Unto Adam also and to his wife did the LORD God make coats of skins, and clothed them.” (Genesis 3:21)
The objective of the aprons of fig leaves was to cover their nakedness, in modesty. It was the best Adam and Eve could come up with, given the circumstances. Had the Lord rejected this modesty, He would have taken the aprons and left Adam and Eve in their nakedness. The coat of skins was provided after the instruction of the Lord of what they would now have to endure. A coat of skins was much more practical and protective from the elements, thorns and thistles outside of the garden than were fig leaves. God did not reject, but gave them something better with which to live in their new conditions.
As I mentioned before, there is symbolism in everything about the temple, this includes the clothing worn there as well. Since your question concerns the apron, let’s discuss that from a Biblical perspective. Let’s examine the word “aprons” which Adam and Eve wore and the symbology behind it. The Hebrew word from which “aprons” was translated was:
chagowr {khag-ore’} or chagor {khag-ore’} and (feminine) chagowrah {khag-o-raw’} or chagorah {khag-o-raw’} Hebrew: personal noun masculine Possible Definitions: 1) girdle, belt 2) girdle, loin-covering, belt, loin-cloth, armour (Strongs’ 2290, see also Theological Wordbook of the Old Testament, 640a, 640c)
The “apron,” or “girdle” worn by Adam and Eve was most likely a loincloth type covering (much like you see Tarzan wearing) made from leaves. As a loincloth style garment, it served as a “shield” against immodesty.
In addition to being a symbol of modesty, the girdle is also a symbol of righteousness to the Lord. “And righteousness shall be the girdle of his loins, and faithfulness the girdle of his reins.” (Isaiah 11:5) The Lord has even commanded some to wear an apron, or girdle.
THUS saith the LORD unto me, Go and get thee a linen girdle, and put it upon thy loins, and put it not in water. So I got a girdle according to the word of the LORD, and put it on my loins. (Jeremiah 13:1-2)
Evidently, even the Lord wears a girdle apron (or will in the future) as part of His holy garments.
Saying, I am Alpha and Omega, the first and the last: and, What thou seest, write in a book, and send it unto the seven churches which are in Asia; unto Ephesus, and unto Smyrna, and unto Pergamos, and unto Thyatira, and unto Sardis, and unto Philadelphia, and unto Laodicea. And I turned to see the voice that spake with me. And being turned, I saw seven golden candlesticks; And in the midst of the seven candlesticks one like unto the Son of man, clothed with a garment down to the foot, and girt about the paps with a golden girdle. (Revelation 1:11-13)
This doesn’t sound like a rejection to me.
Besides being a symbol for modesty and righteousness for the Lord, there is yet another symbol for the girdle (apron). It has to do with Priesthood authority. The book of Exodus is very detailed about the dress of “holy garments” for those in authority, and the girdle was part of that.
…and they shall make holy garments for Aaron thy brother, and his sons, that he may minister unto me in the priest’s office. And they shall take gold, and blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine linen. And they shall make the ephod of gold, of blue, and of purple, of scarlet, and fine twined linen, with cunning work. It shall have the two shoulder pieces thereof joined at the two edges thereof; and so it shall be joined together. And the curious girdle of the ephod, which is upon it, shall be of the same, according to the work thereof; even of gold, of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen. (Exodus 28:4-8)
The apron, or girdle, is a symbol of righteousness to the Lord, and of Priesthood authority. The Lord never condemned the wearing of fig leaf aprons. Rather, it is a Biblical symbol of Priesthood Authority, righteousness to the Lord, and the creation of man by God, not to mention the clear representation of the symbolism referring to modesty. I hope this answers your question.
One key to understanding a symbol is that it often resembles the thing it stands for. For example, the bread and water of the sacrament represent the body and blood of the Savior—in that order. It would make no sense to have bread represent the Savior’s blood or to have water represent the Savior’s body. Bread, like flesh, is solid; water, like blood, is liquid.
Another example is the decoration embroidered on the clothing of the high priest in the Old Testament: “They made upon the hems of the [high priest’s] robe pomegranates of blue, and purple, and scarlet” (Exodus 39:24). Have you ever eaten a pomegranate? If so, you know that it is full of seeds. So the pomegranate can be seen as a symbol of fertility, of posterity. In addition, the juice of the pomegranate is red, suggesting blood, or life: “The life of all flesh is the blood thereof” (Leviticus 17:14).
After Adam and Eve partook of the forbidden fruit, “they knew that they were naked; and they sewed fig leaves together, and made themselves aprons” (Genesis 3:7). What color are fig leaves?Green, which symbolizes life and growth. Figs also contain hundreds of tiny seeds, so the fig, like the pomegranate, can represent fertility and posterity. In addition, it was only after the Fall that Adam and Eve were able to have children. As Eve said, “Were it not for our transgression we never should have had seed” (Moses 5:9–11) 5 Tips to Better Understand Temple Symbols by Jack M. Lyon
Breechclout Fact Sheet
Breechclout Fact 1: The Native Indian breechclouts were basic one-piece articles of clothing that covered the loins of the wearer
Red Color Symbolizes war, blood, strength, energy, power and success in war paint. Red clays containing oxides of iron, roots, berries, barks and beets. The Lachnanthes plant commonly known as redroot native to eastern North America Redroot and also used as red war paint. When the root is crushed it “bleeds” a reddish dye. Bloodroot plants are also used to produce red war paint. Red was predominately used for painting because of its availability. https://www.warpaths2peacepipes.com/native-american-culture/war-paint.htm
“Days of Prayer have a long history in America. Colonists declared Days of Prayer during droughts, Indian attacks and threats from other nations. Edward Winslow’s record of the Pilgrims’ experiences, reprinted in Alexander Young’s Chronicles of the Pilgrims (Boston, 1841), stated: “Drought and the like considerations moved not only every good man privately to enter into examination with his own estate between God and his conscience, and so to humiliation before Him, but also to humble ourselves together before the Lord by Fasting and Prayer.
In colonial Connecticut, settlers proclaimed by legal authority a day in early spring for Fasting and Prayer. The governor customarily selected Good Friday as the annual spring fast. In 1668, the Virginia House of Burgesses in Jamestown passed an ordinance stating: “The 27th of August appointed for a Day of Humiliation, Fasting and Prayer, to implore God’s mercy…
On May 15, 1776, General George Washington ordered: “The Continental Congress having ordered Friday the 17th instant to be observed as a Day of Fasting, Humiliation and Prayer, humbly to supplicate the mercy of Almighty God, that it would please Him to pardon all our manifold sins and transgressions, and to prosper the arms of the United Colonies, and finally establish the peace and freedom of America upon a solid and lasting foundation; the General commands all officers and soldiers to pay strict obedience to the orders of the Continental Congress; that, by their unfeigned and pious observance of their religious duties, they may incline the Lord and Giver of victory to prosper our arms.” https://www.nationaldayofprayer.org/about/history_of_prayer_in_america
Is the Trump announcement of a day of Prayer on May 17, 2026 significant this year? Trump’s prayer is said to rededicate America as one Nation under God. I pray for that to happen. What a blessing it would be to see our Nation once again dedicate ourselves to God. The Savior’s coming can be any day, and we must pray and fast to be ready.
Trump announces May 17 National Mall prayer event: Time to ‘rededicate America’
Ryan King, NY Post Published Feb. 5, 2026
“WASHINGTON — President Trump announced Thursday that a massive prayer event will be held on the National Mall this coming May — declaring it is time “to rededicate America as one nation under God,” as the nation celebrates its 250th birthday this year.
Trump revealed the event during remarks at the National Prayer Breakfast at the Washington Hilton, where he also doubled down on his commitment to religious liberty in the US.
“This morning, I’m pleased to announce that on May 17, 2026, that we’re inviting Americans from all across the country to come together on our National Mall, to pray, to give thanks, to rededicate America as one nation under God,” the president said.
President Trump joked that he was afraid of consequences from the almighty if he skipped the National Prayer Breakfast. AP
Trump did not specify why May 17 was selected, however, shortly before the Declaration of Independence, the colonial Congress had declared May 17, 1776, a national day of fasting and prayer.
May 17 also comes a few days after multiple Christian denominations celebrate the Feast of the Ascension of Jesus Christ.
Trump also revealed that the Department of Education will be taking steps to protect prayer in public schools.” NY Post
There are 49 days from May 17th to July 4th. Both President George Washington and President Donald Trump have and will hold a day of prayer and fasting on that date. Could that be significant?
Is 49 Days Significant? May 17 → July 4, 2026
“49 days is very significant in Judaism. The significance comes from the number 49 itself.
The key concept: Counting 49 days
In Judaism, there is a commandment called the Counting of the Omer.
It begins on the second night of Passover
It lasts 49 days (7 weeks)
It ends on the holiday of Shavuot (the 50th day)
Why 49 matters
The number 49 represents:
7 × 7 (a “complete” spiritual cycle)
A period of spiritual preparation and refinement
In Jewish tradition, it symbolizes moving from:
Physical freedom (Passover / Exodus) → to
Spiritual purpose (receiving the Torah at Shavuot)
Some Jewish teachings also describe:
49 “levels” of spiritual growth or impurity, climbed step-by-step during this period.
So is May 17th meaningful?
May 17 → July 4, 2026 = 49 days is mathematically interesting
But it is not necessarily tied to the Jewish calendar or any Jewish observance.” by Grok AI March 28, 2026
Question to Grock:The 49 days between the holidays of Passover and Shavuot is what dates in 1776 and again the dates in 2026?
Answer from Grok: Great question—this is where it gets really interesting.
The 49-day period between Passover and Shavuot shifts each year because it follows the Hebrew calendar, not the Gregorian one. Here are the actual corresponding date ranges:
1776 (the year of the American founding)
Passover begins: April 22, 1776 (evening)
Day 1 of the Omer: April 23, 1776
Day 49: June 10, 1776
Shavuot begins: evening of June 10, 1776
So the 49-day count runs: April 23 → June 10, 1776 (The May 17th Omer date fell between the 1776 dates)
2026
Passover begins: April 1, 2026 (evening)
Day 1 of the Omer: April 2, 2026
Day 49: May 20, 2026
Shavuot begins: evening of May 21, 2026
So the 49-day count runs: April 2 → May 20, 2026 (The May 17th Omer date will fall between the 2026 dates)
Key takeaway
The 49-day pattern is consistent, but the calendar dates shift year to year
In both cases, the count always connects:
Passover (deliverance/freedom) → through 49 days → Shavuot (revelation/law)
Interesting historical note
In 1776, the 49-day count ended (June 10) just a few weeks before:
July 4, 1776 — the Declaration of Independence
Some people find that symbolic (freedom → covenant → national identity), though it’s not a traditional Jewish interpretation—it’s more of a historical or philosophical observation.
Let’s just say it is very interesting in these last days!
Counting of the Omer
“Counting of the Omer is a ritual in Judaism. It consists of a verbal counting of each of the 49 days between the holidays of Passover and Shavuot. The period of 49 days is known as the “omer period” or simply as “the omer” or “sefirah”. The count has its origins in the biblical command of the Omer offering, which was offered during the Passover festival, and after which 49 days were counted, and the Shavuot holiday was observed. The Temple sacrifices have not been offered since the destruction of the Temple in Jerusalem, but the counting until Shavuot is still performed.” Source Wikipedia
Prayer in Schools is back in the United States of America, finally! Read below;
U.S. Department of Education Issues Guidance on Prayer and Religious Expression in Public Schools
“Today, the U.S. Department of Education (the Department) issued guidance on constitutionally protected prayer and religious expression in public elementary and secondary schools.
The guidance, required by the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 to be updated periodically, makes clear that parents and children have a constitutional right to take part in public school in ways that align with their sincerely held religious beliefs. School officials should allow members of the public school community to act and speak according to their faith, as long as:
They respect the rights of others;
The school itself does not engage in religious activities or speech as an institution; and
The school does not favor secular views over religious ones or one religion over another.
“The Trump Administration is proud to stand with students, parents, and faculty who wish to exercise their First Amendment rights in schools across our great nation,” said U.S. Secretary of Education Linda McMahon. “Our Constitution safeguards the free exercise of religion as one of the guiding principles of our republic, and we will vigorously protect that right in America’s public schools.”
The purpose of this guidance is to provide information on the current state of the law concerning prayer and religious expression in public schools. This updated guidance supersedes and replaces the Department of Education’s Guidance on Constitutionally Protected Prayer and Religious Expression in Public Elementary and Secondary Schools (2023) issued under the Biden Administration. That document is no longer in effect…
Background:
In recent years, the Supreme Court has ruled substantively on issues of religious expression and related matters of religious freedom in public schools—most notably in Kennedy v. Bremerton School District(2022) andMahmoud v. Taylor (2025).
Today’s guidance involves three key protections under the First Amendment: 1) The right of parents and children to freedom of speech; 2) The right of parents and children to freely practice their religion; and 3) The obligation of public schools to avoid establishing or endorsing religion.
In addition, this guidance is in accordance with parents’ longstanding constitutional right—recognized under the Fourteenth Amendment—to direct the education and upbringing of their children.
On February 7, 2025, President Trump signed an Executive Order establishingthe White House Faith Office to “honor and enforce the Constitution’s guarantee of religious liberty and to ending any form of religious discrimination by the Federal Government.”
On May 1, 2025, President Trump signed an Executive Order establishing the Religious Liberty Commission “to safeguard and promote America’s founding principle of religious freedom.”
On September 8, 2025, President Trump previewed today’s guidance during a speech at the Religious Liberty Commission’s hearing on religious liberty in public education.” U.S. Department of Education
Some researchers believe that the Jaredites come from the Near East traveled the Mediterranean Sea and took the Atlantic Ocean and arrived at the St Lawrence River near the Great Lakes in America. Some believe the Jaredites traveled east from the Tower of Babel crossing the Zargos Mountains to the Caspian Sea and then over 4,000 miles across Asia’s wilderness and stopped in China, and then traveled the Pacific Ocean to land in America. Some believe the Jaredites went far north into the wilderness to Sumer and Valley of Nimrod before making way to the Mediterranean Sea for travel on the Atlantic.
“2 Sets of Barges” My Summary Thesis
I believe the Jaredites plausibly traveled on foot from the Tower of Babel area to *near Kuwait, built their first set of barges and crossed “many waters”, beginning at the Persian Gulf. After sailing through this Gulf, they continued through other many waters, the Gulf of Oman, Arabian Sea, Laccadive Sea, Bay of Bengal, Gulf of Thailand, South China Sea and perhaps the Philippine Sea. They plausibly arrived in either Japan, Taiwan, or near Shanghai, China. Here they built their 2nd set of barges to sail to the Promised Land in the Great Deep.
Video and a Slide Presentation by Rian Nelson below.
April 18, 2024 From Firm Foundation Conference.
Titled: Jaredites-Two Sets of Barges-Pacific Landing, Ether 2 Explained
In other words, by the millions and millions of mounds and artifacts of life in North America from 600 BC to 400 AD, has been left the fruits or artifacts of the labors of the great Lamanite and Nephite people. To say evidence doesn’t exist is to deny the obvious. To have to be shown the evidence of the Nephites path you would have to be blind. This article will just focus on artifacts in Tennessee, Ohio and several other states and any one item on it’s own could help the honest in heart find physical and spiritual proof of the Book of Mormon. Of course one would have to find room in their heart to believe the Book of Mormon did happen in North America, which I do. (Your contrary opinions are welcome).
The most common question that is asked about mounds is, “How many exist?” In the 1800’s the Smithsonian sponsored many expeditions to identify mound sites across America. A map (shown above) was produced by Cyrus Thomas in 1894 in a Bureau of Ethnology book. They found approximately 100,000 mound sites, many with complexes containing 2 to 100 mounds. The figure of 100,000 mounds once existing— based on Cyrus Thomas map revealing 100,000 sites—is often cited by others, but that estimate is far, far too low. After visiting several thousand mounds and reviewing the literature, I am fairly certain that over 1,000,000 mounds once existed and that perhaps 100,000 still exist. Oddly, some new mound sites are discovered each year by archaeological surveys in remote areas. But in truth, a large majority of America’s mounds have been completely destroyed by farming, construction, looting, and deliberate total excavations” – Gregory L. Little, Ed.D., The Illustrated Encyclopedia of Native American Mounds & Earthworks, Eagle Wing Books, Inc., Memphis, TN [2009].
When you don’t have “ALL THE RIGHT FACTS” your conclusions may be “WRONG.” To the Mesoamericanists searching for Book of Mormon geography, I say, as Indiana Jones said in the clip below, “You are “Digging in the Wrong Place”
If the Book of Mormon is true (which it is), then this world is full of evidence of it’s existence both temporally and spiritually. If the Nephites were a real people in a real time and place (they are), there is found evidence of their existence. If Zarahemla was a city near Nauvoo (it is D&C 125), we will find evidence of its existence. If metal and copper are mentioned in the Book of Mormon (they are), we will find its evidence in the ground. If Joseph Smith is a Prophet born and raised in the United States and he talks of “this country” or “this land” he is speaking of the USA. (Wentworth Letter below). If the Land of Tennessee is the place of the Nephites, proof of habitation will exist. (It does)
If you haven’t found physical evidence of the Book of Mormon in North America, you haven’t looked hard enough nor prayed about it. If you haven’t found evidence of big time voter fraud in the election of 2020 and 2022, your eyes are closed and you just don’t want to open them and see. Come on world! Please open your eyes and mind. The Book of Mormon is true and the election was stolen. This is just one man’s opinion, but I challenge you to answer each question yourself. Is there physical evidence of the Book of Mormon in North America, and is it possible our government has been infiltrated by the Deep State?
“For it came to pass that they did deceive many with their flattering words, who were in the church, and did cause them to commit many sins” Mosiah 26:6
The Remnant are the Indians that now Inhabit This Country
“The history of ancient America is unfolded, from its first settlement by a colony that came from the tower of Babel, at the confusion of languages to the beginning of the fifth century of the Christian era. We are informed by these records that America in ancient times has been inhabited by two distinct races of people. The first were called Jaredites and came directly from the tower of Babel. The second race came directly from the city of Jerusalem, about six hundred years before Christ. They were principally Israelites, of the descendants of Joseph. The Jaredites were destroyed about the time that the Israelites came from Jerusalem, who succeeded them in the inheritance of the country. The principal nation of the second race fell in battle towards the close of the fourth century. The remnant are the Indians that now inhabit this country.” Wentworth Letter
TENNESSEE ARCHAEOLOGY
Amulon and Helam
The Old Stone Fort was built during the Middle Woodland Period, 1,500-2,000 years ago. Native Americans used this area continuously for about 500 years, eventually leaving it abandoned. By the time European settlers arrived, it was unclear of what the area had been used for which resulted in it being misnamed as a fort. In 1966, the state of Tennessee purchased 400 acres of the Chumbley estate as the core of what is now Old Stone Fort State Archaeological Park. Source
“Almost 2000 years ago, the native peoples who lived along the Harpeth River in Williamson County created a sacred site, akin to what we would call a cathedral today,” said Dr. Kevin Smith, Professor of Sociology and Anthropology at Middle Tennessee State University. “It remains the only known major sacred site of its type from the Cumberland River drainage – and much have involved peoples from throughout the region. For modern peoples, this site is important not only as the remnants of an ancient shrine, but also as a site that was recognized nationally in the 1870’s by early archaeologists and antiquarians. While only these two remnants of this sacred complex survive for us to preserve, remember and honor today, they are an important reminder that our history as Tennesseans extends much deeper into the past than we might usually think.”
A diagram hereof placement of mounds, works and stone box burials at the Old Town Archaeological Site in Williamson, Tennessee. Based on a map found in “The antiqu ities of Tennessee and the adjacent states, and the state of aboriginal society in the scale of civilization represented by them” by Thruston, Gates Phillips
Editors note: Many Tennesseans need to know that their land is very possibly the land of the Nephites after Lehi’s escape from his brothers Laman and Lemuel. It is the Land where Alma was converted by Abinadi and the land near the Waters of Mormon. With Chattanooga as the City Nephi it is very likely the city of Amulon is where Franklin Tennessee is today and the city of Helam near the Pinson Mounds Park just south of Jackson, Tennessee. Both of these places show some amazing archaeology dating from 100 BC to 200 AD which is the appropriate time for of the exitance of these Book of Mormon People.
Purchase over 200 Book of Mormon in North America Maps here
In early 1875, Joseph Henry, the first Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, wrote to a number of Tennessee citizens asking for assistance in collecting specimens for the United States National Museum. A fire in January of 1865 had destroyed significant portions of the museum’s early collections (DesRochers 2012), and the approach of the United States Centennial — to be celebrated in concert with the first major world fair and exposition held in the country — required acquisition of new materials. Among those individuals Henry contacted was Dr. William Martin Clark, a physician and resident of Franklin, Tennessee and later the editor-in-chief of the Nashville Banner (Clayton 1880).
Clark began his efforts on behalf of the Smithsonian in May of 1875 with the excavation of an earthen mound on the farm of Dr. William Reid, near Franklin. From there, Clark shifted his efforts to the nearby Glass property, of which he wrote: There is a fine group here, and four of them are in a line from north to south, a large one in the centre [sic], flanked on the south by two small ones, and on the north by another, evidently intended to have been a large one, but from some interruption was never finished. This last was not more than three feet high, though seventy-five feet in diameter. It had been cultivated a great number of years, but distinctly showed its proportions. Being in cultivation at the time of my visit, I did not examine it. The two smaller ones were about six feet high and twenty in diameter, while the largest was twenty feet high and four hundred feet in circumference. They did not stand in a perfect circle, the largest mound forming the lowest part of the concavity (W.M. Clark, “Antiquities of Tennessee,” MS 2407, National Anthropological Archives, Smithsonian Institution, Page 10).
In his account, Clark mentions four mounds (identified herein for reference as Clark-A, Clark-B, Clark-C, and Clark-D): Clark-A stood ca. 6 m in height and 40 m in diameter and most closely matches Mound 2 at the Glass Mounds; Clark-B and C were located to the south and each measured ca. 2 m in height and 6 m in diameter; and Clark-D, situated to the north, measured ca. 1 m in height and 23 m in diameter. The surviving Glass Mounds Mound 1 may be either Clark-B or Clark-C, although the information provided by Clark is insufficient to determine which. Neither of the two surviving mounds at the Glass Mounds site match the dimensions of Clark-D. Clark excavated two trenches into the largest mound at the site (Clark-A; Glass Mounds 2), beginning on opposite faces and meeting in the center.
Copper Facemask
Within the mound he encountered a layer of ashes and burned earth five feet below the summit, with similar sequences recurring every five feet until the base of the mound. Clark records that the mound was constructed on top of a four-foot deep deposit of burned earth, ashes, and charcoal, from which he recovered “the only relics” from the excavation (W.M. Clark, “Antiquities of Tennessee,” MS 2407, National Anthropological Archives, Smithsonian Institution, Page 11).
No skeletal remains were present within the basal mound deposit, suggesting that these artifacts represent either a cache of ritual objects, or perhaps were associated with a cremation or completely degraded grave.
The mask in particular fired Clark’s imagination, leaving him to ponder: Could it speak, what tales it could tell of the red men. [Lamanites & Nephites] No doubt it has witnessed many a torture of captives and heard them shriek, as their hearts were torn from their living bodies and thrown upon the fire to appease the vengeance of their captors. Now how low it has fallen! A small fragment of copper handed down from an antiquity far beyond our conceptions, only a slight token of the mythical nations (W.M. Clark, “Antiquities of Tennessee,” MS 2407, National Anthropological Archives, Smithsonian Institution, Page 12). TENNESSEE ARCHAEOLOGY Volume 10 Fall 2020 Number 2 The Tennessee Division of Archaeology and Middle Tennessee State UniversityMetal, Coins, Swords, Scabbards, Furnaces, Soldering, Hebrew, Helmets, Iron, Steel, Copper, Nails, etc.
The natural and aboriginal history of Tennessee. Quotes about STEEL below.
“They made wells also, wailed up with stone from die bottom. They had swords of iron and steel, and steel bows, and mirrors with iron backs, knives of iron, with ferules of silver: tools also of iron and steel, and chisels with which they neatly sculptured stone, and made engravings upon it; and spades, with which they sunk their wide and deep ditches.” The natural and aboriginal history of Tennessee Page 2 Here:
“And lately was taken from a mound in Maury county, a stone perfectly globular, very hard and heavy, of a variegated exterior, and exceedingly well polished. It probably belonged to some employment that the other circular stones did. They were all of them cut by some iron or steel instrument. It was two or three, inches in diameter.” Page 190 Here
“To these were added the steel-trap, which was hardly less destructive amongst the amphibious race. The scarcity of game was soon perceptible, and the scarcity of food was the inevitable consequence”. Page 295 Here
“The aborigines had some very well manufactured swords and knives of iron, and possibly of steel.* A few years ago, near Blacksburg in Virginia, 8(5 miles from Marietta, was found about the half of a steel bow, which when entire would have measured five or six feet.” Page 349 Here
“On the lower end of this pole is fixed an iron socket, with a cavity in the lower end, in which cavity a screw is cut for the reception of the auger. The auger is always made of steel; the end applied to the rock having an edge in the centre, and the other end having a screw to attach it to the socket in which the screw is cut, attached to the pole. As the hole descends into the rock, the rope attached to the sweep or spring pole is lengthened, until a sufficient distance is bored in the rock to require another pole, when one is attached by screw*, as the auger and pole first mentioned were. Thus those who perforin the boring descend to the requisite depth.” Page 382 Here
BY JOHN HAYWOOD, OF THE COUTNTY OF DAVIDSON, THE STATE OF TENNESSEE. NASHVILLE: PRINTED BY GEORGE WILSON, 1823. Page 341-349
“First we will speak of the coins of the aborigines found in the neighboring countries, and then of metallic instruments and utensils also found there.
First. On the farm of Mr. Edward Payne, near Lexington [KY], were found two ancient coins ; one was of gold, and sold for hundreds of dollars : the other was of brass. Each had a head reversed, and both were inscribed with characters not understood, but said to resemble Hebrew. The date of the gold coin was probably 1214, and the date of the brass piece 1009. A few miles below Mr. Payne, a gold piece “Was found, on the plantation of Mr. Chambers, who says it was sold at Lexington for 13 dollars. It was inscribed in unknown characters; and, as Mr. Chambers thinks, was unlike any coin he had ever seen. He says, that a small piece of copper was found on his farm at the same time. The date 1214 could not relate to the “hegira.” [Muhammad’s departure from Mecca to Medina in AD 622]. If it related to the Christian era, it must have come from some of the modern kingdoms of Europe, which had adopted the use of the Arabic numerals. It is not known that the Persians ever used them. The most that can be made of the fact, is, a probability that these coins came to the country before the discovery of America by Columbus; for between 1214 and 1492, the time of his discovery, were 178 years, and before the Spaniards could have circulated it, many more years intervened prior to their intercourse with the nations on the continent. So that it must have circulated nearly 300 years, before it could have come hither from them, and by that time would have been worn out.
At Circleville [Ohio] a copper coin was taken from the central mound, from beneath the roots of a hickory growing on the mound, seven or eight inches in circumference. It has no resemblance in its devices to any British or other coins to which it hath been compared. A hickory six to eight inches in circumference, might have grown up long since the French settlements were on the Ohio and its waters.
On the plantation of Colonel William Sheppard, in the county of Orange, on the river Enoe; 6 miles above Hillsborough in North Carolina, and near the remains of a town which had been deserted in very remote times, was picked up, about the year 1803 or 1804, a round piece of copper about the size of an American eagle. On both sides was a short line of letters, with parallel lines increasing in length till past the center, whence they decreased in length to the bottom, accommodating themselves to the rounded shape of the copper. It was neatly executed. The letters were of some unknown alphabet. This copper was dropped again on the same plantation, where probably it now is. It was about the thickness of the coins called coppers. Similar pieces were sometimes given by the Spanish friars to their proselyted Indians.
Gold and silver ornaments have been found in many of the tumuli in Ohio. Silver very well plated, has been found in several of the mounds : copper in many: pipe bowls of copper, hammered, and not welded together, but lapped over, have been found in them. A bracelet of copperwas found in a stone mound at Chillicothe. It resembles the links of a common chain, the ends passed by each other, but were not welded together. Ornaments of silver and copper have not been found north of Newark [OH The location of the Newark Earthworks of 100 BC to 100 AD]. Below that place, vast numbers have been found. North of that place are no wells perforated in the rocks. Arrow heads of copper, some of them five or six inches in length, circular medals of copper, several inches in diameter, very thin, and much injured by time, have been found in the tumuli of Ohio. Iron has been found in some instances oxidized.
Sword, Skeletons and Mirrors
Out of a mound near the circle of the large fort at Circleville [OH], was found the elk- horn handle of a small sword or long knife. Around the end where the blade had been inserted, was a ferule of silver; no iron was found, but an oxide remained. Also, charcoal and wood ashes in which those articles lay, which were surrounded by several bricks very well burnt.A skeleton appeared to have been burnt in a large and very hot fire, which had almost consumed the bones of the deceased. The skeleton was deposited a little to the south of the centre of the tumulus. And 20 feet to the north of it, was another. There was also a large mirror, three feet in length, one and a half in breadth, and one inch and a half thick. It was of “isinglass.” [mica or a similar material in thin transparent sheets]. Also a plate of iron, which had become an oxyde ; but before it was disturbed by the spade, resembled a plate of iron. This skeleton had been burned like the former and lay in charcoal and a considerable quantity of wood ashes.
Gold and Silver
An ornament of very pure gold was discovered, a few years since, in Ross County Ohio, near Chillicothe, lying in the palm of a skeleton’s hand, in a small mound. [Arch. Am. 176].
Not long since, a silver cup was taken from a mound at Marietta, on the Ohio. It is in the possession of Mr. Hill, of St. Clair county, Illinois. It is in the form of an inverted cone, measuring three and a half inches across at top, two and a half at bottom, and four inches in height. It is of pure silver, and so skillfully wrought, that no traces of the plating hammer are discernible. The bottom, which is circular, has been separately forged, accurately fitted to the sides, or barrel, and soldered on.
The line of attachment is plainly discernible. Its interior surface has been gilt, or washed, with a bright, yellow, untarnishable metal, which is undoubtedly gold ; but that gilding is impaired in some places. It was found in a mound at Marietta, half a mile east of those remarkable fortifications on the Muskingum. The mound is situated in woody plane, with a gentle declivity towards the river, and a small stream washes its base. During the autumnal rains, or the melting of the snow in the spring, it runs with the velocity of a current. Thus it has gradually washed away the earth, and laid open the mound for a considerable space, and in this situation the cup was discovered. It was then in a bruised or shapeless mass, and foul from adhering clay ; but being taken to a silversmith, was put into the shape it now presents, which was probably the shape it originally had. Its value by weight is about fifteen dollars. It bears no device or ornamental work of any kind, being a perfectly plain and heavy piece of workmanship. If it be not of European fabrication, the inference is inevitable, that some nation preceding the savages was formerly here, of far greater advancement in the arts of civilization than they ever possessed. But for fear of mistake, let us bear in mind that the French settled in Canada as early as the year 1608, and soon afterwards carried on trade extensively with all the Indians who lived on the waters of the Ohio.
Copper, Marble and Amulets
Copper instruments and ornaments have also been found. In 1813 was found in a mound a piece of copper incrusted with “erugo” [mildew, plant rust], half an inch thick It consists of thin plates of copper rolled up, encircling each other. It was about three inches in length, and one fourth of an inch in thickness. The plates were remarkably pure and fine. In the same mound a beautiful piece of marble was taken up in the year 1814. It was undoubtedly made and used for an ornament, being perforated with loopholes for fastening, which must have been bored by some hard instrument. The marble piece is about five or six inches in length, flat on one side, oval on the other, having an increasing width in the middle, the ends are apparently cut, and with some hard implement used for the purpose. The marble is of a dark dun colour, but the veins of the stones are very distinct. The magicians of India are provided with many articles against witchcraft, which they distribute amongst those who consult them. There are certain enchanted beads, very thin plates of copper, on which extraordinary figures are engraved, with inexplicable words and unknown characters. Amulets also, of various kinds, all which are worn by the Hindoos to serve as talismans, and to preserve them from every species of incantation. No other circum-stance at present recollected, can account in the least degree for the plates of copper above mentioned.
Verdigrease (patina), Helmet, Scull bone which lay under the plate of copper
In one of the tumuli on Grave Creek [WV], below Wheeling, near to the Ohio, were found, about 20 years since, sixty copper beads, made of a coarse “wire, hammered out, and not drawn and cut off at unequal lengths. They were soldered together in an awkward manner, the centre of some of them uniting with the edges of others. They were incrusted with “verdigrease” [A green patina or crust of copper sulfate or copper chloride formed on copper, brass, and bronze exposed to air or seawater for long periods of time], but the inside of them was pure copper.
This painting by Ken Corbett, represents Mormon with his son, Mormon traveling south on the Ohio River heading towards the Land Zarahemla in Illinois and Missouri. Near Grave Creek Mound in West Virginia, you can visualize in Mormon 1:6-7 it saying, “And it came to pass that I, being eleven years old, was carried by my father into the land southward, even to the land of Zarahemla. The whole face of the land had become covered with buildings, and the people were as numerous almost, as it were the sand of the sea.” Young Mormon is pointing to the Grave Creek mound and all the buildings around.
Some copper pieces have been found in a mound near the Little Muskingum, four miles from Marietta, which appear to have been the front of a helmet, was originally eight inches long and four broad, and has marks of having been attached to leather. It is much decayed and is now a thin plate, and appears to have been attached to the centre of it by a rivet, the hole for which appears both in the plate and ornament. At this place the remains of a skeleton were found. No part retained its form but a portion of the forehead or scull, which lay under the plate of copper. These bones are deeply tinged with green, and appear to have been preserved by the salts in the copper.
Shield Boss, Belts, Buckler, Scabbard, Sword, Iron and 500 year old trees.
In an ancient mound of the streets of Marietta, in the margin of the plane near the fortifications, amongst other things, in 1819 were discovered three large circular bosses [A shield boss, or umbo, is a round, convex or conical piece of material at the centre of a shield], or ornaments, for sword belts, or a buckler composed of copper, oval, and with a thick plate of silver. The front is slightly convex with a depression like a cap in the centre. The measure, two inches and a quarter across the face of each. On the back side, opposite the depressed portion, is a copper rivet or nail, around which are two separate plates, by which they were fastened to the leather. Two small pieces of the leather were found lying between the holes of one of the bosses. They resemble the skin of an old mummy. The plates of copper are nearly reduced to rust. Around the rivet of one of them is a quantity of flax or hemp in a tolerable state of preservation. Near the side of the human body was a plate of silver, the upper part of a sword scabbard, six inches long, two wide, weighing one ounce. Three longitudinal ridges were on it, which perhaps corresponded with the edges or ridges of the sword. It had been fastened to the scabbard by three or four rivets, the holes of which yet remain in the silver.
Below is a link to an article titled, A 1,000-Year-Old Viking Sword Emerges From an English River. Whether it is true or not you should put it with your other research and decide for yourself.
Two or three pieces of a copper tube were also found, filled with rust. These compose the lower end of the scabbard, near the point of the sword. There is no sign of the sword itself, except this appearance of rust. Near the feet was a piece of copper weighing three ounces. It seemed by the shape to have been used for a plumb or for ornament. Near one of the ends is a circular crease or groove for lying a thread. It is round, two inches and a half in length, one in diameter at the centre, and half an inch at each end. It is composed of small pieces of native copper pounded together; and in the cracks between the pieces, are several pieces of silver, one nearly of the size of a fourpenny piece or half a “disme” [ an American silver coin with a face value of five cents.] This copper ornament was covered with a coat of green rust, and is considerably corroded. A piece of red ochre or paint, and a piece of iron ore, which has the appearance of having been partly vitrified or melted, were also found. The trees upon the mound, as evidenced by the annulars, were between 400 and 500 years of age, and on the ground beside them were other trees, in a state of decay that appeared to have fallen from dotage.
Bear Teeth, Mica, Copper Beads, Human Bones
From the ancient works where Circleville [OH] now stands, and from the mound there, were taken a few scattered human bones, a branch of a deer’s horn and a piece of earthenware containing muscle shells. At the distance of 500 feet from this pyramid, in the direction of north eight east, there is another. Nine feet high, of a circular figure, nearly flat on the top. In it were found some human skeletons, and a hand full of copper beads, which had been strung on a cravat of lint. There is another mound at the intersection of Third and Main streets; whatever it contained was deposited a small distance below a stratum of loam which is common to the town. The first artificial layer was gravel, considerably raised in the middle; the next, composed of large pebbles, was convex and of a uniform thickness ; the last consisted of loam and soil. The strata were entire, and must have been formed after the deposits in the tumulus were completed. Amongst other articles were these : A bone ornamented with several carved lines ; the sculpture representation of the head or beak of a rapacious bird, perhaps an eagle ; a quantity of isinglass ; a small oval piece of sheet copper with two perforations ; a large oval piece of some metal with longitudinal grooves or ridges ; a number of beads of bone or shell; the teeth of a carnivorous animal, probably those of a bear; seven large marine shells, belonging perhaps to the genus buccinum, cut in such a manner as to serve for domestic utensils, and nearly converted into a state of chalk; several copper articles, each consisting of two sets of circular concave and convex plates. The. interior one of each sort connected with the other by a hollow axis, around which had been wound some lint. Other articles have been found there, consisting of pure copper, human bones of different sizes, sometimes enclosed in rude stone coffins, but oftener lying blended with the earth, surrounded by a portion of ashes and charcoal.
Iron and steel utensils and ornaments have also been found. There was dug up from the central mound at Circleville, a fragment of some culinary vessel. It was evidently of cast iron, and showed the marks of the mould. It was covered on the lower side with the black, smut contracted over the fire. It was found among ashes, and large pieces of charcoal.
Iron and Ivory Bracelets
In the large cemetery of Augusta were found four iron bracelets on the left arm of a female skeleton. They are formed with a loop at one extremity, and extend in an oval shape to a knob at the other end, “which hitches into the loop. The elongated central part of the oval is the thickest, from which it gradually tapers to the clasp. These bracelets are much corroded, and the loops destroyed; but even their present state of preservation can only be accounted for by the fortunate circumstance, that the alluvial soil of the burying ground was free from mineral acids. There are in this state some ancient ivory bracelets from Indostan, which exactly resemble in shape those iron ones. It is a well-known fact, that the dress and ornaments of the Hindoos have continued unchanged from the earliest periods of history.
Copper Bracelet from Duane Erickson
Iron Knives and Swords
The aborigines had some very well manufactured swords and knives of iron, and possibly of steel. A few years ago, near Blacksburg in Virginia, 80 miles from Marietta, was found about the half of a steel bow, which when entire would have measured five or six feet.
Stone Wall and Furnaces
On the main branch of Paint creek in Ohio, near some very ancient works, and on the inside of a wall on the side of an elevated hill 300 feet high, which wall is of stone, around the brow of the hill there appears to have been a row of furnaces or smiths’ shops, where the cinders now lie many feet in depth. The remains are four or five feet in depth even now in many places.” Source
Hopewell Furnace National Historic Site consists of a restored town from the 18th and 19th centuries, as well as ruins of an ancient blast furnace.
Some Professors that teach at BYU trouble me big time. I know the Prophet and Apostles are men of God and they hire the many Professors, CES Teachers, Scientists, and Historians, but that does not mean that all of these educators that are hired, teach the full principles of the true gospel. Many of them are wolves in sheep’s clothing and we members of Christ’s true church must discern truth vs. error. It is part of our calling as Christians. We shouldn’t judge, but it is certainly righteous to call out evil when we see it. It is wrong to judge the Church based on intellectuals who don’t follow the doctrine of the Savior.
False Doctrine
“I do not know all of the providences of the Lord, but I do know that he permits false doctrine to be taught in and out of the Church and that such teaching is part of the sifting process of mortality.” Bruce R. McConkie, McConkie’s 1981 letter to BYU
Troubled Secularism
I continue to be troubled by the amount of secular learning our children are learning at elementary, junior high, high school, and especially at college. The Critical Race Theory (CRT) is happening everywhere and it is not good. It teaches the Black race of people as always victims and the White race are always aggressors and guilty of racism. There cannot be a unity if there is always racism. This is wrong. The Savior said that we should become one just as He and His Father are one. I have no white guilt and I love all people regardless of their race or creed. Let’s come together in Christ, not become divided.
I do not have a degree in higher education, but I have been around the block a few times and have studied hard about life and politics and religion. I am a life long and in good standing member of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, and I am thankful for a strong testimony of our Savior and His scriptures, especially the Book of Mormon. I have always loved BYU and especially their sports. My father graduated from BYU in 1954. I have become more and more critical of many of the secular doctrines that BYU teaches. It hasn’t affected my testimony or love of the Prophet and Apostles by any means, but my concern is, are children strong in spirit enough to withstand the many secular teachings at BYU?
I am not judging the school but I am worried there are so many Professors not just teaching theory such as evolution, but teaching it as doctrine. This is easily provable. BYU Provo and Idaho are certainly fantastic institutions, but don’t expect your children to be shielded by Church doctrine at these schools. There are many wonderful professors but I believe there are are also some professors that care more about their own intelligence than about sharing Christian values with our children.
The downfall of the Church will never be between those who tout the Mesoamerican Theory of geography, vs. the Heartlanders who witness of a North American geography, but between the truth of the gospel and the great and spacious building who think they are smarter than the Brethren. Some of the so-called smart intellectuals are leading us to the separation of the wheat and tares. Of course, I am not saying all intellectuals, but so many historians and professors are teaching the philosophies of men on purpose. For example. Nowhere in the scriptures does it say anything about Joseph using a single seer stone in a hat to translate the plates, and yet there are over 8 scriptures and the firsthand testimony of Joseph and Oliver that testify the spectacles and breastplate or Interpreters, were used to translate. Many BYU professors believe the theory that Joseph looked into a hat with a sings seer stone to translate. Not according to these scriptures: See, JSH 1:35,52,62,75*; Mosiah 28:13, 20; Ether 3:22-23; 4:5; Alma 37:21, 24-25 Click the link below to get my list of 16 quotes here and it will help you with that argument as you study and pray about it. https://bookofmormonevidence.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Book-of-Mormon-Hard-Evidence-Proper-Translation.pdfSee my free pdf of information about how the breastplate and spectacles were used for the complete translation. HERE:
“I have come to believe that it is the tendency for many members of the Church who spend a great deal of time in academic research to begin to judge the Church, its doctrine, organization, and leadership, present and past, by the principles of their own profession. Ofttimes this is done unwittingly, and some of it, perhaps, is not harmful.” The Mantle Is Far, Far Greater Than the Intellect Elder Boyd K. Packer
Elder Packer also said, “This problem has affected some of those who have taught and have written about the history of the Church. These professors say of themselves that religious faith has little influence on Mormon scholars. They say this because, obviously, they are not simply Latter-day Saints but are also intellectuals trained, for the most part, in secular institutions. They would that some historians who are Latter-day Saints write history as they were taught in graduate school, rather than as Mormons”. The Mantle Is Far, Far Greater Than the Intellect Elder Boyd K. Packer
Advocacy
“..We have to be careful that love and empathy do not get interpreted as condoning and advocacy, or that orthodoxy and loyalty to principle not be interpreted as unkindness or disloyalty to people. As near as I can tell, Christ never once withheld His love from anyone, but He also never once said to anyone, “Because I love you, you are exempt from keeping my commandments.” We are tasked with trying to strike that same sensitive, demanding balance in our lives.” Source: https://newsroom.churchofjesuschrist.org/article/elder-jeffrey-r-holland-2021-byu-university-conference
Honoring our Stewardships
“As members of the Church we have some close quarters to pass through if we are to save our souls. As the Church gets larger some men have increasing responsibility and more and more duties must be delegated. We all have stewardships for which we must account to the Lord.
Unfortunately some men who do not honor their stewardships may have an adverse affect on many people. Often the greater the man’s responsibility the more good or evil he can accomplish. The Lord usually gives a man a long enough rope and sufficient time to determine whether that man wants to pull himself into the presence of God or drop off somewhere below.
There are some regrettable things being said and done by some people in the Church today. As President Clark so well warned, “The ravening wolves are amongst us, from our own membership and they, more than any others, are clothed in sheep’s clothing because they wear the habiliments of the priesthood…. We should be careful of them.”
Sometimes from behind the pulpit, in our classrooms, in our Council meetings and in our church publications we hear, read or witness things that do not square with the truth. This is especially true where freedom is involved. Now do not let this serve as an excuse for your own wrong-doing. The Lord is letting the wheat and the tares mature before he fully purges the Church. He is also testing you to see if you will be misled. The devil is trying to deceive the very elect.” https://www.latterdayconservative.com/ezra-taft-benson/our-immediate-responsibility/
How a New Instagram Page is Exposing Apostate BYU Professors
I love BYU. My parents met at BYU. My older brother went to BYU, I grew up in Orem always dreaming about the day I would go to BYU and graduate, and if it was not for a crystal clear personal revelation I had to go to UVU, I would be a senior at BYU right now. Within that context, it breaks my heart to share with you the grave apostasy that is taking place among the faculty and staff at BYU. My wife goes to BYU and over the past year, she has shared with me the apostate teachings of her professors. One professor taught her that it is 100% okay to masturbate if you have the goal of trying to find out what pleasures you so that you can share that knowledge with your spouse. It broke my heart to hear that her professors were teaching this. But tonight one of my friends shared a new movement called “Keeping Faith at BYU” with me (https://www.instagram.com/keeping_faith_at_byu and https://twitter.com/KeepingFaithBYU on twitter).
These social media pages are an anonymous place for BYU students to expose the apostate nature of their professors. At first, I figured it would be professors who were progressive/liberal pushing political ideology. But when I looked up the posts they were sharing, it is much worse than simply pushing politics, there is full-blown apostasy going on in Provo. These apostate BYU professors are teaching against the Family Proclamation, denouncing doctrines like personal responsibility, agency, or the law of chastity, and they are using their position within the church to speak out against the Church authorities. I want to share just a few of their posts.
Reading these posts made my stomach curl, what has happened to BYU? I don’t believe all the professors are apostate, but the house needs to be cleaned. We must demand that the gospel is the center and framework for all teaching at BYU. The gospel contains all truth of every field of study, no truth exists except it is embraced by the gospel. The purpose of BYU is to allow for the study of any given topic from the foundational understanding that restored gospel truth brings. Joseph F Smith taught, “There is no truth in any other religious society or organization, which is not included in the gospel of Jesus Christ as taught by Joseph Smith, the Prophet, and after him by the leaders and elders of this Church; but it requires some effort on our part, some exertion, some devotion, to learn of and to enjoy these things.” Yet many times BYU students feel like they can’t mingle the gospel with their studies, for example:
This ought not to be at BYU! We must have teachers who embrace the gospel truths in their respective fields and teach the gospel perspective of their fields to their students. John Taylor addressed the need to have good teachers when he said: “Whatever you do, be choice in your selection of teachers. We do not want infidels to mold the minds of our children. They are a precious charge bestowed upon us by the Lord, and we cannot be too careful in rearing and training them. I would rather have my children taught the simple rudiments of a common education by men of God, and have them under their influence, than have them taught in the most abstruse [or complex] sciences by men who have not the fear of God in their hearts.” These professors are not just rogue professors at a state university, they are not even just members pushing their ideas as doctrine, these professors are practicing priestcraft, they are being paid with the tithing funds of the Church. Think about that, the widow’s mite is paying professional apostates who are actively teaching the philosophies of men, mingled with scripture! Prophetic are the words of Harold B. Lee that perfectly describe these professors: There are those in the Church who speak of themselves as liberals who, as one of our former presidents has said, “read by the lamp of their own conceit.” (Joseph F. Smith, Gospel Doctrine [Deseret Book Co., 1939], p. 373.)
One time I asked one of our Church educational leaders how he would define a liberal in the Church. He answered in one sentence: “A liberal in the Church is merely one who does not have a testimony.” Dr. John A. Widtsoe, former member of the Quorum of the Twelve and an eminent educator, made a statement relative to this word liberal as it applied to those in the Church. This is what he said: “The self-called liberal [in the Church] is usually one who has broken with the fundamental principles or guiding philosophy of the group to which he belongs. … He claims membership in an organization but does not believe in its basic concepts; and sets out to reform it by changing its foundations.
As members of the Church, we need to speak up and speak out against the apostate faculty and staff at BYU. We need a cleansing of the inner vessel. Am I calling for these professors to be fired? Yes, I am 100% advocating that BYU fire any and all faculty and staff that are actively teaching against the very organization that they belong to! Not only do I believe those who teach against the gospel should be fired at BYU, when warranted I believe they should be excommunicated for using their position of authority within the church to destroy the testimony of the youth and lead them into apostasy. To quote President Benson, “Watchmen—what of the night? We must respond by saying that all is not well in Zion. As Moroni counseled, we must cleanse the inner vessel (see Alma 60:23), beginning first with ourselves, then with our families, and finally with the Church.” Cleansing the inner vessel, General Conference, April 1986.
So what can we do? We can stand up and make our voices heard. If you have stories of apostate professors share them, You can follow the social media accounts for Keeping Faith at BYU: Keeping Faith at BYU on Twitter Keeping Faith at BYU on Instagram Keeping Faith at BYU on Facebook You can sign the petition to have BYU retrench (return the roots of the gospel). The petition to retrench at BYU is on change.org You can also share this blog post, and these pages with your friends and family and raise awareness about what is happening at BYU. If you are sending your children to BYU, you can encourage them to stand for truth and against professors. Teach them to think critically and value standing for truth more than a grade. There are things more important than GPA’s. Encourage them not to simply drop the class with rogue professors and let them preach their false doctrines unopposed, but to stand for truth and challenge the professor. You can pray for the brave students are standing against their professors, and also pray for the students who are not standing out of fear that they will find the courage to stand up for truth. I believe in BYU. I believe in its mission. Let us cleanse our personal vessels, family vessels, and then let us do our duty stand up and speak out to help cleanse and maintain the purity of the Church and BYU. If you liked this article, you might like these other articles about BYU and Brigham Young.
Dear Brigham Young haters: Leave my prophet alone!The three underlying issues behind the BYU honor code protests.
At a recent post over at BCC, a tenured BYU-X professor communicates some anxiety about CES’ new direction, which is certainly their right, but in doing so the author calls the people who made this decision (i.e. the brethren, if that wasn’t clear from Elder Holland’s talk) autocrats, and prominently displays the fasces at the top of the post. Now, I don’t know if this is a weird attempt at a “they who have ears to hear” thing, but the fasci is a well-established symbol of fascism. Implying that the people who actually have the power to do anything about this are autocratic fascists isn’t going to help their case. While as a matter of principle I think non-inflammatory rhetoric is generally best, for what it’s worth I’m on the other side of this. However, I’m actually skeptical that the new direction will achieve much, although I might be wrong. It doesn’t matter if all the deans are on board with the church’s “teachings on marriage, family, and gender” (which they aren’t, in at least one case I’m aware of); I suspect that the faculty who fundamentally disagree with the Church on hot button social topics and are in part at BYU to “reform” the Church through its institutions will just lay low and continue to hire the kind of people who also fundamentally disagree with the Church and are trying to reform it. I suspect that the concern over arbitrariness, while valid, is also in part simply masking a concern that the Church is putting their foot down on the expectation that faculty’s primary ideological loyalties lie with the Church when its teachings directly conflict with another ideology (usually the predominant ideology of the academic discipline). For example, a less “bishop roulette” and more “one size fits all” alternative that I suspect would cause even more gnashing of teeth is for the Church to ask more direct questions (e.g. do you support the Church’s theological position that only a man and woman married together can be exalted? Do you believe that President Nelson is God’s most authorized representative on earth? For non-members maybe replace “support” with “respect”) that don’t leave any wiggle room like the current wording does. Then, the Church is very public and open about asking these questions, so eventually word gets around the relevant academic professional organizations that every BYU professor has signed a faith statement to that effect, essentially forcing BYU professors to be more transparent about where they stand instead of being coy about where their primary loyalties lie when the Church’s position conflicts with the predominant ideology in the field. If that makes it so BYU can’t recruit enough to field a full department, then so be it.
There are a lot of other places the widow’s mite can be spent, because at the end of the day BYU is not the gospel or the Church, and the mission of the Church is less dependent on recruiting a theorist from a top ten school than some academics think. The implicit threat that the departments will be hollowed out if the Church presses these issues does not have much leverage, as I suspect the Board of Trustees would be fine if the English Department was operating at half strength. (Although I have no idea where the BYU English Department is on these issues, for all I know they’re all Molly Mormons who never skipped seminary). Of course, it’s not my place to tell the First Presidency what to do here, but I’m making the point that from some perspectives the new direction is less restrictive than it could, and possibly should be in order to get BYU faculty on-mission.
“I love being a part of the diversity committee in the College of Life Sciences. Helping students to become actively antiracist is one of the most important things I’ve done as a BYU faculty member. The affirmation Black Lives Matter has helped me see the importance of working towards a more inclusive BYU for all its students.” Steven Peck COLLEGE OF LIFE SCIENCES DIVERSITY COMMITEE BYU Impact Magazine page 27
This troublesome Newsweek article by Steven Peck still disturbs me after all these years. Read it below.
Also a very concerning article in LDS living is from an intelligent member of the church who affiliates with Bok of Mormon Central and other apologetic groups, here called 5 Answers to Difficult Questions About Noah and the Flood. Do not yield your faith in payment for an advanced degree or for the recognition and acclaim of the world. Do not turn away from the Lord nor from his Church nor from his servants. You are needed—oh, how you are needed! It may be that you will lay your scholarly reputation and the acclaim of your colleagues in the world as a sacrifice upon the altar of service. They may never understand the things of the Spirit as you have a right to do. They may not regard you as an authority or as a scholar. Just remember, when the test came to Abraham, he didn’t really have to sacrifice Isaac. He just had to be willing to. The Mantle Is Far, Far Greater Than the Intellect Elder Boyd K. Packer
Many proposed Book of Mormon geography theories were originated using a method proposed by Dr. John Sorenson and others who taught that the first step was to create a hypothetical or “internal” map using the 500+ geography related passages. This has lead to more than 150 different proposed geographies. The book was not written for its geography, but for its prophecies. Can we learn more about its geography through its prophecies than we can by speculating using hypothetical maps? Following is a brief synopsis of the scriptural basis for the Heartland Model geography of the Book of Mormon.
How Many Promised Lands Are There, When Were They Established, And Where Are They Located?
The First Recorded “Land of Promise” in Scripture
The first recorded instance of a “land of promise” in scripture is a land called Cainan, named after a great-grandson of Father Adam (PGP Moses 6:17). Three years prior to his death, Adam called his righteous posterity together, specifically including Cainan by name, and gave them his last blessing in the valley of Adam-ondi-Ahman (D&C 107:53). Interestingly, the original or pre-flood “land of promise” was a land in the vicinity of Adam-ondi-Ahman which is known by modern revelation to be within the state of Missouri, USA (D&C 116:1).
Blessings of the Promised Land Covenant
Once Adams posterity rebelled against God, they were swept from this Promised Land by the the great flood. After the flood, Noah’s three sons, Ham, Shem, and Japeth, and their families dispersed from Turkey’s Mount Ararat into three regions roughly known as Egypt, Canaan and Asia respectively. Following their departure from righteousness, Abraham, a descendant of Shem, left his homeland of Canaan for Egypt for a time, returning again to the lands of his ancestors. Upon his return he was commanded to sacrifice that which was most precious to him, his son Isaac, on what today is Mount Moriah, or the temple mount of Old Jerusalem. Because of his unflinching obedience to God, Abraham was promised a land known as Canaan (Gen. 13:14-15, Abraham 2:18-19), which is present day Israel (see map), for his posterity, together with a covenant that as long as his children would keep His commandments, they would be blessed in the land by covenant.
Promised Land Covenant Established To Bless All God’s Children
This covenant, according to Abraham, “came down from the fathers…before the foundation of the earth” (Abraham 1:2-3) and was provided by God for the purpose that His covenant people, whilst they lived righteously on their covenanted and promised lands, would be a blessing to “all the nations of the earth” (Gen. 22:18). The Lord covenanted with Abraham that “in thy seed after thee shall all the families of the earth be blessed, even with the blessings of the Gospel, which are the blessings of salvation, even of life eternal” (Abraham 2:11, 3 Nephi 20:25-27). The primary responsibility is to use the covenant blessings provided to bless all God’s children with the gospel.
These two covenant lands, one New World and one Old World, would be provided with the necessities for their success in blessing God’s children with the gospel and would be located conducive to the fulfillment of this responsibility. Just as ancient Israel was situated amidst the civilizations of Egypt, Babylon, Assyria and Persia, yet remained among the later civilizations of Rome and Greece at the time of Christ, so too the New World covenant land would be provided with all things necessary for its success. It would also be situated to best take advantage of its location to bless other nations and peoples, to become a shining beacon of hope and light and bring the gospel of Jesus Christ to the world as had ancient Israel. These two lands were covenanted and promised by God for the inheritance of His covenant people throughout the history of mankind and these same two promised lands are designated as the final gathering place for God’s chosen people, Israel. They are, namely, Jerusalem and the New Jerusalem. Both of these physical locations are known through history and through revelation respectively, and are not speculative (D&C 84:1-4).
The Book of Mormon is Consistent With Recorded Old Testament History
Nephi knew of the Promised Land Covenant made and claimed by Abraham, Isaac and Jacob in the Old World (1 Nephi 17:40). According to Christ’s recorded words to the Nephites in the Book of Mormon, there are only two mentioned covenant lands of promise for the house of Israel; Jerusalem (3 Nephi 20:29) and New Jerusalem (3 Nephi 20:22). Through modern revelation the location where the New Jerusalem will be built is today known as the state of Missouri, USA (D&C 84:1-4). This is also the revealed location of the Garden of Eden. Therefore following the expulsion of Adam and Eve, this is where they began their family, built an altar later located by Joseph Smith, and blessed his righteous posterity (D&C 107:53) in the valley of Adam-ondi-Ahman, making the region the most likely location of the ancient land of Cainan, the original “land of promise.” The scriptures have been consistent throughout time because these covenant lands of promise were established before the foundations of the world.
Jaredites Invoke the Promised Land Covenant
Prior to Lehi’s arrival, the Jaredites, another people led to a promised land by the Lord (Ether 1:42-43, Ether 2:7-10 ) invoked the Promised Land Covenant. They record that “this land” the land their civilization occupied, was reserved for the “remnant of the house of Joseph” and that this same land will be the location of the “Holy City,” the New Jerusalem of the latter days (Ether 13:8). Ether confirms that after the waters of Noah’s flood receded off the face of this land, it became a “choice land above all other lands, a chosen land of the Lord” and then affirms that “it was the place of the New Jerusalem…” Moroni, the narrator of the record of Ether, then proclaims that “Ether saw the days of Christ, and he [Christ] spake concerning a New Jerusalem upon this land” (Ether 13:2-4). Therefore, the lands of the Jaredites were the same as those of the Adamic land of promise, and, according to Christ, on the New Jerusalem lands of the latter days. Ether also reiterates that the knowledge of the Father’s covenant with the house of Israel, that has been “hid up from the foundation of the world,” will be remembered (Ether 4:14-15). Ether acknowledges God’s Promised Land Covenant blessings upon them (Ether 10:28).
What Was the “Covenant” Spoken Of?
Both of these covenant lands were established before the foundations of the world. The covenant was initiated by Adam in the Garden of Eden on the American land of promise (Moses 5:11-12). It was invoked anew in the Mediterranean region by Noah and Abraham (Gen. 6:18, 8:20, 9:9, Abraham 1:2-3, Ether 13:10-11). Those brought by the Lord back to His land of promise in the America’s re-invoked the covenant upon the people through their prophet leaders, the brother of Jared of the Jaredites (Ether 2:7-12, 15), and Lehi, father of the Nephites and Lamanites (2 Nephi 1:5-9).
Lehi Invokes the Promised Land Covenant
The prophet Lehi and his son Nephi invoked the Promised Land Covenant or promise with God anew for themselves and their posterity. They record Gods promised blessings they are to receive and reiterate their willingness to obey His commandments in accordance with their part of the covenant. Lehi proclaims that he invoked and obtained God’s Promised Land Covenant.
2 Nephi 1:5 speaks directly of a “land of promise” that is “choice above all other lands” that the “Lord God hath covenanted with me should be a land for the inheritance of my seed. Yea, the Lord hath covenanted this land unto me and to my children forever.” Christ reiterates His commitment to Lehi’s posterity as He again proclaims, “And behold, this is the land of your inheritance; and the Father hath given it unto you.” (3 Nephi 15:13)
For an overview of Lehi’s American Promised Land Covenant read 2 Nephi 1
An “American” Promised Land (a specified land or location), (see 2 Nephi 1:5, 7, 9, 3:2 )
The Lord’s only requirement, in order to receive all the promised blessings of the promised land, along with the posterity, prosperity and security associated with the covenant, is simply this…obey His commandments. Societies who will live by these rules of conduct provided by the Lord cannot help but enjoy the associated blessings since their people would not be bearing false witness, they would be honoring their fathers and mothers, refraining from stealing, not committing adultery or coveting another’s possessions and so on. However, only certain specified lands are involved with the covenant blessings and associated requirement of blessing the other nations of the earth with the gospel.
Nephi records that “if it so be that they shall serve him according to the commandments which he hath give, it shall be a land of liberty unto them; wherefore, they shall never be brought down into captivity (security); if so, it shall be because of iniquity” (2 Nephi 1:7). Lehi “obtained a promise” that as long as his people would keep His commandments they “shall prosper upon the face of this land: and they shall be kept from all other nations” and have the land for themselves. If they will but keep those commandments they “shall be blessed upon the face of this land” and no one will molest or be given power to take away their covenanted lands and “they shall dwell safely forever.” (2 Nephi 1:9)
Breaching of the Covenant, Judgments of God and Subsequent Re-Invoking of the Covenant
Each time that the singular requirement – obeying the commandments – is ignored by the people under the covenant, the Lord allows judgments to come upon them (see listing of judgments, Deut. 28:15-68). These covenant blessings are generally revoked sequentially in reverse order of how they were given in a merciful effort by the Lord to turn His children’s hearts and minds back to Him; to cause the covenant people to repent and ask for His protection and guidance. Their blessings are revoked in reverse order.
Security is breached; helping them realize their lack of security without God’s protection.
Prosperity removed; humbling them into the realization that prosperity is a blessing from God, not man.
Posterity is taken away, usually through internal conflict and war; helping them realize God’s blessing of having children.
Swept from the sacred land; God’s final consequence for disobedience – for God will not suffer unrighteous people to occupy His Promised Lands.
Each time the covenant is ignored and the judgments of God fall upon the people, in order for the covenant to be reinstated, the people and their leaders must humble themselves, repent, vow to obey the commandments of God, and re-invoke the covenant. Such has been the case with prophets throughout Old Testament history as well as those who were directed to the American promised land. The Book of Mormon provides multiple examples of such re-invocations such as Limhi (Mosiah 21:32) Lachoneus (3 Nephi 3:12-25) and Captain Moroni (Alma 46:10-13).
Only Two Promised Covenant Lands
There are only two “Promised Lands” mentioned by Christ in the Book of Mormon; Jerusalem of the Old World (3 Nephi 20:29) and New Jerusalem of the New World (3 Nephi 20:22). Both of these covenant lands of promise were given by the Lord to the house of Israel for their latter day gathering place. The New World Promised Land would be the location of the gathering place for the House of Israel in the America’s. Where is this gathering place? It will be at the New Jerusalem. And where is the New Jerusalem going to be located? We know through revelation that the New Jerusalem will be built in Jackson County Missouri, in the Heartland of North America (D&C 84:1-4). Did the Book of Mormon history take place on the same land as the New Jerusalem? Multiple passages establish that Lehi’s family was lead to and remained on this Promised Land throughout their entire history (1 Nephi 13:30, 22:7, 2 Nephi 1:5, 3 Nephi 20:22, 21:2-4,21:22-23, Ether 13:2-6). Therefore the land the Nephites, Jaredites, Mulekites and Lamanites lived upon was their “covenanted” land of promise and must – by covenant – include the Heartland of North America because it is the revealed location of the New Jerusalem by the Lord Himself.
Promised Land Limitations
The Book of Mormon text limits the Nephite “Promised Land” to a latter-day “nation” (1 Ne. 13:30) that would be “set up,” (3 Ne. 21:4) “lifted up,” (1 Ne. 13:30) “raise[d] up,” (1 Ne. 22:7) “established,” and “delivered by the power of God out of the hands of all other nations” (1 Ne. 13:19) in the latter days. Eight times the text refers to this particular nation as being a “land of liberty” (2 Ne. 1:7, 10:11, Mosiah 29:32, Alma 46:10, 16, 17,3 Ne. 21:4, Ether 2:12), which would become a “mighty Gentile nation” (1 Ne. 22:7) “above all other nations” (3 Ne. 20:27). Being a “nation” is the scriptural limiting factor. It is not referencing an entire hemisphere or a particular nationality of people, but a new nation that would be among other nations. That it is speaking of this nation as a political entity is also clear because it states that this nation will be raised up within the population known as the Gentiles on the face of this land (1 Ne. 22:7) and it will have “no kings upon the land” and the Lord “will fortify this land against all other nations” (2 Ne. 10:10-12) such that it would be “delivered by the power of God out of the hands of all other nations” in order to establish a “land of liberty” upon the land.
Gathering of Israel To Their Covenant and Promised Lands
Since these are the latter-days, as indicated by the official name of the Church, is there any evidence of this gathering of the House of Israel to these two covenant and promised lands, now latter-day nations? Could the nations where the prophesied gatherings are taking place provide additional clues regarding these two Promised Lands and their associated nations? According to research on religion and global migration, conducted by the Pew Forum on Religion & Public Life and released March 2012, Jews have the highest rate of migration of any religion. To what nations do they tend to migrate? An article by The Salt Lake Tribune religion specialist, Lauren Markoe quotes Jonathan Sarna, a professor of American Jewish history at Brandeis University as saying “the vast majority of world Jewry lives in one of two countries. Of the 13.3 million Jews worldwide, 43 percent live in Israel and 39 percent live in the United States.” Fully 82% of all Jews worldwide have already gathered (as of 2012) to these two covenant lands of promise. This is significant considering the many prophecies of the gathering of the house of Israel to their two respective Promised Lands in the latter days and it is also clear that the United States of America again fulfills the Book of Mormon prophecies (2 Nephi 1:5, 1 Ne. 13:30, 3 Ne. 21:4) better than any other nation in the Americas.
America’s Founding Fathers, George Washington and President Abraham Lincoln Invoke the Covenant
These prophecies are clearly making reference to the establishment of the United States of America on what was then the Nephite land of promise. This is the only nation wherein the Lord raised up men “for the very purpose” of its establishment (D&C 101:80) so that the gospel could be restored again to the earth as so many ancient (3 Ne. 21:22) and latter-day prophets have prophesied and testified (D&C 10:53). Amazingly many of the Founding Fathers of the united States believed that they were establishing a new Israel as attested by the seals proposed by Benjamin Franklin and Thomas Jefferson for the new nation. Both proposed seals depict the Children of Israel being led by a pillar of fire into a Promised Land. They believed that they were also of the covenant people of the Lord, and thus the American Covenant, as it is now being called, was invoked by the Founding Fathers in their inspired masterpiece, the United States Constitution. Embedded within the Preamble to the Constitution are all four of the blessings promised by God for a covenant people on their Promised Lands. They boldly proclaim the Promised Land Covenant with its associated blessings.
The Promised Land and its people under covenant – “We the People of the United States…for the United States of America“,
Posterity – “to secure the blessings of liberty to ourselves and our posterity“,
Prosperity – “establish justice…and promote the general welfare“, and
Security – “provide for the common defense…insure domestic tranquility“, and this they did by ordination as their sacred covenant with God.
This was also demonstrated by the nation’s first president as his first official act. George Washington’s inaugural address was the invocation of the covenant on the land and people of America. That he believed that this nation was a new Promised Land of Israel is historically verified through his turning to Genesis 49:22 in the Old Testament and placing his left hand upon that very verse as he lifted his right arm to the square to take his oath of office as the nations first president. The verse is from the blessing by Jacob (Israel) to his son Joseph wherein he prophesies that “Joseph is a fruitful bough,even a fruitful bough by a well, whose branches run over the wall” indicating that the descendants of Joseph (Ephraim & Manasseh) would leave the original Promised Land to establish a new Promised Land “over the wall” or ocean. They believed it to be America. (for more information read the book, The American Covenant by Timothy Ballard, available in the Bookstore).
Following the security, prosperity and posterity breaches caused by the sin of slavery and the ensuing Civil War, President Abraham Lincoln again invoked the American Covenant in his second inaugural speech which was given shortly after the end of the war. Incredibly, President Lincoln may have gained profound insights into the covenant during the time that he was undergoing his “process of crystallization” as it has been called, wherein he went to the Library of Congress and checked out a book filled with information about the covenant…the book he signed out and then returned several months later when he announced the Emancipation Proclamation…was none other than the Book of Mormon. (read Timothy Ballards book, The American Covenant Vol. 2 for more information, available in the Bookstore).
Joseph Smith Receives The Promised Land Covenant Through Revelation
The Lord revealed to Joseph Smith that the New Jerusalem will be built in Missouri, USA, on the same promised lands of previous peoples (3 Ne. 20:22, Ether 13:2-6, D&C 57:1-3). He then invokes a covenant with Joseph Smith, revealing to the Prophet that, like all peoples before him on this same sacred ground, he is to be a recipient heir of this “land of promise” for an inheritance for his posterity forever…even in eternity. Again the Lord sets forth this same sacred ground as His promised land to His covenant people.
18. And I hold forth and deign to give unto you greater riches, even a land of promise, a land flowing with milk and honey, upon which there shall be no curse when the Lord cometh;
19. And I will give it unto you for the land of your inheritance, if you seek it with all your hearts.
20. And this shall be my covenant with you, ye shall have it for the land of your inheritance, and for the inheritance of your children forever, while the earth shall stand, and ye shall possess it again in eternity, no more to pass away.” – D&C 38:18-20
These lands are the same sacred sites of history and prophecy, from the Garden of Eden and the first land of promise (Cainan) to the Jaredite and Nephite covenant lands and the latter day restoration of the gospel, as well as the future locations of the New Jerusalem and the priesthood gathering at Adam-ondi-Ahman. They are all New World sacred sites, and all of them are located within what is now the nation called the United States of America.
The discussion above, because it is entirely scriptural prophecy based, is undeniable. This very robust scripture chain does not promote any one geography theory, but scripturally indicates that the original promised land of Father Adam’s great grandson Cainan, as well as the later Jaredite nation, the Nephites and the inspired Founding Fathers are all histories that occurred on the same land where the future New Jerusalem will be built, which has been absolutely established through revelation to be in what is now known as the “Heartland” of North America. Therefore the Book of Mormon lands had to have been located here.
Would Christ’s statement make any sense when he said that “this people (the Gentiles) will I establish on this land (the land of the Nephites) and it (this land) will be a New Jerusalem (3 Nephi 20:22), if those lands were located in Japan, Russia or Central or South America? No, simply because it has been revealed that the New Jerusalem will be built in North America and will never be on those lands, therefore those lands cannot have been the primary lands of the Book of Mormon. There has never been any scriptural indication that the Promised Lands included all of the Western Hemisphere. The same is true of the Old World Promised Land of Canaan or the Levant Region. They were specific lands in the midst of much broader lands or continents. The land Promised to Abraham did not extent throughout the entire hemisphere. It had limits. Why would the American Promised Land be different?
A Prophetic Warning To A Specific Latter Day Nation – The United States of America
While an understanding of the physical location where the Book of Mormon history actually took place may not be essential for individual salvation, it was certainly considered of sufficient importance to the ancient prophets to warrant significant space on the plates in forewarning a specific nation that would one day occupy those same lands. Knowledge of the location of the Promised Land with its associated covenants may very well be essential to the “salvation” or continuation of that nation.
In order to make it perfectly clear so that no one could misunderstand which latter day nation they were warning, the ancient Book of Mormon writers offered 36 prophetic descriptions of that nation, prophesying it to be a “mighty Gentile nation above all other nations” and eight times referencing it as the “land of liberty.” They gave indication of the covenant by prophesying it would be a land of “prosperity and security.” They also claimed it to be where the gospel would be restored (the marvelous work and a wonder would occur, 2 Nephi 25:17, 27:26) and the New Jerusalem built (D&C 84:1-4), both of which are known respectively through historical fact and prophetic revelation. These facts remove the actual geography of the Book of Mormon from the realm of speculation, conjecture and theory to a firm foundation of fact and truth, upon which a better understanding of the Book of Mormon lands can be built.
Elder L. Tom Perry of the Quorum of the Twelve Apostles published in the December 2012 issue of the Ensign magazine an article in which he states that,
“The United States is the Promised Land foretold in the Book of Mormon–”
Continuing, he wrote, “…a place where divine guidance directed inspired men to create the conditions necessary for the Restoration of the Gospel of Jesus Christ. It was the birth of the United States of America that ushered out the Great Apostasy, when the earth was darkened by the absence of prophets and revealed light. It was no coincidence that the lovely morning of the First Vision occurred just decades after the establishment of the United States.”
Thus modern Church leadership is completely consistent with and supportive of the scriptures and Joseph Smith’s statements.
The following table provides a comprehensive listing of the 36 prophecies and promises included within the text of the Book of Mormon as pertaining to its Promised Land. Any latter day nation proposed as being the lands of the Book of Mormon must, of prophetic necessity, be able to fulfill each and every prophecy. As the list is read, ask which latter day nation(s) has fulfilled or has the highest potential to fulfill that prophecy.
Mother Gentiles to battle against Gentiles who came out of captivity
1 Ne. 13:17.
It is critical to understand the precise nation the ancient prophets were desperately trying to warn so that those people would know of absurdity which nation’s future had been seen in vision in order to take corrective action to avoid or at least prepare for the impending destruction. It is certain that the ancient prophets who saw our day in vision would have known that should the United States of America fail as a nation it would directly impact the latter-day Churches divine mandate and mission to proclaim and spread the gospel throughout the world.
Blessing All of God’s Children With The Gospel Through Missionary Work
Since the restoration of the gospel, one nation has consistently provided and sent more missionaries than any other nation, and that nation is the United States. Today the Church has the largest missionary force the world has ever known scattered throughout the world, yet 80% of all missionaries worldwide come from the United States, and of the 20% serving missions from other nations nearly half receive financial assistance from Church members in the U.S.
Is it any wonder, then, why the ancient prophets spent valuable time, effort and space on the gold plates warning this specific nation not to allow the secret combinations that destroyed their civilization to get above it? It should be absolutely clear, based solely on the source of the missionary effort stemming from one latter day nation, that the United States of America is that blessed, prosperous and covenant nation on the American Promised Land. To this same land the Lord’s covenant Book of Mormon people were directed and upon this same land their ancient civilizations flourished so long as they remained righteous. The lands of the Book of Mormon prophets are today the lands now occupied by that covenant nation that God established by “wise men whom I raised up unto this very purpose” (D&C 101:80) in order to “bless the nations of the earth.” That latter-day nation, according to the 36 prophecies and promises contained in the Book of Mormon, is none other than the United States of America…God’s covenant and Promised Land of liberty.
The ancient prophets knew that should this nation, the United States of America, fall into unrighteousness, God’s judgments and subsequent removal of His covenant blessings of security, prosperity, and posterity would result in its collapse, which would have a direct and devastating impact on the latter-day Church’s ability to carry out its mission of spreading the gospel. Missionary families in a collapsing economy would likely find it impossible to support their sons and daughters, making it necessary to return them home. Such an event would undoubtedly render the Church’s missionary effort to be unable to continue to bless the other nations of the earth.
Accordingly, this nation’s covenant and founding principles must be vigorously upheld through righteous leaders in order for it to carry on its sacred responsibility to “bless the nations of the earth” with the gospel. That is why it is absolutely critical that righteous, God-loving and covenant keeping leaders be chosen to lead and guide it. And that is why it is critical to understand “where” the covenant and promised lands of the Book of Mormon were located. That nation today is the United States of America. The warnings are clear…and eminent. Therefore, based on these prophecies, it should also be absolutely clear where the lands of the Book of Mormon were actually located. It was established before the foundations of the world, it was the original Promised Land of Cainan in scripture, it became the lands that the Jaredites were lead to, and then the Nephites and then the Founding Fathers. Upon this sacred land the gospel was restored and the future New Jerusalem will be built. The pattern is absolutely clear, scripturally and prophetically consistent and profoundly important for every single Latter-day Saint.”
New information has just come today, March 25, 2026 from our good friend John Lefgren of Heartland Research Group. John visited the Masonic Library in Cedar Rapids, Iowa yesterday and saw in the museum some amazing pieces. What he saw was cuneiform tablets 1″ x 1″ that are dated to 2350 BC. These tables confirm the story of Chief Joseph’s tablets found in West Point that I write about below.
Below are pictures that John took while at the Library yesterday:
Here is the letter John Lefgren sent me yesterday:
Greetings,
Chief Joseph, a prominent leader of the Nez Perce tribe, is known for his medicine bag, which contained a cuneiform tablet. This tablet, measuring about one square inch, was discovered during his surrender to the U.S. government in 1877 and is believed to be a receipt dating back to 2042 B.C. from Assyria, indicating a connection to ancient Mesopotamian writing systems. The tablet’s discovery has sparked discussion of its historical and cultural significance, suggesting that Chief Joseph’s family may have inherited it from their white ancestors.
John Lefgren
Last Monday, March 23, 2026 six of us visited the world’s largest Masonic Library in Cedar Rapids, Iowa. They have 400,000 items and artifacts donated and collected over more than 150 years.
I saw with my own eyes many small cuneiform tablets dating back more than 4,000 years, indicating once again a connection to an ancient Mesopotamian writing system. See the photos I attached. I consider this to be significant. I believe that they connect to the Medicine Bag of Chief Joseph. I am so happy that we were able to visit and see for ourselves such a collection. Much more to explore as we move forward.
Regards, John Lefgren, PhD Heartland Research
Sheep in Ancient North America
For many years I have known about Chief Joseph of the Nez Perce tribe. I learned in school how brave he was during his forced surrender to the US Government. I also had remembered about a square shaped stone that was found with him and that is was very ancient. I recently was reading about Chief Joseph and have found some amazing things that tie in with Book of Mormon Geography. It is well established there are no ancient sheep found in Mesoamerica at the time of the Book of Mormon, but artifacts about sheep have been found in North America. (See Hopewell Artifacts above, and my blog Here.) I found it very interesting that on this square shaped stone was found wedge-shaped characters used in the ancient writing systems of Mesopotamia called cuneiform. It spoke about the purchase of sheep and goats for a sacrifice. In total there are three artifacts found in the USA (Now with these tablets found in the Iowa Library there are many) with the ancient cuneiform script that have been studied by reputable archaeologists and deemed authentic. They are sales receipts for sheep and goats. Amazing. Below are the details.
Native American Chiefs
From Josephknew.com: “In 1877 the respected leader of the Nez Perce tribe surrendered to the U. S. Government. At his surrender, Chief Thunder Rolling Down the Mountain (known by his Christian name Joseph), presented General Nelson Appleton Miles with a pendant, a 1 inch square clay tablet with writings unrecognizable to General Miles. The writing, which was translated by Dr. Robert D. Biggs, Assyriology Professor at the University of Chicago, turned out to be a sales receipt dating back to 2042 B.C. in Assyria. It read:
Chief Joseph Tablet
(Interpretation picture right)“Nalu received 1 lamb from Abbashaga on the 11th day of the month of the festival of An, in the year Enmahgalanna was installed as high priestess of Nanna.”
Chief Joseph said the tablet had been passed down in his family for many generations. How would his family come into possession of a nearly 4,000-year-old tablet? According to the Chief, they inherited it from their white ancestors.
Other tablets with an Assyrian connection have been found throughout North America. A tablet similar in size and appearance to The Chief Joseph tablet was found in 1963 in northwestern Georgia near the Chattahoochee River. (*Information below) Like the Chief Joseph tablet, this one was a receipt for the sale of sheep and goats that were to be used in a ceremonial sacrifice. From other information contained on the tablet, it appears to have been created in 2040 B.C. One difference is the Georgia tablet was made of lead.
When Chief Joseph surrendered to General Miles, he had the tablet in his medicine bag. That bag was itself an interesting connection to Ancient Assyria.
In an April, 2001 article published in Assyria Times, Benjamin Daniali points out a connection between an Assyrian symbol known as the Ashur Star and the design on Chief Joseph’s medicine bag.
In this photo of an ancient relief sculpture we can see the Assyrian god Ashur upon his throne. In front of him is a disc with the symbol known as the Assyrian Star or the Ashur Star. It is a four-pointed star with a circle in the center. Radiating out from between the four points of the star are rays of light.
In 1971 Assyria adopted a new flag depicting the Assyrian Star.
In photos of Chief Joseph we can see this same design on his medicine bag.
Assyrian Symbol on Bag
How could the Nez Perce and other tribes in North America have 4,000-year-old Assyrian artifacts handed down for generations? Why would Chief Thunder Rolling Down the Mountain, have a Star of Ashur beaded on his medicine bag?
Sometime near the beginning of the Assyrian Empire — which ran from 2,500 B.C. to 605 B.C. — a tower was built in Assyria (modern day Iraq) to reach heaven. As a result, languages were confounded and families were scattered.
On October 5, 1877, his speech, as he surrendered to General Howard, immortalized him in American history forever:
In 1904 Chief Joseph died, according to his doctor, of a broken heart.
“The Red Nation shall rise again and it shall be a blessing for a sick world; a world filled with broken promises, selfishness and separations; a world longing for the light again. I see a time of Seven Generations when all the colors of mankind will gather under the Sacred Tree of Life and the whole Earth will become one circle again. In that day, there will be those among the Lakota who will carry knowledge and understanding of unity among all living things and the young white ones will come to those of my people and ask for this wisdom. I salute the light within your eyes where the whole universe dwells. For when you are at the center within you and I am that place within me, we shall be one.” Crazy Horse, Oglala Sioux (1840-1877)
Sacrifices
To understand the significance of Joseph’s Tablet we need to understand more about animal sacrifice.
Lehi Builds Altar by Clark Kelley Price
“Soon after Adam and Eve were cast out of the Garden of Eden, the Lord gave them the law of sacrifices, which included offering the firstlings of their flocks in a similitude of the sacrifice that would be made of the Only Begotten Son of God (Moses 5:4–8). Thereafter, whenever there were true believers on the earth, with priesthood authority, sacrifices were offered in that manner and for that purpose. This continued until the death of Jesus Christ, which ended the shedding of blood as a gospel ordinance. It is now replaced in the Church by the sacrament of the bread and the water, in remembrance of the offering of Jesus Christ.” LDS Bible Dictionary/Sacrifice
This would mean that the family of the Brother of Jared would be offering sacrifices as we know the Jaredites were one of the most righteous of God’s people. Some members of the church have said to me that the Jaredites did not hold the priesthood and they weren’t even Christian, which I don’t believe. Read this great article which supports my feelings about this: Jared and His Brother
“Animal sacrifice was general among the ancient Near Eastern civilizations of Ancient Mesopotamia, Egypt and Persia, as well as the Hebrews. Unlike the Greeks, who had worked out a justification for keeping the best edible parts of the sacrifice for the assembled humans to eat, in these cultures the whole animal was normally placed on the fire by the altar and burned, or sometimes it was buried.” Wikipedia here
Timeline/Date Adam Placed 4070 BC Fall of Adam 4004 BC City of Enoch taken 3313 BC Noah born 2943 BC Flood began 2343 BC Peleg born 2241 BC Abraham born 2052 Cuneiform tablets 2042 BC Noah dies 1993 BC Sodom & Gomorrah 1953 BC Isaac born 1952 BC Jacob born 1892 BC Jared 1830 BC Jacob/Rachel married 1808 BC Judah born 1804 BC Joseph born 1801 BC Tower destroyed 1780 BC Ephraim/Manasseh born 1767 BC Jaredites in N. America 1676 BC Moses born 1542 BC 10 Commandments 1462 BC Moses translated 1422 BC David born 1057 BC Daniel captive 605 BC Lehi departs 601 BC Jaredites destroyed 600 BC (Bold indicates North America) Source JohnPratt.com
About Assyrians: All Things Assyrian From Stews to Stars: the World’s Oldest Writing
“CLAY TABLET. FOUND: Babylon, Iraq. CULTURE: Late Babylonian. DATE: A.D. 62. LANGUAGE: Akkadian. ( The Trustees of the British Museum)
In early 2016, hundreds of media outlets around the world reported that a set of recently deciphered ancient clay tablets revealed that Babylonian astronomers were more sophisticated than previously believed. The wedge-shaped writing on the tablets, known as cuneiform, demonstrated that these ancient stargazers used geometric calculations to predict the motion of Jupiter. Scholars had assumed it wasn’t until almost A.D. 1400 that these techniques were first employed–by English and French mathematicians. But here was proof that nearly 2,000 years earlier, ancient people were every bit as advanced as Renaissance-era scholars. Judging by the story’s enthusiastic reception on social media, this discovery captured the public imagination. It implicitly challenged the perception that cuneiform tablets were used merely for basic accounting, such as tallying grain, rather than for complex astronomical calculations. While most tablets were, in fact, used for mundane bookkeeping or scribal exercises, some of them bear inscriptions that offer unexpected insights into the minute details of and momentous events in the lives of ancient Mesopotamians.
First developed around 3200 B.C. by Sumerian scribes in the ancient city-state of Uruk, in present-day Iraq, as a means of recording transactions, cuneiform writing was created by using a reed stylus to make wedge-shaped indentations in clay tablets. Later scribes would chisel cuneiform into a variety of stone objects as well. Different combinations of these marks represented syllables, which could in turn be put together to form words. Cuneiform as a robust writing tradition endured 3,000 years. The script–not itself a language–was used by scribes of multiple cultures over that time to write a number of languages other than Sumerian, most notably Akkadian, a Semitic language that was the lingua franca of the Assyrian and Babylonian Empires.
Map showing the extent of Mesopotamia. Shown are Washukanni, Nineveh, Hatra, Assur, Nuzi, Palmyra, Mari, Sippar, Babylon, Kish, Nippur, Isin, Lagash, Uruk, Charax Spasinu and Ur, from north to south.
After cuneiform was replaced by alphabetic writing sometime after the first century A.D., the hundreds of thousands of clay tablets and other inscribed objects went unread for nearly 2,000 years. It wasn’t until the early nineteenth century, when archaeologists first began to excavate the tablets, that scholars could begin to attempt to understand these texts. One important early key to deciphering the script proved to be the discovery of a kind of cuneiform Rosetta Stone, a circa 500 B.C. trilingual inscription at the site of Bisitun Pass in Iran. Written in Persian, Akkadian, and an Iranian language known as Elamite, it recorded the feats of the Achaemenid king Darius the Great (r. 521–486 B.C.). By deciphering repetitive words such as “Darius” and “king” in Persian, scholars were able to slowly piece together how cuneiform worked. Called Assyriologists, these specialists were eventually able to translate different languages written in cuneiform across many eras, though some early versions of the script remain undeciphered.
Today, the ability to read cuneiform is the key to understanding all manner of cultural activities in the ancient Near East–from determining what was known of the cosmos and its workings, to the august lives of Assyrian kings, to the secrets of making a Babylonian stew. Of the estimated half-million cuneiform objects that have been excavated, many have yet to be catalogued and translated. Here, a few fine and varied examples of some of the most interesting ones that have been. Source here and here
Judging from the artifacts they left behind, the Assyrians and Sumerians made quite an extensive voyage to the Americas about 4000 years ago. This the first installment of a three entry blog that presents the evidence.
Chief Joseph’s Cuneiform Tablet
The most famous piece of evidence passed down among the Nez Perce tribe of Montana was a strange cuneiform tablet known to us as the Chief Joseph Tablet. Housed in the museum at West Point, this tablet was photographed by Warren C. Dexter in 1991, the tablet was taken from—some say gifted by—Chief Joseph when he was captured in 1877.
Chief Joseph, best known for his statement, “I will fight no more forever,” claimed he inherited it from his white ancestors and that it had been in his family for generations. He carried the inch square baked tablet in a medicine pouch with the Star of Ashur, an Assyrian symbol, on it. (That is the subject of my next blog.)
Translated by Professor Robert Biggs of the University of Chicago, the Chief Joseph tablet reads, “Nalu received 1 lamb from Abbashaga on the 11th day of the month of the festival of An, in the year Enmahgalanna was installed as high priestess of Nanna.” That would be 2042 BCE.
Now, some websites claim this tablet is a forgery, to which I would reply: Really? Chief Joseph knew the Assyrian language and wrote in cuneiform, you say. And he knew the history of the priestesses of Nanna, too. So tell me how Chief Joseph came by that knowledge in the 1880s? (That in itself is a good mystery—especially since cuneiform was first deciphered in 1857 in Britain.)
The Hearn Cuneiform Tablet
(*From above) The Hearn tablet was discovered in Georgia in 1963. It is a receipt for sheep and goats intended as sacrifice to the sun god Utu and the goddess Lama Lugal. The scribe, Enlila, states it was the 37th or 38th year of the reign of King Suigi of Ur, Sumeria. That dates this tablet to 2040 BCE, two years prior to the Chief Joseph tablet.
The Hearn tablet is made of lead, not clay. There are other lead pieces found on the Hearn property dated to the same time. So it would seem at least this tablet may have been created here in the Americas. Lead smelting and the need to create a receipt for goods exchanged, I would say, indicates a larger presence than just a handful of explorers.
The Shawnee Creek Stone of Oklahoma
The Shawnee Creek Stone is yet a third important discovery.
According to Gloria Farley who was one of the pioneers of the movement to discover and preserve evidence of pre-Columbian trans-Atlantic travel:
“Borrowing the [Shawnee Creek] stone, I made a latex mold and my son Mark Farley obtained a clear photograph, both of which were sent to Dr. Barry Fell. His returning telephone call told me that he believed the find to be of great importance, as the design resembles the seals from ancient Dilmun in the Arabian Gulf. (This is the name which the Arabs give to the Persian Gulf. Dilmun was located mainly on the island of Bahrain.) The inscription, said Dr. Fell, appears to employ the ideographs used by Dilmunian scribes, especially the ones for ‘Inanna, Goddess of Love and Queen of Heaven.’ He told me that Inanna also related to the Sumerians. Sumer is now modern Iraq.”
Molds of the inscription were sent to Ali Akbar H. Bushiri a scholar of ancient Bahrain who wrote about the Dilmun culture. He confirmed that four of the five symbols related to Inanna. We have the circle with 8 rays (the Venus star), the vertical line with semicircle (Inanna), the “U” shape (Nanna, Moon God and father to Inanna), and the vertical line with 2 of 3 bars–the third bar having been chipped off (symbol of fertility).
Who was Inanna?
The reign of Inanna (also spelled Innana) as the Goddess of Love seems to have begun in 5300 BCE (the date for the “founding” of Sumer) and lasted right through the period of Akkadain rule in both Sumer and Assyria (2334-2218). Dilmun is south of Sumer. This places the Shawnee Creek Stone in the same date and geographic range as the two cuneiform tablets, although the stone could also have been much earlier or even later.
So we have one tablet (2042 BCE) that is Assyrian, one tablet (2040 BCE) that is Sumerian and one that is carved stone related to either Sumer or Assyria. All three can be related to one single era—just before the Akkandian rule of both Sumer and Assyria.
The question below should be an easy one. It is for members of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, because we know about the Jaredites, Mulekites and Lehites. We know how common it is to travel the ocean anciently. If we could only convince the archaeologists and historians who want to still believe the Bering Strait theory.
How did these artifacts get to America?
It is argued that neither the Sumerian nor the Assyrian people were navigators and could not have made it to America. So how did the tablets come to be found in America?
We need to remember that the Akkadian period began with the conquest of Assyria and Sumeria by Sargon of Akkad. His desire to expand and gain power may have extended to exploration, even across the Atlantic.
But the two cuneiform tablets are dated firmly to 2042 and 2040 BCE(Think Jaredites) and Sargon’s conquest is dated to 2334 BCE. So either the tablets were made in Assyria and Sumeria before the conquest and then brought to America during a later Akkadian exploration, or they were made in America signifying Assyrian/Sumerian exploration before Akkadian rule. In which case, we need to re-examine the statement that the Assyrians and Sumerians were not navigators. Perhaps they did navigate far distances, even across the Atlantic.
And we must remember Chief Joseph claimed his “white ancestors” passed the stone down through the generations. Is it possible that Assyrians and/or Sumerians came to this country to escape Sargon of Akkad and his conquering armies? If so, this would not be the last time the Americas became a haven for those escaping harsh conditions in their motherlands. Again Jaredites likely had the bl0od of the 3 sons of Noah, Ham, shem, and Japeth.
Credits:
Photos of the tablets and some basic information in this blog are from the much quoted articles by Benjamin Daniali of the Assyrian Times.
But for more detailed and substantiated information see: Farley, Gloria (1994). In Plain Sight: Old world records in ancient America. Muskogee, OK: Hoffman Printing Company (pp. 150-155). (There is a picture of the Shawnee Creek stone translation on p. 153.)
Additional Reading
The Lost Colonies of Ancient America: A Comprehensive Guide to the Pre Columbian Visitors who really Discovered America
By Frank Joseph
“After Hin-mah-too-yah-lat-kekt of the Wal-lam-wat-kain, a band of Nez Perce Indians, surrendered to units of the U.S. Cavalry near Chinook Chinook in the north of what is now Montana on October 5, 1877, his “medicine bag” containing a 1-inch-square baked clay tablet was stolen. Better remembered as Chief Joseph, he explained that the tablet, engraved on both sides with then inscrutable texts, “had been passed down in his family for many generations, and that they had inherited it from their white ancestors. Chief Joseph said that white men had come among his ancestors long ago, and had taught his people many things.” 34 Today, his ancestral heirloom is still warehoused at New York’s West Point Museum.
In 2000, Robert D. Biggs, an Assyriology professor at the Oriental Institute of the University of Chicago, with a PhD from Johns Hopkins University, and editor of the Journal of Near Eastern Studies , was able to translate the texts of Chief Joseph’s tablet, because they had been inscribed in cuneiform. They recorded the sale of a lamb for sacrifice on behalf of a person named Enmahgalanna to celebrate her promotion as a high priestess of Nanna, the same moon-god enshrined at Ur’s Great Ziggurat. Professor Biggs dated the Sumerian inscription to approximately 2042 BC . 35
Native American pouches such as the one Chief Joseph carried “contained items that would remind the warrior of home, of where he came from,” according to historical writer Mary Gindling. “The mundane nature of the contents of the tablet argues against forgery. Cuneiform had only been deciphered in 1846, and the process was far from complete even in 1877, so a would-be forger would had to have been an extremely well educated individual, familiar not only with the ancient language itself, but with the shape of the tablets created by the ancient scribes.” 36
Not long after the Cherokee artifact came to light, “a Sumerian tablet with cuneiform writing was found beside ancient stone projectile points near Lexington, Georgia,” writes Dr. Thompson. “The tablet is from Ur-Nammuk, Iraq, and dates to 2040 B.C.” 37
Cultural diffusionist researcher Gloria Farley tells of a similar discovery in the same state made by a Mrs. Joe Hearn:
In 1963, while digging a new flower bed on her property in northwestern Georgia, not far from the Chatahoochee River, her shovel had struck a small, pillow-shaped tablet made of lead.… The cuneiform script, according to Dr. Curtis Hoffman, describes how a scribe named Enlila was aware that it was the thirty-seventh or thirty-eighth year of the reign of King Shulgi of Ur, which by our reckoning, would have been about 2040 B.C. It recorded the sale of sheep and goats, which apparently had been transported overseas to America, for sacrifice to Utu, the sun-god, and the goddess, Lama Lugal [a Sumerian deity of intercession and protection]. 38
Editors Note: (See Map Below) I have made a probable connection that after Lehi landed near Tallahassee, Fl., Nephi and his brothers may have used the Chattahoochee River to escape north up into the Unicoi Gap of Georgia. From there the Hiawassee River would take them directly to the Tennessee River andstraight into Chattanooga Tennessee, where I believe the City Nephi was located.
Although Shulgi actually ruled from 2029 to 1982 BC , Georgia’s Hearn object and Chief Joseph’s tablet both date to within 11 years of each other; their discoveries were separated by many hundreds of miles and two centuries, underscoring a common authenticity. LaGrange College, Georgia’s oldest private college, founded in 1831, today owns the Hearn Tablet.
Near Quaker City, Ohio, an amateur Indian arrowhead collector discovered a cuneiform tablet in 1978. Its ancient provenance was established by David Owen, professor of Near Eastern studies at Cornell University, in Ithaca, New York. He translated the Sumerian text, which had been composed “by a man named Ur-e’e in the month of Dumuzi [late June], in the year the ensi [ruler] of Karzida was elevated.” 39 Karzida was the second city of worship for Nanna, the same moon-god likewise referenced by the inscription on Chief Joseph’s tablet, suggesting a relationship between his family heirloom and the Quaker City find, which came to light years after his death. That relationship is remarkably cogent to our discussion, because they, together with the Lexington and Hearn tablets, were all inscribed within 12 years of each other, between 2042 and 2030 BC . They define the most appropriate segment of time for voyages to America, because it matches the dynamic outset of the Ur III Period, or “Sumerian Renaissance.”
It began in 2047 BC , just after the Sumerians liberated themselves from Akkadian domination and experienced their most energetic outward expansion, as exampled by the specimen of South African resin found in Queen Puabi’s tomb at Ur. “Many such Ur III tablets have been found in the U.S.,” states Professor Owen, “including some tablets dug up a few years ago from the ruins of an old apartment house in Auburn, New York.” 40
So many tablets spread over half a continent—from Montana to Georgia, Ohio, and New York—do not suggest some lone survivor of shipwreck, blown far off course during some otherwise-normal trading mission in the Middle East, but indicate rather the deliberate arrival of numerous Sumerian visitors, all from the same capital of Ur’s Third Dynasty.” The Lost Colonies of Ancient America, A Comprehensive Guide to the Pre-Columbian Visitors Who Really Discovered America Page 36-39
Notes: 34 Gindling, Mary. “History Mystery: Chief Joseph’s Cuneiform Tablet” ( www.stumbleupon.com/su/8Pv0tq/www.helium.com/items/1636848-hisdtory-mystery-chief-josephs-cuneiform-tablet , 2009). 35 Biggs, Robert D. “History Mystery.” 36 . Gindling. “History Mystery: Chief Joseph’s Cuneiform Tablet.” 37 . Thompson, American Discovery 38 . Farley, Gloria. “History Mystery.” 39 . Tiel, William. “Two Enigmatic Stones from Ohio,” Ancient American , vol. 9, no. 58 (August 2004). 40 . Although they agree that the four cuneiform tablets are authentically Sumerian, mainstream archaeologists dismiss them as insignificant. As described in Lost Civilizations , “Professor Owen ‘suggests that we are not to make too much of the (Quaker City) find,’ since ‘tablets of this type were sold throughout the U.S. in the early years of this (the 20th) Century, and have shown up in various places, including garbage dumps and garage sales.’ That does not explain Chief Joseph’s tablet, which became public knowledge in 1877, more than twenty years before the alleged importation of Sumerian relics, nor the Hearn Tablet, which was dug up on property consistently owned by the discoverer’s family since 1850. The Quaker City tablet itself was excavated from a depth of some two feet amid a cluster of Indian arrowheads—hardly the setting for a misplaced trinket from the early 20th Century. Moreover, a thorough Internet search by this author failed to turn up any suggestion that brisk sales in authentic cuneiform tablets occurred in the United States during the early 1900s, as Professor Owen stated without proof.” Source Here:
Approximate extension of the empire of the Third Dynasty of Ur (2112-2004 BC according to the middle chronology), with the center/periphery organization of Shulgi’s reign (2093-2047 BC).
The Third Dynasty of Ur, also called the Neo-Sumerian Empire, refers to a 22nd to 21st century BC (middle chronology) Sumerian ruling dynasty based in the city of Ur and a short-lived territorial-political state which some historians consider to have been a nascent empire. The Third Dynasty of Ur is commonly abbreviated as Ur III by historians studying the period.
It is very likely the Jaredites landed near Seattle in about 2200 BC. See Blog Here:
The Oklahoma Runestones If the tales told by the old-timers are correct, Oklahoma may once have contained dozens of runestones. Five of these have been found. This chapter discusses their discovery and possible meanings. Also, other possible runestones from Oklahoma and Arkansas are discussed.
The Lord will remember the Jew, the Lamanite, and the Native Americans
D&C 19:26-27 And again, I command thee that thou shalt not covet thine own property, but impart it feely to the printing of the Book of Mormon, which contains the truth and works of God.
27: Which is my word to the Gentile, that soon it may go to the Jew, of whom the Lamanites are a remnant that they may believe the gospel, and look not for a Messiah to come who has already come.
In Alma 24:19 And thus we see that, when these Lamanites were brought to believe and to know the truth, they were firm, and would suffer even unto death rather than commit sin, and thus we see that they buried their weapons of peace, or they buried the weapons of war, for peace.
“The converted Lamanite is devout. Few ever apostatize. Some lose their way as they partake of the worldliness about them, but generally the children of Lehi of the twentieth century have inherited that grace and ability to believe like their ancestors of the long ago. We read in Hel. 6:36: ‘And thus we see that the Lord began to pour out his Spirit upon the Lamanites, because of their easiness and willingness to believe in his words’” (The Teachings of Spencer W. Kimball, ed. Edward L. Kimball [Salt Lake City: Bookcraft, 1982], p. 178; emphasis added).
“The Lamanites must rise again in dignity and strength to fully join their brethren and sisters of the household of God in carrying forth his work in preparation for that day when the Lord Jesus Christ will return to lead his people, when the millennium will be ushered in, when the earth will be renewed and receive its paradisiacal glory and its lands be united and become one land. For the prophets have said, ‘The remnant of the house of Joseph shall be built upon this land; and it shall be a land of their inheritance; and they shall build up a holy city unto the Lord, like unto the Jerusalem of old; and they shall no more be confounded, until the end come when the earth shall pass away.’ (Eth. 13:8.) “In this I have great faith.” Spencer W. Kimball (“Our Paths Have Met Again,” Ensign, Dec. 1975, p 5, 7.)
“Have you ever tried to recover something that you have lost in your memory all at once, as you strain and struggle, here it comes back? That is the way the Gospel is to the Lamanites. One good Navajo man said to me: “All our lives we knew that we were off line. We used to be with you folks in the long ago; then we came to a division in the road with a great stone in the middle. We went one way and you went the other, but now we are around it and we are all coming back together(Lamanite Conference April 24, 1971 President Kimball).
Ether 13:8 “Wherefore, the remnant of the house of Joseph shall be built upon this land; and it shall be a land of their inheritance; and they (Lamanites) shall build up a holy city unto the Lord, like unto the Jerusalem of old;… (In parenthesis added)
Alma 9:16-17 16- For there are many promises which are extended to the Lamanites; for it because of the traditions of their fathers that caused them to remain in their state of ignorance; therefore the Lord will be merciful unto them and prolong their existence in the land. 17- And at some period of time they will be brought to believe in word, and to know of the incorrectness of the traditions of their fathers; and many of them will be saved, for the Lord will be merciful unto all who call on his name.
“And that the Lamanites might come to the knowledge of their fathers, and that they might know the promises of the Lord, and that they may believe the gospel and rely upon the merits of Jesus Christ, and be glorified through faith in his name, and that through their repentance they might be saved.” (D&C 3:18–20.)
“The Book of Mormon is a record of the forefathers of our western Tribes of Indians, having been found through the ministration of an holy Angel translated into our own Language by the gift and power of God, after having been hid up in the earth for the last fourteen hundred years containing the word of God, which was delivered unto them, By it we learn that our western tribes of Indians are descendants from that Joseph that was sold into Egypt, and that the Land of America is a promised land unto them, and unto it all the tribes of Israel will come. with as many of the gentiles as shall comply with the requisitions of the new covenant. But the tribe of Judah will return to old Jerusalem.” ~Joseph Smith.
In July of 1866 Elder Wilford Woodruff said the following: “If the Elders of Israel had always treated the Lamanites as they should, I do not believe that we should have had any difficulty with them at all. This is my firm conviction, and my conclusion according to the light that is in me. I believe that the Lord permits them to chasten us at the present time to convince us that we have to overcome the vindictive feelings which we have harbored towards that poor, downtrodden branch of the House of Israel.”
Did you know that both John Wesley Powell’s and Lewis H. Morgan’s fathers were Methodist ministers who preached in Palmyra, N.Y., in 1830 and were instrumental in spreading some of the radical thinking against Joseph Smith Jr.? Indian history got lost through political debunking and battles over opinions that escalated in the late 1800s. Powell wrote the blueprint for how to handle Indians based on them being deemed savage, which we know to be largely untrue.
Steve Smoots new movie, which could be out within several months, will be discussing this important time in American History
Before I discuss more about John Wesley Powell, Palmyra and the Book of Mormon, I want to share with you an article in the Provo Daily Herald that spoke about one of our many Book of Mormon Evidence Conferences. Our next event will be April 16-18, 2026 from 9 am to 9 pm at the SLCC Gail Miller Campus at 9750 S. 300 W. Sandy, UT 84070 Directions here: Tickets here:
Bob Goodwin, dressed at Thomas Jefferson, and Lincoln Fuqua talk during the Book of Mormon Evidence conference in Orem. SPENSER HEAPS/Daily HeraldPeople look at art during the Book of Mormon Evidence conference at the SCERA theater in Orem SPENSER HEAPS/Daily Herald
“OREM — Were the Native American tribes, once honored for their agriculture and building prowess by the pilgrims and others, demoted to mere savages by the United States government as a way for them to lose their history and to be better controlled?
Steven E. Smoot believes so, and he shared his story with nearly 800 people attending the Saturday session of the Book of Mormon Evidence Conference…
As of this writing, it is now March 23, 2026 and the Book of Mormon Evidence Conference will be having its 37th semi-annual conference on April 16-18, 2026 as it is in its 19th consecutive year headed by Rod Meldrum’s Firm Foundation.
Genelle Pugmire continues, “Smoot’s hypothesis is based on earthen mounds and archaeological artifacts found throughout Ohio, Mississippi and other heartland states between the Canadian border and the Gulf of Mexico. Most notable are the mound cities and burial grounds like those found in the Mississippi Valley.
“This was a more highly advanced civilization than previously thought,” Smoot said.
In a recent documentary Roger Kennedy, retired director of the Smithsonian Institute, said he had never heard of such civilizations. He had never considered the numerous mounds throughout the area to be more than piles of dirt. But that has changed.
After archaeological digs and significant artifacts and documentation had come forward over the years, Kennedy said the Smithsonian had to take another look.
“We now realize that tens of thousands of archaeological consequences are now hidden in our ground,” Kennedy said.
“One city across the river from St. Louis, the Cahokia Mounds, are bigger than the pyramid of Giza,” Smoot said. “There are 500 mounds in just one county dating back from 1,000 B.C. to 400 A.D.”
The fleeting notion that Columbus was the first to step foot on American soil is more sullied by the findings of modern archaeologists, Smoot said.
“The question is, who wasn’t here,” Smoot said. He noted the evidence of Vikings, Greeks, Polynesians, Welsh, Chinese and others.
So where did all this history go? According to Smoot, at one time there were 500 Native American languages and 50 linguistic families.
John Wesley Powell
“Explorers were amazed at what they were finding in the early 1800s. They were finding symbols with old-world connections,” Smoot said. “We found early Jesuits seeking the lost 10 tribes. They thought the American Indians were of Jewish descent. They believed the Indian people worthy of salvation.”
Smoot said there were notes with opinions of the Jesuits stating that Indians in the Pennsylvania area were similar to the Jews of England.
All that changed when three men — John Wesley Powell, Lewis Henry Morgan, and E.B. Squier — first documented the mounds in the mid-1800s. They formed an association for the advancement of science and promulgated the evolution of societies.
Steve Smoot is in the current stages of creating a new film all about Powell, Morgan and Squire as they were in Palmyra, NY in the 1800’s. Stay tuned for more by calling Rian Nelson at 801-931-9031 or [email protected]
HISTORY OF The American Association for the Advancement of Science
The formation of AAAS in 1848 marked the emergence of a national scientific community in the United States. While science was part of the American scene from the nation’s early days, its practitioners remained few in number and scattered geographically and among disciplines. AAAS was the first permanent organization formed to promote the development of science and engineering at the national level and to represent the interests of all its disciplines.
Lewis H. Morgan
Smoot continues, “The evolution began with savages, then to barbarians and eventually civilized man. They categorized Indians as savages, thus sufficiently taking away their societal influence. Religionists like Joseph Smith and his church were considered barbarians.
Smoot quickly noted that both Powell and Morgan’s fathers were Methodist ministers who preached in Palmyra, N.Y., in 1830 and were instrumental in spreading some of the radical thinking against Smith, founder of the LDS Church.
Smoot believes the Indian history got lost through political debunking and battles over opinions that escalated in the late 1800s. Powell wrote the blueprint for how to handle Indians based on them being deemed savage.
“The ancient inhabitants of this country must be lost,” Powell said.
“They pictured them in loin clothes running around with tomahawks in their hand,” Smoot said. “There are those who would seek to close the history book for a better world.”
With renewed interest in the mound cities and the early Native Americans, Smoot believes it’s time for people to look at all the possibilities.
“There is a larger history with implications for our day,” Smoot said.
People look at various displays during the Book of Mormon Evidence Conference in Orem. Photo by Spenser Heaps Daily Herald
“The qualities, which enabled him so splendidly to perform his many self-imposed tasks, were an inheritance from his parents, who possessed more than ordinary intelligence. Joseph Powell, his father, had a strong will, deep earnestness, and indomitable courage, while his mother, Mary Dean, with similar traits possessed also remarkable tact and practicality. Both were English born, the mother well educated, and were always leaders in the social and educational life of every community where they dwelt. Especially were they prominent in religious circles, the father being a licensed exhorter in the Methodist Episcopal Church. Both were intensely American in their love and admiration of the civil institutions of the United States and both were strenuously opposed to slavery, which was flourishing in America when they arrived in 1830. For a time they remained in New York City and then re-moved to the Village of Palmyra whence they went to Mount Morris, Livingston County, New York, where, on March 24, 1834, the fourth of their nine children, John Wesley, was born. Because of the slavery question Joseph Powell left the Methodist Episcopal Church on the organization of the Wesleyan Methodist Church and became a regularly ordained preacher in the latter. It was in this atmosphere of social, educational, political, and religious fervor that the future explorer grew up.” Lost American Antiquities page 283
In Palmyra NY this area was called, “the burned-over district” because of the frequent revivals that raged like forest fires. Preachers on every corner where Joseph Smith was caught up in the revival.
The Powell’s had found their way to one of the most intensely evangelical districts in America. All during the building of the [Erie] canal and well into the 1830’s western New York was on fire with religion, as Congregationalists, Presbyterians, and Methodists vied to save souls; observers called this “the burned-over district” because of the frequent revivals that raged like forest fires through the countryside. Rochester was the persistent center of the fire. In 1830 a New England preacher, Charles Grandison Finney, with bulging blue eyes and tense, gripping voice, came to that city and for six months preached nearly every night and three times on Sunday, converting thousands.” Lost American Antiquities page 284
While Rochester could point to Finney and his stupendous achievements, Palmyra made its own contribution to the religious ferment, one that would eventually reverberate to the far western deserts. Palmyra was the birthplace of Mormonism. Joseph Smith, Mormonism’s founder, was an uneducated farm boy living south of the village center. Smith’s tales and teachings would cause reverberations throughout the region, as the doctrines he espoused would be heard far and wide.
The Book of Mormon rolled off the press in Palmyra, New York in 1830. Its publication created no small stir with much controversy in the area. The book tells of ancient cultures that migrated to America hundreds of years before Christ.
However, the Mormon story had begun years earlier near the Palmyra Township of western New York, with stories of heavenly visitations to its youthful founder, Joseph Smith. His audacious claims were met with either delight or disdain, depending on the listener. For many, he was either a deluded dreamer or a charlatan. For others, he was a prophet, raised up by God, who had personally appeared to him in 1820 and later sent angels to guide Smith to an ancient record inscribed on gold plates and buried in a hill. Of this experience, Smith said:
“I was also informed concerning the aboriginal inhabitants of this countryand shown who they were, and from whence they came; a brief sketch of their origin, progress, civilization, laws, governments, of their righteousness and iniquity, and the blessings of God being finally withdrawn from them as a people, was made known unto me; I was also told where were deposited some plates on which were engraven an abridgment of the records of the ancient prophets that had existed on this continent.” Lost American Antiquities, pg. 285
This claimed ancient record was found in an area of the country where many other artifacts were being retrieved from mound explorations. Joseph Smith claimed to have translated the record and to have shown the plates to eleven others, who reportedly witnessed and gave testimony that they did indeed, see and handle the plates. Upon the translation of the record according to Smith, it was returned to a heavenly messenger, as instructed. Smith’s translation of this record would go on to be printed and published in Palmyra in 1830 as the Book of Mormon.
Purporting to be a historical record of migrations of ancient near Eastern cultures to the Americas, the book tells of their rise to glory and their tragic fall. The thrust of this religious narrative is an abridgment of records comprising the writings of a number of different religious leaders and includes the record of a visit to these people of the resurrected Christ. The historical account also foretells modern day events and a latter-day rise of the descendants of those ancient populations.
The Book of Mormon, along with the claims of its translator and the missionary-minded church he established—a restoration, he insisted, of Christ’s ancient church—created no small stir in Palmyra and indeed throughout the young nation. As it turns out, two of the preachers vying for converts in the immediate area of Palmyra had sons who would go on to play a significant role in how the knowledge of ancient American cultures would be handed down. The two preachers’ sons were E. G. Squier and John Wesley Powell.
Upon arriving in America, the Powell family, steeped in their Methodist beliefs, would be confronted continually with a myriad of religious views, as many religions in the area were vying for converts. This battle for converts “was another American strangeness to absorb along with Jacksonian politics, Manhattan street life, wild forest scenes, and Yankee twang. They had brought with them the true Christian faith, based on the traditional Bible, and they needed no other, certainly not one from an upstart bumpkin who said he had seen angels.”Lost American Antiquities, pg. 286
Palmyra New York. 4 Churches on the corners
In Powell of the Colorado, William Culp Darrah writes:
Joseph Powell [John Wesley’s Father]
“The Powell family moved on to Palmyra, New York, as another station on the road to (the western) wilderness. The town was still excited over the new sect, which called themselves Mormons. The first printing of the Book of Mormon of five thousand copies had but recently been finished. A few years earlier, Joseph Smith, a young farmer, had received a vision revealing to him the existence of that record of the fullness of Christ’s Gospel, and on September 22, 1827, … gold tablets bearing cryptic characters were delivered into (Joseph) Smith’s hands… Joseph Powell [John Wesley’s Father] did not find the opportunity he sought in Utica. Tailoring was not satisfying; it was but a means to an end. A licensed exhorter of the Methodist Church was expected to follow his regular trade or profession, but there had been little chance for him to carry on religious work. There were six churches in the town and all who desired to attend services had an opportunity to do so. Joseph Powell wanted to bring religion to those who were beyond his reach.” Lost American Antiquities, pg. 287
Religious Excitement near Palmyra, New York, 1816–1820
Despite the comfortable life they were enjoying in western New York, John Wesley Powell’s father, Joseph became restless “and informed the family that he now had his eye on Ohio. God was summoning to move once more. Joseph longed not merely to build churches but to preach the gospel and save souls. He had come to the New World with a mission to evangelize as well as prosper. Western New York State had plenty of preachers; Ohio did not. So, with many tearful good-byes, the family packed their clothes and portable goods and headed deeper into the nations interior.”288
Powell’s family life from birth, moving ever westward, would shadow the westward migration of the early Mormon pioneers from New York to Ohio then on to Illinois. His interests and business would also drive his steps to follow the trails blazed by these early pioneers across the open plains, over the Rocky Mountains and into the valleys of the Great Salt Lake on numerous occasions.289
The Powell’s moved westward to Ohio…“taking a steamer across Lake Erie, then making a long canal trip south from Cleveland through Akron, Massillon, Coshocton, Newark, Columbus getting off at the former capital of Chillicothe. Inspired by the Erie Canal’s success, developers dug the Ohio Canal over three hundred miles long (going all the way to the Ohio River), with 152 locks and 16 aqueducts. When linked to the Erie Canal, it put much of the state within cheap, easy reach of New York City.” Lost American Antiquities, pg. 290
“Over the next three decades hundreds more followed them, clustering together in what became southern Jackson County, Ohio, trying to keep their language and culture intact.”291
Big George Crookham
In Ohio the Powell family was looking to buy a small parcel to build a home when they met Big George Crookham, a large robust man who invited them to setup camp at his farm, as he would help them find a small property near Jackson, Ohio. Big George would become a real influence in Wesley’s life as later he became Big George’s pupil.
“Big George” Crookham was a strict but inspiring school master who had himself read as a lad such works as; David Hume’s History of England and Edward Gibbon’s The Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire, and other substantial books; but the intimate instruction which had the greatest influence on him was the field trips and walks through the countryside…They dug in the prehistoric mounds of Jackson and Ross Counties…during which he was introduced to the elements of geology, archeology and natural history.” Lost American Antiquities, pg. 292
With the extended construction of the Erie Canal, the corridor to the west was established and the Powell family was there to see this mass migration of tens of thousands of pioneers moving ever westward in pursuit of their dreams. Many would settle in America’s heartland, amidst some of the largest concentration of the ancient mounds and earthworks of the Hopewell and Adena cultures.
High Bank Works, Ross County Ohio
One of the Powell’s’ residence was located near the edge of the plateau, and below they could see the tangled riverine forest of Little Salt Creek, which flows west to the Little Scioto, which enters the Ohio River about fifty miles away. An anonymous historian wrote, “Along most of these creeks, and especially along the [Salt], is some of the most beautiful, romantic, and picturesque scenery the eye of man ever beheld.”293 “Wildlife and humans had long come here looking for that very practical necessity after which the stream was called—salt. The valley offered several salt licks where bison and elk, and before them mastodons and giant bears, had congregated, sometimes leaving their bones. In 1836, geologists, while excavating salt deposits in Jackson County, unearthed the skeleton of a hairy mammoth whose tusks measured eleven feet and weighed 180 pounds each.”294 Also found in Jackson County and some of the neighboring counties of Ohio—Scioto, Butler, Montgomery and Ross County—are some of the largest and most impressive concentrations of ancient works and mound structures as surveyed by Squier and Davis in their 1848 report.
Ancient Monuments of the Mississippi Valley, near Marietta, Ohio Purchase here:
Mound City Hopewell Culture
As one walks along the path leading past the many burial mounds at the Mound City Hopewell Culture Center in Ross County, Ohio, one can only guess about what additional knowledge is still buried in those mounds, decaying away with time. At what point does society stop and ask whether the silence and social engineering surrounding these ancient cultures has really led to a greater good for mankind?
The remaining mound sites which are found in National and State parks are but a vestige of a once large number of historical sites that Squier and Davis estimated would be in the thousands. Mounds, along with earthworks and enclosures, were estimated at over fifteen hundred in the state of Ohio alone. As of 2005, the Ohio Historic Preservation office had identified and compiled over 35,000 prehistoric sites in the state, with an estimate that over 60% of those, are located on private lands and with approximately 90% of those sites being referenced to be pre-Columbian.
As the late Roger G. Kennedy, former director of the National Park Service and former director of the American History Museum at the Smithsonian Institution, said:
“The search for harmony is not a new phenomenon in Ohio. Propitiatory sacrifice was not invented in the Middle East. Perhaps, as we move forward toward an attempt to restore our own harmonious relationship to our mound-building predecessors, we may find, in the Old or New Testament texts, analogies to the physical testaments they have left to us. Analogies do not explain things away. Instead, they may be opening to understanding, declaring that we are all baffled by the enigmas of the universe, and that it is possible that the American Indians, we, and ancient peoples of the Old World, including the Jews, may have sought ways of seeking harmony with mysterious systems we cannot understand and cannot control. In this spirit, let us return to the mounds, and risk some guesses about why and how they were built.” Lost American Antiquities, pg. 295
Hopewell Trading Network
North Fork Works Ohio
_______________________
283 See: Arlington Cemetery Eulogy / J.W. Powell.Net 284 Johnson, P.E., Shopkeeper’s Millennium, 137. 285 Joseph Smith, Discourses of the Prophet Joseph Smith, compiled by Alma P. Burton, Deseret Book Company, Salt Lake City, 1977, 275-6. 286 Worster, 16. 287 William Culp Darrah: Powell of the Colorado, Princeton, University Press, 4 288 Worster, 20. 289 See: Ibid. 290 Ibid., 22. 291 Ibid., 21. 292 Darrah, William Culp: Powell of the Colorado, (Princeton University Press) 12: George L Crookham, History of the Hanging Rock Iron Region; 369-370: History of the Scioto Valley of Ohio, 471: see also Jackson Standard, March 5,1857. 293 See: Worster, 24-History of Lower Scioto Valley, 458 294 Worster, 23-24. 295 Kennedy, Hidden Cities; 242.
“And then, behold, other records have I, that I will give unto you power that you may assist to translate.” (Doctrine and Covenants 9:2)
Join us at the 37th Book of Mormon Conference and hear Don Bradley who completed an internship with the Joseph Smith Papers Project and a Master’s degree in History at Utah State University. He is the author of The Lost 116 Pages: Reconstructing the Book of Mormon’s Lost Stories, published by Greg Kofford Books. Don will shed new light on the two sets of plates idea that Jonathan Neville has been sharing for over 10 years.
Introduction to Doctrine and Covenants Section 10.
REVELATION given to Joseph Smith the Prophet, at Harmony, Pennsylvania, likely around April 1829, though portions may have been received as early as the summer of 1828. Herein the Lord informs Joseph of alterations made by wicked men in the 116 manuscript pages from the translation of the Book of Lehi, in the Book of Mormon. These manuscript pages had been lost from the possession of Martin Harris, to whom the sheets had been temporarily entrusted. The evil design was to await the expected retranslation of the matter covered by the stolen pages and then to discredit the translator by showing discrepancies created by the alterations. That this wicked purpose had been conceived by the evil one and was known to the Lord even while Mormon, the ancient Nephite historian, was making his abridgment of the accumulated plates, is shown in the Book of Mormon.” (see Words of Mormon 1:3–7, and Annotated Book of Mormon by David Hocking and Rod Meldrum p. 135).
“AND now, verily I say unto you, that an account of those things that you have written, which have gone out of your hands [the 116 pages translated from the Plates of Mormon], is engraven upon the Plates of Nephi; Yea, and you remember it was said in those writings [the Book of Lehi abridged by Mormon on his Plates of Mormon] that a more particular account was given of these things upon the Plates of Nephi. “And now, because the account which is engraven upon the Plates of Nephi is more particular concerning the things which, in My wisdom, I would bring to the knowledge of the people in this account—therefore, you shall translate the engravings which are on the Plates of Nephi, down even till you come to the reign of king Benjamin [the Book of Omni], or until you come to that which you have translated, which you have retained;* And behold, you shall publish it as the record of Nephi [1 Nephi through Omni]; and thus I will confound those who have altered My words [the stolen 116 pages; see Annotated Book of Mormon p. 136].
“I will not suffer that they [those who stole the 116 pages] shall destroy My work; yea, I will show unto them that My wisdom is greater than the cunning of the devil. Behold, they have only got a part, or an abridgment of the account of Nephi [the 116 pages]. Behold, there are many things engraven upon the Plates of Nephi which do throw greater views upon My gospel; therefore, it is wisdom in Me that you should translate this first part of the engravings of Nephi, and send forth in this work. “And, behold, all the remainder of this work does contain all those parts of My gospel which My holy prophets, yea, and also My disciples [the Nephite prophets], desired in their prayers should come forth unto this people. And I said unto them, that it should be granted unto them according to their faith in their prayers; Yea, and this was their faith— that My gospel, which I gave unto them [the Nephites] that they might preach in their days, might come unto their brethren the Lamanites, and also all that had become Lamanites because of their dissensions. “Now, this is not all—their faith in their prayers was that this gospel should be made known also, if it were possible that other nations should possess this land; And thus they did leave a blessing upon this land in their prayers, that whosoever should believe in this gospel in this land might have eternal life; yea, that it might be free unto all of whatsoever nation, kindred, tongue, or people they may be. And now, behold, according to their faith in their prayers will I bring this part of My gospel to the knowledge of My people. Behold, I do not bring it to destroy that which they have received, but to build it up” (Doctrine and Covenants 10:38-52; bracketed comments and emphasis added).
*Retained: Joseph apparently retained some of what he translated with Martin Harris; i.e., page 117. This may be Words of Mormon 1:12-18, which flow into Mosiah 1. The current Mosiah 1 was originally Mosiah 3; i.e., the first chapter and a half of Mosiah was included on the 116 pages that were stolen. (Also, see Annotated Book of Mormon, “Two Sets of Plates,” p. 559. and below)
Annotated Book of Mormon by David Hocking and Rod Meldrum Page 559. Click to Enlarge
TWO SETS OF PLATES
“I [Mormon] made this record out of the Plates of Nephi, and hid up in the hill Cumorah
all the records which had been entrusted to me by the hand of the Lord, save it were these
few plates which I gave unto my son Moroni” (Mormon 6:6).
“The depository in the Hill Cumorah in New York was the site of all the Nephite records. Mormon gave his abridgment of the Large Plates of Nephi to Moroni, who added the abridgment of the Book of Ether along with his commentary and included his own record whereupon he “sealed” the record. Moroni put this set of plates into the stone box he constructed in a separate department of the Hill Cumorah, as Orson Pratt explained in 1882.** This was the “Original Book of Mormon” as Joseph Smith described it.
“Joseph translated all of these plates (except the sealed portion) in Harmony, PA with Oliver Cowdery as the scribe. He translated the title page there, which was on the last leaf of the plates. Then he and Oliver discussed going back to re-translate the Book of Lehi, the original translation of which Martin Harris had lost. Instead, the Lord told them they’d have to translate the plates of Nephi—except they didn’t have the plates of Nephi. (See p. xxxi, Doctrine and Covenants 10).
“Joseph gave the Harmony plates (the Plates of Mormon) to a divine messenger before leaving Harmony. After Joseph, Oliver, and David Whitmer arrived in Fayette, a messenger (probably the same one, see map at end of blog) brought the Small Plates of Nephi from the repository in the Hill Cumorah. Joseph, therefore, translated the Small Plates of Nephi in Fayette, NY” – Jonathan Neville, Whatever Happened to the Golden Plates?, Digital Legend [2016].
**“But the grand repository of all the numerous records of the ancient nations of the western continent, was located in another department of the hill, and its contents put under the charge of holy angels, until the day should come for them to be transferred to the sacred temple of Zion” – Orson Pratt, The Contributor, Salt Lake City, Vol. 03, No. 12 [Sep 1882], 357 Read the entire story with Jonathan Neville’s book here:
Whatever Happened to the Golden Plates? Jonathan Neville’s book above reflects one of the most basic questions people have when they first hear about the restoration.
Jonathan said, “People asked Joseph Smith and the other early saints this same question. How could anyone who hears the story not wonder what happened to the plates?
Although I do offer an answer to the question in this book, most of the book explains the new paradigm about the plates themselves.
Traditional Story
The traditional story is this: the angel Moroni showed Joseph a set of gold plates that he, Moroni, had placed in a stone box when he was still a mortal around 421 A.D. After 4 years, Joseph was allowed to remove the plates from the box. He took them to Harmony, PA, where he translated most of them (Book of Lehi through Book of Moroni). Then he went to Harmony and finished the translation from 1 Nephi through Words of Mormon. At that point, he returned the plates to the angel, who later showed them to the 3 witnesses. A few days later, Joseph showed the plates to the 8 witnesses near his parents’ home outside of Palmyra. Again, Joseph returned the plates to the angel and they haven’t been seen since.
The traditional story is fine as far as it goes, but when you think about it, it doesn’t make sense and it doesn’t explain numerous historical events.
Here are some examples.
1. The Title Page, which Joseph said was a literal translation from the last leaf of the plates, describes the contents of the plates as two abridgments, plus Moroni’s sealing. It says nothing about the original plates of Nephi.
2. Joseph translated the Title Page before he left Harmony. If it was the last leaf, then why didn’t he translate 1 Nephi – Words of Mormon in Harmony?
3. Joseph said the title page was from the “original Book of Mormon.”
4. Witnesses described the plates as 4″ thick and 6″ thick.
5. No one can explain where the unabridged plates of Nephi fit into the record if it was included in the plates Moroni gave Joseph.
New Paradigm
After assessing all the evidence, I concluded that the plates Joseph originally obtained from Moroni didn’t include the plates of Nephi. You’ll see that the more you think about it, the more obvious it is. I thought I’d write an article, but there was so much evidence that it grew into an entire book.
Here’s an example.
D&C 9 promises Oliver there would be “other records” for which he would have power to assist to translate. D&C 10 explains what these “other records” are; i.e., the plates of Nephi. But Joseph didn’t have the plates of Nephi when he was in Harmony.
Before he left Harmony, Joseph gave the plates to a divine messenger who returned them to the repository in the Hill Cumorah. From there, the messenger got the plates of Nephi and took them to Fayette so Joseph could translate 1 Nephi through Words of Mormon.
Implications
Once we understand that there were two sets of plates, we can reconcile the different accounts and make sense of these details of Church history.
We also understand that the repository Mormon referred to in Mormon 6:6 was actually in the Hill Cumorah in New York, as explained by several of the men who knew Joseph Smith, including Brigham Young, Wilford Woodruff, Heber C. Kimball, and Orson Pratt.
Obviously, if the repository was in the New York Cumorah, the entire premise for the Mesoamerican theory collapses.
You can expect Mesoamerican advocates to insist on the traditional one set of plates theory, but they won’t be able to show you evidence to support their idea.
Just remember it this way. There is one Cumorah and two sets of plates. Not two Cumorah’s and one set of plates.” Jonathan Neville
Join us April 16-18, 2026 at our 37th Book of Mormon Evidence Conference at the Salt Lake Community College, Gail Miller Campus 9750 S. 300 W. Sandy, UT 84070. Bldg 1&3 Directions Here:
I believe the Native Americans belief in the Great Spirit is very similar to our belief in Christ and the Gospel of Jesus Christ. Especially the Cherokee of the Iroquois Language group, who have an oral history of sacred ceremonies and traditions that are similar to Christian teachings and a lot of similarities with The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints.
Maybe these wonderful descendants of Joseph of Egypt have remembered some of the ancient ceremonies that were once part of the teachings found in the Book of Mormon. We know the Nephites and some righteous Lamanites practiced the Law of Moses and we also know the Lamanites are descendants of the Jews as D&C 29:26-27 says, “And again, I command thee that thou shalt not covet thine own property, but impart it freely to the printing of the Book of Mormon, which contains the truth and the word of God—Which is my word to the Gentile, that soon it may go to the Jew, of whom the Lamanites are a remnant, that they may believe the gospel, and look not for a Messiah to come who has already come.” D&C 29:26-27
Page 253 Annotated Book of Mormon by David Hocking and Rod Meldrum
We also read about the connection between Jew and Lamanite in the Book of Mormon and other scriptures saying, “Which is my word to the Gentile, that soon it may go to the Jew, of whom the Lamanites are a remnant, that they may believe the gospel, and look not for a Messiah to come who has already come.” D&C 19:27 “And then shall the remnant of our seed know concerning us, how that we came out from Jerusalem, and that they are descendants of the Jews.” 2 Nephi 30:4
Early church leaders and Prophets also made this connection of Jew and Lamanite. “The Church did move to the Rocky Mountains into the midst of the Indians or Lamanites -or more properly speaking the Jews-and here expect to live until we move to the spirit land or the Lord moves us somewhere else.” Oliver B. Huntington, “Prophecy,” Young Woman’s Journal 2, no. 7 (April 1891): 314-15
Matthew Cowley
Elder Matthew Cowley and the Prophet Joseph Smith spoke of this wonderful connection of Jew and Lamanite.
“I would say to the Lamanites, if I could speak to them understandingly, that you are also a branch of the house of Israel, and chiefly of the house of Joseph, and your forefathers have fallen through the same examples of unbelief and sins, as have the Jews, and you, as their posterity, have wandered in sin and darkness for many generations; and you, like the Jews, have been driven and trampled under the foot of the Gentiles,[See chart below] and put to death through your wars with each other, and with the white man, until you are almost destroyed. But there is still a redemption and salvation for a remnant of you in the latter days. It is time for you to cease shedding each other’s blood or making war upon your fellow-man. Cease to destroy one another, learn to cultivate the earth, and raise your food therefrom; call upon the Great Spirit to protect you and deliver you from bondage and darkness, and the Great Spirit will hear you and deliver you, and a remnant of you will again become a delightsome people as your forefathers were when they kept the commandments of God.” Wilford Woodruff History of His Life and Labors AS RECORDED IN HIS DAILY JOURNALS PREPARED FOR PUBLICATION BY MATTHIAS F. COWLEY Salt Lake City, Utah 1909
“The Book of Mormon is a record of the forefathers of our western tribes of Indians; having been found through the ministration of an holy angel, and translated into our own language by the gift and power of God, after having been hid up in the earth for the last fourteen hundred years, containing the word of God which was delivered unto them. By it we learn that our western tribes of Indians are descendants from that Joseph who was sold into Egypt,and that the land of America is a promised land unto them, and unto it all the tribes of Israel will come, with as many of the Gentiles as shall comply with the requisitions of the new covenant. TEACHINGS OF THE PROPHET JOSEPH SMITH Page 17:
With all of these connections between the Jews and Lamanites, we can see how the similarities between the Cherokee’s (Native Americans of North America) religion and our Temple ceremonies could be similar. What a wonderful people these Lamanites were and are.
Cherokee and the Number 7
“The Great King commanded the people to rest every seventh day. The people were not to work on this day. It was a day of devotion for speaking about the Father God, his son and the spirit. It is believed that the number seven has become a holy number to the Cherokee, coming from the commandment of resting on the seventh day.
There are many evidences of the sacred number seven among the Cherokee: there are only seven clans: The Bird Clan, the Paint Clan, the Deer Clan, the Wolf Clan, the Blue Clan, the Long Hair Clan, and Wild Potato Clan.
Each clan has a chief. Also, the council house of the Cherokee is a seven-sided building, with each chief of the seven clans having a designated section in one of the seven council house chambers. In the middle of the council house, burns a fire kindled with seven different kinds of wood. One can recognize it in the seven heights or steps to the heavens. The seventh heaven is the highest, where one can reside with Yowa.
Still strong in the beliefs of the Cherokee is the remembrance of one called Iitza. The events of his life and death tell that Iitza died on a cross on Skull Mountain. He wore a red robe, which was made by a Cherokee woman. Upon his head he wore thistles or thorns, and died for the Cherokee people. It is believed by the Cherokee that Iitza is Jesus and was Cherokee. This great chief, son of sky world, climbed a hill called Death Face Hill (which is also the same called Skull Mountain). There he hung for the Cherokee people, his side opened by an arrow.” A SPECIAL REPORT on the RELIGIOUS KNOWLEDGE of the CHEROKEE INDIANS By: J. Murray Rawson.
CHEROKEE TEMPLE ORDINANCES OF THE COUNCIL HOUSE
Seven Cherokee chiefs who accompanied Sir Alexander Cumming, to England, representing every region in which the Cherokee then lived.
Cherokee Tribal Council House Representing the Seven Clans
The Cherokee Council House (which serves as a temple edifice as well) has seven walls; built in the fashion of a septagon. Each side is representative of the seven Cherokee clans, or family groups. Each side also has an entrance, and a specific place for the chief to sit. The high chief with his two counselors sit in the middle of the council house (or temple). This high chief is also known as the grand council head chief. There is also a sub-grand council head chief, and medicine man, who is referred to as the “right-hand man.” Next in order sit the clan chiefs, the sub-clan chiefs, and then all the other members of the offices of each clan, or family unit, who sit behind one another in rank. Each one has a delegated seat in the Council House. Lastly the members of each family group can also sit in council and listen to the words that are spoken. Meantime, while the elect officials speak, no one else will irreverence the occasion by their speech. Council House Museum
About one hundred yards away from the seven-sided council house (or temple), the actual temple sits atop a mound. Because today there exists no village, as existed anciently, the Ark is brought and set upon what would be a holy house, made with four sides. The Ark is set there with all of the necessary articles for a religious ceremony.
It must be remembered that during the ceremonial use of the Ark of the Covenant, it had to be situated near a place where water existed so the ordinances of baptism for the living and proxy-baptisms for the dead could be performed. In attending this ceremony, which was usually held for up to four days–depending upon the size of the people gathered for the ordinances to be performed–everyone was expected to walk or go by horseback into the farthest remote areas wherever the Ark was taken and placed.
The walls of the holy house built to perform the ordinances associated with the Ark of the Covenant had to be white. The entrance had to face east, and the exit west.
The pre-requisite for anyone going through the veils of the temple was marriage. One was also required to go through the ordinances of the temple with one’s mate. Those entering the temple must wear light colored clothing, although not necessarily white.
4. Entrance metal markers honoring the Cherokee clan names. Clan names include: Blue Clan, Bird Clan, Deer Clan, Wolf Clan, Paint Clan, Long Hair Clan, & Wild Potato Clan.
In entering the holy house (temple), one must pass through four veils in order to obtain a view of the Ark of the Covenant. There are altars between each veil passage-way, where incense is burned. In order to pass from one veil to the another, certain passwords and hand-grips must be given. (These hand ‘grips were shown to J. Murray Rawson). The passwords were said to be the names of the old Tribal leaders, and of Yowa.
Regarding the marriage ceremony, Indians (Cherokee) must be married before the Tribal Council. This marriage is for this life only. If Indians are worthy, after the first ceremony, they can then go to the holy house and be married for eternity by the medicine-man and witnessed by all the council chiefs. This marriage cannot be broken or changed. There is no divorce. However, transgression of the eternal marriage covenant will revoke it.
When a spouse and his mate enter the temple house, they first enter through the east and go through a white veil, which is called the first veil.Upon entering, the woman washes the man’s feet, and then his hands. In return, the man washes his woman’s feet and then her hands.
By knowing what ordinance the two are there to perform, the woman will then proceed to go with her husband through the various steps, or rooms. There are four steps that must be performed prior to arriving to the Ark of the Covenant, assuming (hypothetically) they both are there to receive the ordinance of marriage sealing for eternity.
The second room is the incense room. In this room, one can pray and burn incense. It is not unusual for one’s prayers to be answered there. If the medicine-man finds one worthy in this second room, he, or the high priest officiating, will give his decision and recommendation for that person to continue to the third room, where the altar is located. In this third room, the Altar Room, one is allowed to bring his sacrifice, and there sacrifice a bird, or some other type of small animal.
Because only a certain number of people are allowed to enter this Altar Room, certain restrictions are applied. Therefore, after all the sacrifices are received of the high priest there, each person in the room is allotted a specified amount of time to ask questions, to receive guidance and revelation. The offerings are then burnt, at that point, while special prayers are recited. Simultaneously, the person going through the ordinance fervently prays hoping his prayer to be answered, and that he may receive a blessing of the Lord.
As one is found worthy, the medicine man will send him onto the fourth room, wherein he must pass through the fourth veil. In this fourth room the Ark of the Covenant is located. The passageway into the fourth room, through the fourth veil, is also called the “gateway.” Passage is gained only through the use of certain passwords. The officiator returns the same words as have been given to him by the person going through the temple.
The passwords, basically, are the answers to these questions: “Who are you?” and “What do you believe in?” The person then gives the officiator a name for the first password, and tells him that he believes in “Amiiwah”, meaning the Laws of the Long House. Those laws are very similar to the Ten Commandments, and very specific. Therefore, these laws teach one to keep clean, pure and chaste, morally, so that one’s body is pure to progress (spiritually), and also pure to progress symbolically (physically) into the fourth room.
Continuing, the medicine man will ask the person seeking passage through the “gateway” if he has kept the laws of his conviction (Amiiwah), and the person will answer him. Again he will ask the person another question: ‘Who is your master?” The person will then respond that his master is Ananyo’o–which means God. The person is then permitted to pass onward, to another high priest (or, brother), who asks him another question. The person will then respond according to the questions asked, which questions are determined by the purpose for which the person is going through this holy house. The person should be totally worthy to participate in the sacred rite.
Because there is no baptismal place inside the room were the Ark is located, a person understands that proxies to be performed for the departed (baptisms for the dead) must be done outside of the holy house. Nonetheless, while in this room, the participant will go before the Ark to pray, asking for certain blessings to be imparted to the deceased.
Another type of ordinance that could take place at this time, aside from proxy baptisms, would be sealings. One type of sealing that could be asked to be performed in front of the Ark would be a marriage sealing. One would do this by kneeling in front of the Ark, being careful not to touch it.
Therefore, according to the prayer(s) being offered, the medicine man will recognize the purpose of the participants. He will then ask questions pertaining to the same.
In the marriage ceremony, after the proper questions have been asked, the couple wishing to be married (sealed for eternity) will then go before the seven clan chiefs to ask their permission to be married. If one of the clan chiefs refuses permission, then the participants would again need to start from the beginning, asking the permission of all the clan chiefs until they are united in favor of granting permission.
The man then will proceed to the high priest, who will ask why he has brought the woman to be sealed to him. He will also be asked why he loves her; why he wants to be married to her; and why he wants to be sealed to her.
Of course, the significance of sealing a man and a woman together is to bind them for eternity after death, and not just for this life.
After the marriage prayers are said, the couple is counselled and reminded of their faithfulness, trust and loyalty to one another. This then becomes the contract between the two, wherein each person describes his contract to the other person, detailing what each would expect in that marriage. This marriage contract can be revoked only upon transgression of the marriage covenant–the oath.However, a divorce cannot end this marriage contract if the couple should decide they want to annul and end the marriage. The marriage is binding for all eternity.
After each participant has spoken his and her wishes of the marriage contract, then their wrists are cut and their blood exchanged. This was the custom in the old days; however, nowadays, the fingers are pricked with a needle, then they are joined together so that the blood exchange takes place in like manner. These words are then spoken between the couple: ”Your blood is now my blood, and my blood is your blood; and now we are one, and no one will be able to break this marriage.”
The high priest and the other councilmen present will then approach the couple and will place their hands upon the heads of the married couple and will pray over them, asking for certain blessings upon the man. In the traditional way (the Old Days), these prayers used to be done by raising of both hands high into the air as certain blessings would be pronounced. Today that practice is done away. Rather, the placing of one’s hands upon the heads, shoulders, or some other part of the body is sufficient.
Entering into and going through the sacred ordinances of the temple ceremony has deep meaning to the Cherokee. Every person who will enter the temple to go through the four steps, passing each veil–from the first through the fourth–must know the exact passwords and responses to the questions that will be asked. Each. must repeat the same words and substance; each must be acquainted with ceremony and the purpose of his/her going through the ceremony.
If one is going for the purpose of being baptized for the dead, then one will also need to go to a river nearby, for which purpose its waters have been blessed. The person will be immersed into the river waters.This type of baptism is similar to the baptism for oneself.
Prior to being baptized for the dead, the proxy must be worthy. The proxy must have fasted for four days and four nights, going completely without drink or nourishment for that period of time, in order to purify the body before performing the proxy baptism. This purification process also requires that the proxy go into a sweat-house, or sweat-lodge, and take a sweat bath. This allows one to sweat out the bad or evil spirits that may reside inside one’s body. The proxy is required to attend to a sweat bath at least twice a day during the four day ordeal. The person entering the sweat-house will wear light colored clothing, although it need not necessarily be white. This light colored clothing is necessary because the person will be entering into the temple.
During baptism–the proxy baptism, or baptism for oneself–one wears hardly any clothing. The reason for this is that anciently when buckskin was worn, it became wet and heavy and uncomfortable to wear.
It is the ancient belief, and right, that if two people who were married but not sealed according to the sealing ceremony, and one of the two had passed on in death, the survivor being worthy to enter the temple could invite a worthy brother or sister (as the case may be), or a blood relative, to stand in as proxy for the deceased companion. However, if no blood relative could be found, then the survivor wishing the ordinance of marriage sealing would have to fast and pray until someone was found, worthy enough, to stand in as the proxy. The religious rite would then take place, so that the sealing ceremony in the marriage covenant would take its binding power upon the living and the dead–this could happen even when they were unable to enter into the temple, because one or both were unworthy when they were both alive.
Both of the participants, the surviving spouse and the proxy standing would need to go through the ceremonial ordeal described earlier. The contract would be read by both people, the pricking of the finger and the exchanging of blood·, with the word exchange, as well a the final blessing being pronounced upon the two–all being done in the name of theFather God, the Son God and the Spirit God.As this was done, one of the four holy pipes would be presented to the Lord in the fashion of the four cardinal points. The pipe would then be taken to the woman and be placed on her forehead (and that was done in the name of the Father God), then the pipe would be placed on her left shoulder (which was done in the name of the Son God), and lastly, the pipe would be placed upon her right shoulder (which was done in the name of the Spirit God).The same rite would be performed upon the man, bringing the pipe to touch his forehead, his left shoulder, then the right shoulder in the same order and fashion as had been administered to the woman. This wedding was then celebrated with a feast.
It should be noted that Cherokee Indians also have two special hand grips that are both sacred and secret. These hand-grips were mentioned earlier. One is called the ‘‘brotherhood grip” and the other is called the “death covenant grip” which only certain people in the tribe receive. J. Murray Rawson was asked if he wore a “shield” with special marks on it. The response that was given pertaining to the Cherokee People was: “We wear a shield with marks on it.”
There also exists a secret assassination group in the Cherokee Nation who will kill anyone who breaks the laws of the holy ways of the Old Law covenant, which are sacred.” A SPECIAL REPORT on the RELIGIOUS KNOWLEDGE of the CHEROKEE INDIANS By: J. Murray Rawson.
Rod Meldrum also hosts a tour that visits the Eastern Cherokee Nation Museum in Cherokee, NC. It is one of the most fantastic Indian Museums you will see. To learn about our tours visit here or check out the information below.
Here is our Tour Manager: She has the confirmed updates. Jill Clifford: 801-683-0123 Email: [email protected]
The incredible Hopewell Culture was contemporaneous with the end of the Adena culture, but the Adena people tended to be considerably larger than the Hopewell. Remains of men seven feet tall were common among the Adena, while Hopewell were robust, their males averaged closer to six feet in height. There are four types of earthworks that were constructed by the ancient Hopewell civilization.
Defensive Enclosure Mounds
Burial Mounds
Effigy (Shaped) Mounds
Ceremonial and Temple Mounds
“Mounds were used chiefly as burial places but also as elevated foundations for special structures such as temples (Marietta, OH), hill top enclosures (Fort Ancient, OH), as totemic representations (Serpent Mound in Ohio), and ceremonial space and structures, (The great Circle/Octagon complex, Newark, OH). In size they vary from less than one acre in area to more than 100 acres. Over 200,000 earthworks dotted America’s Heartland.” The Book of Mormon in America’s Heartland page 102 by Rodney Meldrum
Important Similarities The Hopewell Culture describes the common aspects of the Native American culture that flourished along rivers in the northeastern and midwestern United States from 300 BC to 400 AD, in the Middle Woodland period. The Hopewell tradition was not a single culture or society, but a widely dispersed set of related populations. They were connected by a network of trade routes, known as the Hopewell Exchange System.
At its greatest extent, the Hopewell Exchange System ran from the Southeastern United States as far south as the Crystal River Indian Mounds into the southeastern Canadian shores of Lake Ontario up north. Within this area societies participated in a high degree of exchange with the highest amount of activity along waterways. The Hopewell Exchange System included copper from the Great Lakes, mica from the Carolinas, obsidian from the Rocky Mountains, and shells from the Gulf Coast. These people then converted the materials into products and exported them through local and regional exchange networks. Although the origins of the Hopewell are still under discussion, the Hopewell culture can also be considered a cultural climax, ending suddenly in about 400 AD. Hopewell populations originated in western New York and moved south into Ohio where they built on top of the local Adena mortuary tradition. Hopewell was also said to have originated in western Illinois and spread by diffusion … to southern Ohio. Similarly, the Havana Hopewell tradition was thought to have spread up the Illinois River and into southwestern Michigan, spawning Goodall Hopewell. The name “Hopewell” was applied by Warren K. Moorehead after his explorations of the Hopewell Mound Group in Ross County, Ohio in 1891 and 1892. The mound group itself was named for the family that owned the earthworks at the time.
The Hopewell location in the Mississippi Valley, plains of Illinois, and Indiana and locations in Ohio match up with the location of the Nephites in the Book of Mormon. The time period also shows a great correlation, especially as both the Hopewell and Nephite civilization abruptly ended in about 400 AD. Rod Meldrum Exploring the Book of Mormon in America’s Heartland.[Out of Print Check Ebay]
Thousands of United States Ancient Earthworks
A list of earthworks was compiled to aid in the construction of archaeological maps for the general report and was then published in 1891 as Bulletin 12 of the Bureau of American Ethnology, “Catalogue of Prehistoric Works East of the Rocky Mountains” by Cyrus Thomas. This list, along with information from additional fieldwork, formed the basis for the construction of this map.
There is a temple mound situated above the Ohio River near Cincinnati. “Fragments of burnt limestone may still be seen on the top. The mound is a rectangle two hundred and twenty-five feet long by one hundred and twenty feet broad, and seven feet high.” In contrast to the hewn stone buildings and altars of Mexico, the Ohio mound has the right dimensions to have accommodated a timber and burnt lime plaster (“cement”) building of the size and proportions of Solomon’s Temple.” J. P. Maclean, The Mound Builders – Archaeology of Butler County, Ohio, 1904, pp. 222-223. “Few realize that some of the oldest, largest and most complex structures of ancient archaeology were built of earth, clay, and stone right here in America, in the Ohio and Mississippi valleys. From 6,000 years ago until quite recently, North America was home to some of the most highly advanced and well organized civilizations in the world – complete with cities, roads, and commerce.” Dr. Roger Kennedy, former director of the Smithsonian’s American History Museum.
This is a long and extensive article and blog that you will enjoy. The amount of information contained will give you so much history of the Mound Builders and the thousands off artifacts they have left behind. In my strong opinion, the Hopewell Culture was indeed the Nephite culture of the Book of Mormon. I have broken up the article at times with notes and the following brackets; [ ]. I have included links to relevant blogs as well. If someone wants to connect the Ancient Hopewell Mounds with the Nephites of the Book of Mormon, there is substantial evidence in this article. The United States of America according to Historians is filled with ancient mounds of the Hopewell, Adena, and Clovis periods of History. I call them the Nephites, the Jaredites and the Adamites.
How Many Mounds?
“The most common question that is asked about mounds is, “How many exist?” In the 1800’s the Smithsonian sponsored many expeditions to identify mound sites across America. A map (shown below) was produced by Cyrus Thomas in 1894 in a Bureau of Ethnology book. They found approximately 100,000 mound sites, many with complexes containing 2 to 100 mounds.
The figure of 100,000 mounds once existing— based on Cyrus Thomas map revealing 100,000 sites—is often cited by others, but that estimate is far, far too low. After visiting several thousand mounds and reviewing the literature, I am fairly certain that over 1,000,000 mounds once existed and that perhaps 100,000 still exist. Oddly, some new mound sites are discovered each year by archaeological surveys in remote areas. But in truth, a large majority of America’s mounds have been completely destroyed by farming, construction, looting, and deliberate total excavations” – Gregory L. Little, Ed.D., The Illustrated Encyclopedia of Native American Mounds & Earthworks, Eagle Wing Books, Inc., Memphis, TN [2009].
SOME ANALOGIES BETWEEN THE REMAINS OF MOUND BUILDERS AND THOSE OF MODERN INDIANS.
It is not difficult to understand why so many extravagant theories are zealously proclaimed and readily accepted.
“There is sometimes, it appears to me, an unwillingness to look at all sides of objects classed as ancient, lest something should be discovered which might reduce their age and render them possibly modern and commonplace.” — Mitchell, 18.
“The charm of mystery is so great that men are apt to be carried away with it, and to seek in the development of unknown or improbable causes for the solution of phenomena which are often to be found in plainer and more obvious considerations. That this charm has thrown its spell, to some extent, around the topic of our western antiquities, .cannot be denied.” — Schoolcraft, History, I, 60…
“More recent examination has confirmed an opinion previously formed, that the works described in this publication were erected by a race of men widely different from any type of North American Indians known in modern times.” — Amer., I, 3.
“The ancestors of our North American Indians were mere hunters, while the authors of our tumuli were shepherds and husbandmen.”— Atwater, 213. [Editor’s note: Think similarity with Nephites vs Lamanites]
Of the small stone sculptures made by Indians of the Northwest Coast, “the utmost that can be said is, that they are elaborate, unmeaning carvings, displaying some degree of ingenuity. A much higher rank can be claimed for the mound sculptures; they are faithful copies, not distorted caricatures, from nature. So far as fidelity is concerned, many of them deserve to rank by the side of the best efforts of the artist naturalist of our own day.” — S. & D., 272.
Any “rank can be claimed” for anything. A comparison such as may be made in any of our large museums, of collections from mounds and from the North Pacific Coast Indians, will show the emptiness of this claim. The carvings are not “distorted caricatures ” but faithfully carry out the intentions of the artists, as symbolical and allegorical representations.
“Monuments of a bygone race, of whose history no tradition known to the white man has been preserved by the occupants of the territory.” — Cox: quoted by Foster, 113.
“A broad chasm is to be spanned before we can link the Mound builders to the North American Indians. The latter since known to the white man has spurned the restraints of a sedentary life, which attach to agriculture. He was never known to erect structures which should survive the lapse of a generation. His lodges consist of a few poles over which are stretched barks or skins.” — Foster, 347, condensed.
“The Mound Builders were, in the distinctive character of their structures, as marked a people as the Pelasgi.” [also called Pelasgians, the people who occupied Greece before the 12th century bc. The name was used only by ancient Greeks. (Britannica.com)]— Foster, 97.
“No chief would dare to issue an order to throw up a structure such as that at Cahokia [Apx.1000 AD] or Grave Creek [Apx. 300 BC]; no subaltern would engage in the work. All the free instincts of their nature would revolt.” — Foster, 349, condensed.
After giving an entirely incorrect description of the Indians occupying the eastern half of the United States, Foster says:—
“To suppose that such a race threw up the strong lines of circumvallation and the symmetrical mounds which crown so many of our terraces, is as preposterous, almost, as to suppose that they built the pyramids of Egypt.” — Foster, 300.
“An ancient race, entirely distinct from the Indian, once inhabited the central portion of the United States.” — McLean, 13, condensed…
Under the necessity of catering to a taste for the marvelous and mysterious, newspapers and periodicals, taking their cue from such statements or deductions, rise to heights of fatuity. Almost daily the confiding public is favored with information somewhat after the following fashion:—
Relics Of The Mound Builders.
“Those who are engaged in making collections of ancient relics, will read the following with interest.
“Mr. recently made another highly valuable acquisition to his extensive collection of ancient relics, consisting of the finest specimen of a stone war pipe ever seen in this section of the country. It is in the shape of a small stone ax, and is thoroughly made. The stone is of a beautiful rosewood color and is highly polished. The groove around the ax is perfectly formed, as is also the bowl of the pipe, showing great skill in workmanship. This valuable relic, Mr. informs us, was obtained from Mr. , whose great-grandfather, during the days of the Revolution, secured it from a noted Indian chief, who had no doubt found it, as the Indians knew nothing about the art of making stone implements, and even if they did know, they did not possess the industry and perseverance to do the work, which must have required great skill, patience and months of toil. This ax was made hundreds of years before the Indians ever set foot upon this country, and was the result of the patient and untiring work of that ancient race of people who built the mounds and earthworks and made the flint arrowheads and spears and all other ancient relics that are so much wondered at and prized by people of the present day.” — Newspaper clipping.
TRADITIONS.
Much stress has been laid upon the total lack of knowledge and absence of tradition on the part of later Ohio Indians concerning the earthworks of the State. Admitting, for the moment, the truth of this argument, so often advanced, it finds a ready and ample explanation.
“Indian tradition is short-lived and evanescent. Except the Creeks, there is scarcely a tribe that has trustworthy tradition of their own annals a century old. The expedition of De Soto is a striking instance of the faint hold tradition had among them. It is hard to imagine anything calculated to make a deeper and more lasting impression on them than the sudden appearance among them of an army of strange beings of different color; [Editor’s Note: Possibly Nephites] bearded, wearing garments and armor of unheard of color and material; mounted on animals that were beyond all experience; armed with thunder and lightning, striding across the continent with a thousand manacled prisoners as slaves, destroying their strongest • towns and laying waste their country, and finally wasting away and driven down the river to the great sea, helpless fugitives. Yet when Europeans next visited the country, a century and a half later, they found not a vestige of a tradition of De Soto.
“Besides, the Indians often changed their place of residence. In their continued warfare, entire tribes were not unfrequently exterminated. Jacques Cartier found the Iroquois at Montreal in 1535. Champlain found them between lakes Ontario and Champlain in 1612. After the destruction of the Eries in 1655, the tract now the State of Ohio was uninhabited until the next century. The nations known as Ohio Indians moved into it after 1700. The Shawnees first appear in history in the region which is now Tennessee and Kentucky, but they had migrated there from elsewhere. The Creeks and Alabama’s arrived in what is now Alabama and Georgia after the expedition of De Soto. Hence, even if they were a people who preserved traditions, they might well be without traditions concerning the mounds found in their hunting grounds.” — Force, 58.
“In the latter half of the seventeenth century, after the destruction of the Eries by the Five Nations, in 1656, what is now the State of Ohio was uninhabited. The Miami Confederacy, inhabiting the southern shore of Lake Michigan, extended southeasterly to the Wabash. The Illinois Confederacy extended down the eastern shore of the Mississippi to within about eighty miles of the Ohio. Hunting parties of the Chickasaws roamed up the eastern shore of the Mississippi to about where Memphis [Memphis; ancient capital of Egypt and is Noph in Phoenician and is Nephi in Hebrew](1), now stands. The Cherokees occupied the slopes and valleys of the mountains about the borders of what is now East Tennessee, North Carolina and Georgia. The great basin, bounded north by Lake Erie, the Miami’s, and the Illinois, west by the Mississippi, east by the Alleghanies, and south by the headwaters of the streams that flow into the Gulf of Mexico, seems to have been uninhabited except by bands of Shawnees and scarcely visited except by war parties of the Five Nations.
“In the next half century, the first half of the eighteenth, various tribes pressed into what is now Ohio, across all its borders. Champlain, in 1609, found on the eastern shore of Lake Huron a tribe called by the Five Nations, Quatoghies, but to which the French gave the name Huron. In some of the earlier relations they are called ‘Hurons or Ouendats.’ Ouendat appears to be the name by which they called themselves. About 1650 the Five Nations nearly destroyed the Hurons or Wendats, and drove the remnant to seek shelter near the western extremity, among the tribes inhabiting the borders of Lake Superior. Afterward, threatened with war by the Sioux, in 1670, they gathered under the protection of the French, about Michilimackinac, and gradually shifted down to Detroit. In the early part of the eighteenth century, under the name of Wyandots (the English spelling of the name which the French spelled Ouendat), a portion of them extended their settlements into the northwestern part of Ohio, and became permanently fixed there.
“The Miamis pushed their borders into the western portion. Shawnees settled the Scioto valley. Delawares moved to the valley of the Muskingum. Little detachments of the Five Nations, mostly Scnecas, occupied part of the northern and eastern borders. The Senecas who settled in the northern part were called by that name. Those who settled in the eastern portion near the Delaware [Indians] and the Pennsylvania border, were called Mingoes. * * * Parties of Cherokees often penetrated north of the Ohio, between 1700 and 1750, and later a party of them settled among the Wyandots[Tribe visited by Oliver Cowdery on Mission to the Lamanites](2), in the neighborhood of Sandusky. * * * The Eries, so called by the Hurons, were called Rique by the Iroquois, and ‘Nation du Chat’ by the French. * * * In a list of tribes living south of the St. Lawrence and the Lakes, the -Eries are mentioned, and in the [Jesuit] Relation of 1641, they are named as neighbors of the Neutral Nation.”
The French called the Eries “the Cat nation, because there is in their country a prodigious number of wild cats, two or three times as large as our tame cats, but having a beautiful and precious fur, * * * from the skins of which the natives make robes, bordered and ornamented with the tails.” [This probably refers to the lynx, though it may mean the raccoon.] In one of the Jesuit Relations it is stated “This Cat Nation is very populous. * * * It is said they have two thousand men, good warriors, though without fire-arms.”
“In 1654, war broke out between the Eries and the Five Nations.”
Finally the Iroquois invaded the Erie territory. The latter constructed a wooden fort in which they took refuge; but the Iroquois carried it by storm. “With this the Eries disappear. They are afterward mentioned only as a destroyed people. Most of the captives taken by the Iroquois were tortured and burned; but some were adopted and became members of the Five Nations.
“On De Lisle’s map, published in 1720, appears, near the southern shore of Lake Erie, the words, ‘Nation du Chat, detruite.’ On the same map, villages marked ‘Les Tongoria’ are placed on the Ohio, and on the Tennessee rivers. As Colden * * * gives Tongoria as the French equivalent for Erigek, used by the English and Five Nations, Mr. Shea suggests * * * that the Tongorias might be a remnant of the Eries.” — Force, Indians, 3, et seq.
“The Shawnees were not found originally in Ohio, but migrated there after 1750. They were called Chaouanons, by the French, and Shawanoes, by the English. The English name Shawano changed to Shawanee, and recently to Shawnee. * * *
“According to the French accounts, the original seat of the Shawanoes was the southern shore of Lake Erie. In a letter written * * at New Orleans * * * it is said: ‘Besides, the Chaouanons heretofore settled in Canada, * * * are come to settle among the Alibamos.’ The French applied the name Canada to all of the territory held by them, east of the Mississippi, and north of the Ohio.” — Force, Indians, 12-13.
“The tribes occupying Ohio in the period subsequent to 1754 were all intrusive within the period of history. When first known, the Hurons were settled on the southeast of the northern portion of Lake Huron. The Tobacco nation were found in 1616 south of Lake Huron, and just west of the Hurons. Their language was almost identical with the Huron. After their overthrow by the Iroquois, these two tribes wandered over much of the lake country, and many of them finally settled in Ohio. The Iroquois proper, when first known to the French in 1609, did not extend as far west as Lake Erie. The Neutral Nation inhabited the banks of Niagara river, the east end of Lake Erie, and its north shore. They were called Kahkwas by the Senecas. The Jesuit Relation of 1648 says that Lake Erie was formerly inhabited along its south coast by the Cat nation, who had been obliged to draw well inland to avoid their enemies from the west. They had a quantity of fixed villages, for they cultivated the earth, and had the same language as the Hurons. Charlevoix says that the Iroquois obtained from the country of the Eries a fruit which from its description could be only the pawpaw. The plant rarely occurs along the lake and does not fruit there.
“About 1700, in a war with the Cherokees, the Delawares reached the Ohio, settled, and remained there until 1773.
“We find, then, that about 1640 the Eries ranged in Ohio from near the east end of Lake Erie to near the west, and held the country back and part of the Ohio river. That everywhere west were Algonquins, probably the Miamis and Ottawas pressing upon them. That below them on the Ohio, were the Shawnees, and southeast of them and their kindred the Andastes were the Algonquin nations.” (3)— Baldwin, 81-90, condensed.
Colden [History of the Five Nations] says the Shawnees, or, as he calls them, the Satanas, formerly lived on the banks of the lakes, and that they were the first people against whom the Five Nations turned their arms after their defeat and expulsion from the region near Montreal by the Adirondacks. There is good reason to believe that this took part in the latter part of the sixteenth century.” — Carr, Mounds, 531, note.
“From all authorities, the two tribes [Eries and Neuters] at least spoke a kindred dialect, namely, a dialect of the Wyandot branch of the Iroquois. It is fair to infer that they were closely affiliated. The remnants of the Eries and Neuters united, but were either completely destroyed or else fled southward. Then the Iroquois attacked the Andastes or Kah-kwas, and drove the survivors of that tribe down the Alleghany. Certainly one of these tribes, perhaps all of them in a body, fled to Carolina and are now known as the Catawbas.” — Schoolcraft, Eries, 290.
“Perrot says that the Iroquois had their original home about Montreal and the Three Rivers, that they fled from the Algonquins to Lake Erie, where lived the Chaouanans, who waged war against them, and drove them to the shores of Lake Ontario. That after many years of war against the Chaouanans and their allies, they withdrew to Carolina, where they now are. The Iroquois, after being obliged to quit Lake Erie, withdrew to Lake Ontario; and that after having chased the Chaouanans and their allies towards Carolina, they have ever since remained there or in the vicinity.”
“Colden says * * * that the French arriving in 1603, found the Adirondacks at war with the Five Nations; that formerly, the Five Nations, then a peaceful tribe, living by agriculture, about the site of Montreal, being oppressed by the Adirondacks, migrated to the southern shore of Lake Ontario, where they at first feebly resisted their pursuers. ‘But afterwards becoming more expert and more used to war, they not only made a brave defense, but likewise made themselves masters of the great lakes, and chased the Shawnees from thence.’ That they increased their numbers by adopting many of the Shawanon prisoners.” — Force, Indians, 14.
“America, when it became known to Europeans, was, as it had long been, a scene of wide-spread revolution. North and south, tribe was given place to tribe, language to language. * * * In Canada and the northern section of the United States, the elements of change were especially active. The Indian population, which, in 1535, Cartier found at Montreal and Quebec, had disappeared at the opening of the next century, and another race had succeeded, in language and customs widely different; while, in the region now forming the State of New York, a power was rising to ferocious vitality, which, but for the presence of Europeans, would probably have subjected, absorbed, or exterminated every other Indian community east of the Mississippi and north of the Ohio.” — Jesuits, xix.
Another example of the little importance to be attached to tradition, or the lack of it, is the statement that at Attaffe there was a “high pillar, round like a pin or needle; it is about forty feet in height, and between two and three feet in diameter at the earth, gradually tapering upward to a point; it is in one piece of pine wood, and arises from the center of a low, circular, artificial hill.” The natives of the town made the same professions of ignorance as to its origin and the same statements as to its antiquity, that they made in regard to mounds in the vicinity.— Bartrams, 455.
While some of the southern pine is extremely durable, it is out of the question to suppose this pole would last more than two hundred and fifty years, the period that had elapsed since De Soto’s expedition when the same tribes were occupying the country that the Bartrams found there.
“The question has often been raised how long a savage tribe, ignorant of writing, is likely to retain the memory of past deeds. From a great many examples in America and elsewhere, it is probable that the lapse of five generations, or say two centuries, completely obliterates all recollection of historic ocurrences. * * * The federation of prominent tribes, and perhaps a genealogy may run back farther.”—Essays, 22.
“The Klallams * * * have no reliable knowledge of their own history earlier than the recollections of the oldest Indian. In obtaining their names for various articles I have often found that persons of eighteen and even twenty-five years of age do not know the names for stone arrow-heads, axes, chisels, anchors, rain-stones and the like, which went out of use soon after the whites came. This shows how quickly the past is forgotten with them.”—Eells: Twana, 609.
Be this as it may, whether their traditions covered two centuries or twenty, it is obvious that the historic Indians of Ohio could know nothing, simply from having lived among them for two or three generations, of remains which they found on their arrival in a deserted country.
Among the Indians outside of the State, however, there were at least two well-defined legends which appear to bear directly upon the prehistoric remains within its boundaries. First, is the tradition of the Lenni Lenape, or, as they are better known, the Delaware’s [Larger nation is called the Algonquin]. This was collected and recorded by Heckewelder as follows:—
Leni Lenape and Delaware [Lamanites] vs Talligewi, Mengwe and Iroquois [Nephites]
Archeological History of Ohio by Gerard Fowkes says, “The Lenni Lenape (according to the traditions handed down to them by their ancestors) resided many hundred years ago, in a very distant country in the western part of the American continent. [Lamanites from the South of the Ohio to the west and all over the western USA. Jaredites were already there who came from Seattle WA and to the east to the west side of the Mississippi and south into California, Nevada, Utah etc, and they joined with the Lamanites]. For some reason, which I do not find accounted for, they determined on migrating to the eastward, and accordingly set out in a body. After a very long journey, and many nights’ encampment by the way (‘Night’s encampment’ is a halt of one year at a place), they at length arrived at the Namaesi Sipu the Mississippi [River Sidon] or River of Fish; Nomas a Fish; Sipu a River), where they fell in with the Mengwi [The Iroquois or Five Nations Nephites], who had likewise emigrated from a distant country, and had struck upon this river somewhat higher up.[Nephites came from Florida to Tennessee and then to Missouri by the Mississippi River].
Their object was the same with that of the Delawares:[Lamanites] they were proceeding on to the eastward, until they should find a country that pleased them.[New York, Penn.] The spies which the Lenape had sent forward for the purpose of reconnoitering, had long before their arrival discovered that the country east of the Mississippi was inhabited by a very powerful nation [Nephites], who had many large towns built on the great rivers flowing through their land. These people (as I was told) called themselves Talligcu or Talligewi. * * * The Delawares still call the Alleghany Alligewi Sipu the River of the Allegewi. Many wonderful things are told of this famous people. They are said to have been remarkably tall and stout. It is related that they [Nephites]had built themselves regular fortifications or entrenchments, from whence they would sally out, but were generally repulsed. I have seen many of the fortifications said to have been built by them, two of which, in particular, were remarkable. One of them was near the mouth of the river Huron, which empties itself into the Lake St. Clair on the north side of that lake, at the distance of about 20 miles north of Detroit.
The other works, properly entrenchments, being walls or banks of earth regularly thrown up, with a deep ditch on the outside, were on the Huron river, east of the Sandusky, about six or eight miles from Lake Erie. Outside of the gateways of each of these two entrenchments, which lay within a mile of er.ch other, were a number of large flat mounds, in which the Indian pilot said, were buried hundreds of the slain Talligewi, whom I shall hereafter with Colonel Gibson call Allegewi. [We believe the Nephites] When the Lenape arrived on the banks of the Mississippi, they sent a message to the Alligewi to request permission to settle themselves in their neighborhood.
This was refused them, but they obtained leave to pass through the country and seek a settlement farther to the eastward. They accordingly began to cross the Namaesi Sipu, when the Alligewi, seeing that their numbers were so very great, and in fact they consisted of many thousands, made a furious attack on those who had crossed, threatening them all with destruction, if they dared to persist in coming over to their side of the river. Fired at the treachery of these people, and the great loss of men they had sustained, and besides, not being prepared for a conflict, the Lenape consulted on what was to be done.
The Mengwe [Iroquois], who had hitherto been satisfied with being spectators from a distance, offered to join them, on condition that, after conquering the country, they should be entitled to share it with them; their proposal was accepted. Having thus united their forces, the Lenape[Algonquian or Lamanites] and Mengwe[Iroquois or Nephites] declared war against the Alligewi[Algonquian] and great battles were fought in which many warriors fell on both sides. The enemy fortified their large towns and erected fortifications, especially on large rivers and near lakes, where they were successively attacked and sometimes stormed by the allies.
Editors Notes: All my editorial comments are in bold green above.
Archeological History of Ohio by Gerard Fowkes continues, “An engagement took place in which hundreds fell, who were afterwards buried in holes or laid together in heaps and covered over with earth. No quarter was given, so that the Alligewi, at last finding that their destruction was inevitable if they persisted in their obstinacy, abandoned the country to the conquerors, and fled down the Mississippi river, from whence they never returned. The war which was carried on with this nation, lasted many years, during which the Lenape lost a great number of their warriors. In the end, the conquerors divided the country between themselves; the Mengwe made choice of the lands in the vicinity of the great lakes, and on their tributary streams, and the Lenape took possession of the country to the south. For a long period of time, some say many hundred years, the two nations resided peaceably in this country;—after which the Lenape migrated to the Atlantic coast” — Heckewelder, 47, et seq., condensed.
A translation of Rafinesque, published by Squier, is more literal and goes more minutely into detail.
“The Walum-Olum, (literally painted sticks), or painted and engraved traditions of the Lenni-Lenape, embraces one hundred and eighty-four compound mnemonic symbols, each accompanied by a sentence or verse in the original language, of which a literal translation is given in English by Rafinesque. This translation, so far as I have been able to test it, is a faithful one, and there is slight doubt that the original is what it professes to be, a genuine Indian record. I submitted it, without explanation, to an educated Indian chief, George Copway, who unhesitatingly pronounced it authentic, in respect not only to the original signs and accompanying explanations in the Delaware dialect, but also in the general ideas and conceptions which it embodies. He also bore testimony to the fidelity of the translation.
“The details of the emigrations here recounted, particularly so far as they relate to the passage of the Mississippi and the subsequent contest with the Tallegwi or Allegwi, and the final expulsion of the latter, coincide generally with those given by various authors and well known to have existed among the Delawares. The traditions, in their order, relate first to a migration from the north to the south, attended by a contest with a people denominated Snakes, or Evil, who are driven to the eastward. One of the migrating family, the Lowaniwa, literally northlings, afterwards separate and go to the snow land, whence they subsequently go to the east, towards the island of the retreating Snakes. They cross deep waters and arrive at Shinaki, the Land of’ Firs. Here the Wunkanapi, or Westerners, hesitate, preferring to return.
“A hiatus follows, and the tradition resumes, the tribes still remaining at Shinaki or the Fir Land.
“They search for the great and fine island, the land of the Snakes, where they finally arrive, and expel the Snakes. Then they multiply and spread toward the south, to the Akolaki or beautiful land, which is also called Shore-land, and the Big-fir land. Here they tarried long, and for the first time cultivated corn and built towns. In consequence of a great drought, they leave for the Shillilaking or Buffalo land. Here, in consequence of disaffection with their chief, they divide and separate, one party, the Wctamowi, or the Wise, tarrying, the others going off. The Wetamowi build a town on the Wisawana or Yellow River (probably the Missouri), and for a long time are peaceful and happy. War finally breaks out, and a succession of warlike chiefs follows, under whom conquests are made north, east, south and west. In the end Opekasit (literally east-looking) is chief, who, tired with so much warfare, leads his followers towards the sun-rising. They arrive at Messussipu, or Great River (the Mississippi), where, being weary, they stop, and their first chief is Yagawanend or the Hut-maker, under whose chieftancy it is discovered that a strange people, the Tallegwi, possess the rich east land. Some of the Welamowi are slain by the Tallegwi, and then a cry of war! war!! is raised, and they go over and attack the Tallegwi. The contest is continued during the lives of several chiefs, but finally terminates in the Tallegwi being driven southwards. The conquerors then occupy the country on the Ohio below the Great Lakes — the Shawanipekis. To the north are their friends, the Talamatan, literally not-of-themselves, translated Hurons. The Hurons, however, are not always friends, and they have occasional contests with them.
“Another hiatus follows, and the record resumes by saying that they were strong and peaceful at the land of the Tallegwi. They built towns and planted corn. A long succession of chiefs followed, when war again broke out, and finally a portion under Linkewinnek or the Sharp-looking, went eastward beyond the Talega-chukung or Allegheny Mountains. Here they spread widely, warring against the Mengwi or Spring-people, the Pungelika, Lynx or Eries, and the Mohegans, or Wolves. The various tribes into which they became divided, the chiefs of each in their order, with the territories which they occupied, are then named — bringing the record down until the Etrrival of the Europeans. This latter portion we are able to verify in great part from authentic history.
“I have alluded to the general identity of the mythological traditions here recorded, with those which are known to have been, and which are still current among the nations of the Algonquin stock. The same may be observed of the traditions which are of a historical character, and particularly that which relates to the contest with the people denominated the Tallegwi. The name of this people is still perpetuated in the word Alleghany, the original significance of which is more apparent when it is written in an unabbreviated form, Tallegwi-hanna, literally river of the Tallegwi. It was applied to the Ohio, and is still retained as the designation of its northern or principal tributary.
“It will be seen that there is a difference between the traditions, as given by Heckewelder, and the lValum-Olum in respect to the name of the confederates against the Tallegwi. In the latter the allies are called Talamatan literally not-of-themselves, and which, in one or two cases, is translated Hurons with what correctness I am not prepared to say. Heckewelder calls them Mengi, Iroquois. This must be a mistake, as the Mengwi are subsequently and very clearly alluded to in the WalumOlum as distinct from the Talamatan. In Heckewelder we find the Hurons sometimes called Delamattenos, which is probably but another mode of writing Talamatan.” — Squier, Algonquins, 14-41, condensed.
Dr. Brinton thus interprets the legend:—
“Were I to reconstruct their ancient history from the Walum Olum as I understand it, the result would read as follows:— .
“At some remote period their ancestors dwelt far to the northeast, on tide-water, probably at Labrador. They journeyed south and west, till they reached a broad water, full of islands and abounding in fish, perhaps the St. Lawrence about the Thousand Isles. They crossed and dwelt for some generations in the pine and hemlock regions of New York, fighting more or less with the Snake people, and the Talega, agricultural nations, living in stationary villages to the southwest of them, in the area of Ohio and Indiana. They drove out the former, but the latter remained on the upper Ohio and its branches. The Lenape, now settled on the streams in Indiana, wished to remove to the East to join the Mohegans and other of their kin who had moved there directly from New York. They, therefore, united with the Hurons (Talematans) to drive out the Talega [Tsalaki. Cherokees] from the upper Ohio. This they only succeeded in accomplishing finally in the historic period. But they did clear the road and reached the Delaware valley, though neither forgetting nor giving up their claims to their western territory”
Heckewelder’s account, or translation, gives a pronunciation which “reduces our quest to that of a nation who called themselves by a name, which, to Lenape ears, would sound like Tallike. Such a nation presents itself at once in’ the Cherokees. who call themselves Tsa’laki. [Cherokee are of Iroquois Stock] Moreover they fill the requirements in other particulars. Their ancient traditions assign them a residence precisely where the Delaware legends locate the Tallike, to-wit, on the upper waters of the Ohio. Fragments of them continued there until within the historic period; and the persistent hostility between them and the Delawares points to some ancient and important contest.
“Name, location and legends, therefore, combine to identify the Cherokees or Tsalika with the Tallike; and this is as much evidence as we can expect to produce in such researches.
“The question remains, whether the Tallike were the ‘Moundbuilders.’ It is not so stated in the Walum-Olum. The inference rather is that the ‘Snake people’ dwelt in the river valleys north of the Ohio River in the area of Western Ohio and Indiana, where the most important earthworks are found — and singularly enough none more remarkable than the [Serpent Mound.] According to the Red Score, the Snake people were conquered by the Algonkins long before the contest with the Taillike began. These latter lay between the position then occupied by the Lenape and the eastern territory where they were found by the whites. In other words, the Taillike were on the upper Ohio and its tributaries, and they had to be driven south before the path across the mountains was open.” — Brinton, Lenape, 165 and 230-1.
Schoolcraft ridicules the Lenape tradition; says a request for permission to pass through the country is entirely foreign to the Indian manner of doing things; and that the whole tradition is simply a local rendering of the 20th chapter of Numbers, where the Jewish leader demands a passport through the land of Edom.—Schoolcraft, Iroquois, 315.
The second tradition is one reduced to writing by Cusick, an Iroquois chief, and printed by Beauchamp.
“About this time the northern nations formed a confederacy and seated a great council fire on river St. Lawrence; the northern nations possessed the bank of the great lakes; the countries in the north were plenty of beaver, but the hunters were often opposed by the big snakes. The people live on the south side of the Big Lakes make bread of roots and obtain a kind of potatoes and beans found on the rich soil.
“Perhaps about two thousand two hundred years before Columbus discovered the America and northern nations appointed a prince, and immediately repaired to the south and visited the great Emperor who resided at the Golden City [Possibly St Louis, MO], a capital of the vast empire. After a time the Emperor built many forts throughout his dominions and almost penetrated the Lake Erie; this produced an excitement, the people of the north felt that they would soon be deprived of the country on the south side of the Great Lakes they determined to defend their country against any infringement of foreign people; long bloody wars ensued which perhaps lasted about one hundred years; the people of the north were too skillful in the use of bows and arrows and could endure hardships which proved fatal to a foreign people; at last the northern nations gained the conquest and all the towns and forts were totally destroyed and left them in a heap of ruins.” — Cusick, 10.
“Some have thought the Emperor of the Golden City a Mexican .monarch, and that the Mound-builders of the Ohio and Mississippi valleys were his subjects.” — Beauchamp, 10.
[Editors Note: In about 900 AD the Mayan civilization ended and it seems they migrated up the Mississippi from Central America and conquered the Lamanites in North America. Later the original Natives who called the Mayans, Snake People, pushed the Mayans back to Central America. However, the influence on Mayan buildings is seen at Cahokia, Illinois (1,000 AD) and other buildings in southwestern and central USA.
Hale, probably the most competent authority on languages of eastern Indians, expresses himself as follows on these two traditions:—
In regard to Cusick’s tradition. “There is not the slightest reason for supposing that this narrative is a fabrication. Cusick’s work bears throughout the stamp of perfect sincerity. There is nothing in it drawn from books, or, as far as can be discovered, from any other source than native tradition. Of the Delaware [Lamanites] tradition, the purely historical part bias, like Cusick’s narrative, an authentic air. The country from which the Lenape migrated was Shinaki, ‘the land of fir-trees,’ not in the .west, but in the far north — evidently the woody region north of Lake Superior. The people who joined them in the war against the Alleghewi (or Tallegwi, as they are called in this record) [Nephites], were the Talamatan, no doubt the Huron-Iroquois people [Nephites], as they existed before their separation. That this river [the ‘Messusipu’] was not our Mississippi [Ohio/Allegheny?], is evident from the fact that the works of the Mound-builders extended far to the westward of the latter river[Nebraska to California and Meso America to Alaska], and would have been encountered by the invading nations, if they had approached it from the west, long before they arrived at its banks. The ‘Great River’ was apparently the upper St. Lawrence, and most probably that portion of it which flows from Lake Huron to Lake Erie, and which is commonly known as the Detroit River. There can be no reasonable doubt that the Alleghewi or Tallegwi [Nephites], who have given their name to the Alleghany River and Mountains, were the Mound-builders. The destiny which ultimately befell the Moundbuilders can be inferred from what was known of the fate of the Hurons themselves in their final war with the Iroquois. The greater portion of the Huron people were exterminated, and their towns reduced to ashes. Of the survivors many were received and adopted among the conquerers. A few fled to the east and sought protection from the French, while a larger remnant retired to the northwest, and took shelter among the friendly Ojibwas. The fate of the Tallegwi [Nephites] was doubtless similar to that which overtook the descendants of their Huron conquerers. So long as the conflict continued it was a war of extermination. All the conquered were massacred, and all that was perishable in their towns was destroyed. When they finally yielded, many of the captives would be spared to recruit the thinned ranks of their conquerers. Such adoption of defeated enemies is one of the most ancient and cardinal principals of the Huron-Iroquois well-devised political system. It is by no means unlikely that a portion of the Mound Builders may, during the conflict, have separated from the rest, and deliberately united their destiny with those of the conquering race [Algonquians/Lamanites]. Either in such an alliance or in the adoption of captive enemies, we may discern the origin of the great Cherokee nation, a people speaking a mixed language which shows evident traces of its mixed origin,—in grammar mainly Huron-Iroquois, and in vocabulary largely recruited from some foreign source. Another portion of the defeated race, fleeing southward, would come directly into the country of the Chahta, or Choctaws. [Muskeogans] With these the northern conquerers would have no quarrel and the remnant of the Alleghewi [Nephites] would be allowed to remain in peace. Every known fact favors the view that during a period which may be estimated at between one and two thousand years ago, the Ohio valley was occupied by an industrious population of some Indian stock [Nephites] which had attained a grade of civilization similar to that now held by the village Indians of New Mexico and Arizona;that this population was assailed from the north by less civilized and more warlike tribes of Algonkins and Hurons, acting in a temporary league, similar to those alliances which Pontiac and Tecumseh afterwards rallied against the white colonists; that after a long and wasting war the assailants were victorious; the conquered people were in a great part exterminated [Nephites]; the survivors were either incorporated with the conquering tribes or fled southward and found refuge among the nations which possessed the region lying between the Ohio valley and the Gulf of Mexico; and that this mixture of races has largely modified the language, character and usages of the Cherokee and Choctaw nations.” [These are the low number of remaining Nephites and mixture with Lamanites and Mulekites and Mayans]
It may be considered as beyond dispute that the Cherokees are a branch or off-shoot of the Huron-Iroquois family. [Nephites] Their language proves it. “The striking fact has become evident that the course of this migration of the Huron-Cherokee family has been from eastern Canada, on the Lower St. Lawrence, to the mountains of northern Alabama.” — Hale, condensed.
It is rather hazardous to venture a definite opinion regarding the region where the events alluded to in these two legends may have occurred. We can at once, however, discard the Mississippi and Missouri rivers form the problem. The most that can be made of the words resembling the former name is that they denote a river abounding in fish. The term “yellow” would naturally be applied by people accustomed only to clear waters flowing through rocky channels or carrying but little silt, to any stream which remains muddy from one rain to the next.
Heckewelder’s identification of Detroit as the crossing place may not be incorrect, but it is clearly not supported by the presence of remains that can be attributed to the Mound Builders of Southern Ohio. In fact, no evidences of their occupation are to be found near the rivers connecting the Great Lakes; and the country about the western end of Lake Erie is especially lacking in remains of the Mound Builders or of any prehistoric race closely resembling them. It is true that various references may be found to ancient works in this vicinity; but the enclosures remaining all belong to the same class with those of New York and northern Ohio; and the latter, as we have learned, are undoubtedly of Iroquois construction [Nephites]. The “mounds” are usually so like ordinary beach ridges or wind dunes, that, as one explorer put it, “the only way to tell which is natural and which artificial, is to dig into them. If we find human remains, we know it is a mound; if not, we know it is a dune.” It seems to be forgotten these dunes were sought by Indians as sites for residence and burial purposes, and that their shape is continually changing. The wind piles sand on them at one time, and carries it away at another. Articles left on the surface of the ground may thus be covered to a depth of several feet;while others, once deeply buried, may be brought to light. The methods of interment are usually in close accord with those observed in burial places known to belong to the Hurons, [Conquered Lamanites who had defected from Lamanites to Nephites or Mulekites].
“There are (or have been, for little remains) several tumuli upon and near the bank of the Detroit River, from two to four miles below the city. All are burial mounds. They occupy sandy elevations, fifteen to twenty feet above the water, are conical in shape, five to twenty-five feet in height, and thirty to fifty feet broad. All contain numerous skeletons, both original and intrusive. The former are found on or near the original surface, and are mostly in a sitting posture, and the faces toward the east, and sometimes a dozen or more are found arranged around the center in a circle. In one case, each held in his arms a pot, of unusual size, having a capacity of about two gallons. In other cases, pots are found near the heads. With these skeletons are the usual stone implements. One, and by far the largest of the mounds in the vicinity of Detroit, seems somewhat exceptional in its character. It is situated at the junction of the River Rouge with the Detroit, and was originally probably not less than four hundred feet long by two hundred broad and thirty or forty high. It is built of the light sand of the neighborhood, and contained many hundreds, if not thousands of skeletons, in every stage of decay and burial. It had two or more pits filled with great numbers of bones, promiscuously disposed, and apparently corresponding with those used by the Hurons, and some other tribes at their ‘Festival of the Dead.’ [Lamanites and defected Nephites].It is hardly possible to dig into the mound at any point, and to any depth from two to ten feet, or even more, without disinterring human bones. Evidences of cremation abound in some parts of the mound, and at various depths. The modes of interment are without uniform system.” — Hubbard, Relics, condensed.
There is such discrepancy in the measurements of the “Great Mound,” that one is in doubt whether to attribute them to guess-work, or to suppose the “light sand” composing it varied in volume at different times. Hubbard’s figures are just given; Gillman tells us that
“With a height of 20 feet, it must originally have measured about 300 feet in length by 200 feet in width.” — Gillman, M. B., 305.
Peet multiplies this several fold; for he says
“The Detroit mound was originally 700 or 800 feet long, 400 feet wide, 40 feet high.” —Peet, Amer. Antiq., July, 1888, 38.
Gillman made some explorations which he thus reports.
“At what was presumed to be its original center, in the River Rouge mound at Detroit, at the depth of three feet human bones were exhumed. At four feet deep occurred abundant evidence of cremation. Then four feet of nothing but sand. Eight feet from the surface were white limelike masses, each of a few inches in circumference, which subsequent examination proved to be human bones. These, in general ball-like masses continued to a depth of ten and one-half feet, where operations were suspended.” — Gillman, Lakes, 327, condensed.
His assertion that “ball-like masses” “a few inches in circumference” were “human bones,” is very improbable. We can not imagine in what manner they could be buried to assume this form or reduced to this limit. If the mound is artificial, even in part, the method of burial reported — granting the supposition of burials — shows its erection to have extended over a long period; and while mounds were thus built up in Virginia by tribes allied to the Iroquois, we find nothing of this particular kind of continuous burial in southern Ohio.
Gillman also reports excavations farther north.
Numerous mounds extend “for about a mile and a half, along the west shore of the [St. Clair] river and of Lake Huron.” They “were largely used for burial purposes.” In one, “a wide area at one end [was] covered with a solid crust of black ashes, from eighteen inches to two feet thick, containing the bones of various animals used for food, broken pottery, and stone implements. The relics from these mounds [included] an extraordinarily large number of broken stone hammers of the rudest kind.” In one “several interments had been made” and some relics were found.—Gillman, M. B., 372.
It is clearly evident that in this case, as in many others, Mr. Gillman was working on the site of an old Indian camping place, on one of the natural sand-dunes so abundant in that region. His “hammers” were the stones which had been used in boiling food. Interments immediately around, or even within, the huts are not uncommon.
*****
On the other hand, if it be assumed that the Allegwi were the Mound Builders; that they met the invaders at either end of Lake Erie; that they were driven from the borders back to the interior; and that, consequently, the last struggle reached its maximum in southern Ohio;—then the progressive development of defensive works will be accounted for. First to be constructed for such purposes, when the great squares and circles and the minor embankments in connection with them became untenable, would be the hill-top enclosures in the same localities. When these no longer sufficed, the original inhabitants, hard pressed on every side, would be driven to the construction of strongholds in rugged, broken country, as exemplified in structures like Fort Hill and the Glenford Fort. This is on the customary hypothesis that all such works are due to the same people who made the valley enclosures If the aggressors followed closely on the rear of the defeated Tallegwi, and themselves constructed the irregular enclosures and hill-top forts, either the same or the reverse order might be taken. There might be first a temporary fortification, like the smaller hill-top enclosures, where they could find shelter until an opportunity for retreat; and afterwards a permanent defensive work like Fort Hill, where they could be safe as long as they chose to remain. Or the stronger forts could be occupied first, and the others constructed when the waning strength of the Tallegwi emboldened their foes to close in on them…
“Emperor” and “Prince,” by both title and office, were as unfamiliar to Iroquois, until they learned of them from whites, as “gold” or “city;” and the same reasons which permit us to substitute chief or sachem for such fanciful titles, give us a right to replace the term “Golden City” by “town where much copper is.”
Besides these two traditions, which must refer to some ancient tribe of Ohio, if not to that known as the Mound Builders, Carr shows that the origin or cause of mounds and enclosures was not unknown to various other tribes. The Cherokees, Senecas, Kaskaskias, Piankeshaws, Muskogees, and others say their forefathers constructed such.—Carr, Mounds, 563, et seq.
“De Soto, in 1540, could get no tradition concerning them [mounds] beyond the assurance that the peoples he encountered had built them or some of them.” — Winsor: History, I, 397.
“The Iroquois believed that the Ohio mounds were the memorial of a war which in ancient times they waged with the Cherokees.” — Essays, 69; from Schoolcraft.
“John Norton, the intelligent Mohawk chief [said] that there was a tradition in his tribe that [mounds and enclosures] were constructed by a people who in ancient times occupied a great extent of the country, but who had been extirpated; that there had been long and bloody wars between this people and the Five Nations, in which the latter had been finally victorious. He added that one of the last fortifications which was taken had been obstinately defended; that the warriors of the other four nations of the confederacy had assaulted it without waiting for the Mohawks, and had been repulsed with great loss, but that the latter coming to their assistance the attack was renewed, the place taken, and all who were in it destroyed.” — Stone, II, 48(5, note.
Norton’s statement refers to the war with the Eries; at least the last battle between these two nations was fought much as he describes it.
“The Wyandots have always assumed to have been originally at the head of the Iroquois group of tribes. * * * In mentioning the name of this tribe to Mr. J. C. Calhoun, of South Carolina, he said that when at college at New Haven in 1802, a Mr. Williams, a respectable and intelligent man, a half Wyandot, and a person interested in the land claims of Connecticut in Ohio, informed him that the old forts in the Ohio valley were erected some 150 or 200 years before, in the course of a long war which was carried on between the Wyandots (this, I think, to tally with other traditions, should be Iroquois) and the Cherokees. In this war the northern confederates finally prevailed.” — Schoolcraft, Iroquois, 162.
*****
The Cherokees are so frequently mentioned in discussing the Mound Builders, as to require further notice.
(Henry Clyde Shetrone, The Mound Builders, New York: D. Appleton & Co.,[1930], 115) shows head-plates recovered in excavating mounds in the mid-western United States, an area commonly referred to as the Heartland of America.
In 1650 the Cherokees had a tradition which claimed “they came from the west and exterminated the former inhabitants;” and then says they came from the upper parts of the Ohio, where they erected the mounds on Grave Creek, and that they removed hither [i. e., to East Tennessee] from the country where Monticello is situated. They are not noticed by Mr. Jefferson in his table of original tribes which inhabited any part of Virginia at or subsequent to the year 1(506, and from then up to 1669. They say themselves that their nation did not erect the mounds, nor paint the figures of the sun and moon upon the rocks where they are now seen.” “The mounds exhibited the same appearance at the arrival of the Cherokees as they now do.”
“They have a fabulous tradition respecting the mounds which proves that they are beyond the events of their history. The mounds, they say, were caused by the quaking of the earth, and a great noise with it.” — Haywood, 225, 234, and 280.
“The Cherokees themselves are as ignorant as we are, by what people or for what purpose these artificial hills were raised; * * * they have a tradition common with other nations of Indians, that they found them in much the same condition as they now appear, when their forefathers arrived from the west and possessed themselves of the country, after vanquishing the nations of red men who then inhabited it, who themselves found these mounts when they took possession of the country, the former possessors delivering the same story concerning them.”
— Bar-trams, 365.
“From the verbal traditions of Mr. Stand Watie [a Cherokee chief], the Cherokees anciently lived at the Otter Peaks in Virginia,* * * and they were in the habit of crossing the Ohio with their war parties.”
— Schoolcraft, Iroquois, 163.
The Mohican or Stockbridge tribe had a tradition that “many thousand moons ago ” the Cherokees, Nanticokes, and some other tribe whose name they had forgotten, came from the south and attacked the Delawares. The latter were overcome, at first, but the Mohicans came to their relief, and the invaders were driven back. The Nanticokes lived on the eastern shore of Maryland, and it is improbable that the Cherokees -could have been their neighbors at any time, even though their traditions claim the Powhatans as being a branch of their tribe. Certainly they could not have been in Virginia as late as 1623, for De Soto found them located in Georgia.— Royce. 136 and 137.
How Mounds Were Built
“Swimmer, a Cherokee shaman in western North Carolina, told me that formerly the Cherokees constructed mounds in the following manner: A fire was first kindled on the level surface. Around the fire was placed a circle of stones, outside of which were deposited the bodies of seven prominent men. A hollow cedar log to serve as a chimney or air hole was then fixed perpendicularly above the fire, and the earth was built up around this so as to form a mound. Upon this mound the town house was built, so that the mouth of the fire pit was in the middle of the town house floor. The fire was never allowed to go out, but was always smouldering at the bottom of the hole.
“Some time later, while talking with an intelligent woman in regard to local points of interest, she mentioned the large mound near Franklin, in Macon county, and remarked ‘There’s a fire at the bottom of that mound.’ Without giving her any idea what Swimmer had said, I inquired of her how the fire had got there, when she told substantially the same story. I found on investigation that the belief was general that the fires still existed. On mentioning this tradition to Cyrus Thomas, he stated that in many of the mounds — especially in some which he believed to be of Cherokee origin — there was found what seemed to be the remains of a perpendicular shaft or chimney, generally about a foot in diameter, coming up almost or quite to the top of the mound and running down into it to the original natural level of the ground, and sometimes a short distance below it. This shaft was always filled with ashes and charred remains of wood. No reasonable suggestion had hitherto been offered as to the purpose of these openings, but the Cherokee tradition- explained the whole thing. The roof of the Cherokee town house was covered with about a foot of earth; a new town house was usually built upon the site of the old, and as destruction by fire must have been a common accident, each successive burning causing a deposit of a layer of earth a foot or so in depth from the falling roof, it follows that this cause alone would result in time in raising the floor of the town house considerably above the surrounding surface, even if built originally upon the natural level.” — Mooney, Cherokee, 167, condensed.
Thomas calls into question the reliability of Cherokee tradition, in so far as it relates to mound building, and devotes twenty pages to a review of the evidence whiclt leads him to the conclusion that the Cherokees were the authors of the works in their territory.— Burial Mounds, 87-107.
THE MODERN INDIAN AS A BUILDER OF MOUNDS.
The subject of mound building by existing or known tribes will be next considered. No comment or explanation is necessary in connection with the quotations or statements, as their meaning and purpose are apparent.
Lucien Carr has made an exhaustive examination of early literature, proving conclusively that the Indian, as known to the whites, cultivated the ground extensively, was a sun worshipper, and constructed earthen mounds and enclosures, often of great size and area.
La Vega says: “The Indians try to place their villages on elevated sites; but inasmuch as in Florida there are not many sites of this kind where they can conveniently build, they erect elevations themselves in the following manner: They select the spot and carry there a quantity of earth which they form into a kind of platform two or three pikes in height, the summit of which is large enough to give room for twelve, fifteen or twenty houses, to lodge the cacique and his attendants. At the foot of this elevation [is] a square place around which the leading men have their houses. * * * To ascend the elevation they have a straight passage way from bottom to top, fifteen or twenty feet wide.” The village of Capaha “has about five hundred good houses, surrounded with a ditch ten or twelve cubits deep, and a width of fifty paces in most places, in others forty. The ditch is filled with water from a canal * * three leagues in length. * * The ditch * * surrounds the town except in one spot, which is enclosed by heavy beams planted in the earth.” — Essays, 73.
According to the Century Dictionary, “for some time later” than the fifteenth century, the pike was “from fifteen to twenty feet long. It continued in use, although reduced in length, throughout the seventeenth century.”
Biedma remarks: “The caciques of this region were accustomed to erect near the house where they lived very high mounds, and there were some who placed their houses on the top of these mounds.” — Essays, 74.
“The ‘Portugese Gentleman’ tells us that at the very spot where De Soto landed, generally supposed to be somewhere about Tampa Bay, at a town called Ucita, the house of the chief ‘stood near the shore upon a very high mound made by hand for strength.’ Such mounds are also spoken of by the Huguenot explorers. They served as the site of the chieftain’s house in the villages, and from them led a broad smooth road through the village to the water. These descriptions correspond closely to those of the remains which the botanists, John and William Bartram, discovered and reported about a century ago.”
“Within the present century the Seminoles of Florida are said to have retained the custom of collecting the slain after a battle and interring them in one large mound. The writer on whose authority I state this, adds that he ‘observed on the road from St. Augustine to Tomaka one mound which must have covered two acres of ground,’ but this must surely have been a communal burial mound.”
“M. Le Page du Pratz * * * observes that the one on which was the house of the Great Sun was ‘about eight feet high and twenty feet over on the surface.’ He adds that their temple * * * was on a mound about the same height.” — Essays, 75, 77, and 78.
“The Indians located along the Yazoo River ‘are dispersed over the country upon mounds of earth made with their own hands, from which it is inferred that these nations are very ancient and were formerly very numerous, although at the present time they hardly number two hundred and fifty persons.’ This language would seem to imply that at this time there were numerous mounds unoccupied.” — La Harpe (about A. D. 1700); in B. E. 12, 653.
“In one of their [the Natchez] villages Dumont notes that the •cabin of the chief was elevated on a mound. [See my blog on the Sacred Mound in Mississippi], Father Le Petit [says] the residence of the great chief or ‘Brother of the Sun,’ as he was called, was erected on a mound of earth carried for that purpose. When the chief died, the house was destroyed, and the same mound was not used as the site of the mansion of his successor, but was left vacant, and a new one was constructed. This interesting fact goes to explain the great number of mounds in some localities.” — Essays, 77.
La Vega in his history of Florida, page 231, speaking of a flood in the Mississippi, says that “During similar inundations, * * * the Indians contrive to live on any high or lofty ground or hills, or if there are none they build them with their own hands, principally for the dwelling of the caciques.” — B. E., 12, 626.
The name Florida was at that time applied to all the southern country east of the Mississippi.
The historians of De Soto make mention more than once of villages surrounded by walls, and ditches filled with water, the work of the Indians living in them.— B. E., 12, 669.
De Soto found that “on both sides of the [Mississippi] River, the natives lived in walled towns.” — Carr, Mounds, 526.
Lawson describes burial under mounds of earth and also of stone; but both seem to be very small.—Lawson, 42-3.
The celebrated shell mound at Old Enterprise, Florida, stands on a ridge partly on the original sea beach and partly on the swamp back of it. In this swamp live the mollusks whose shells have been so important in the construction of the mound. It is evident that the structure is formed of mud and marl brought to the spot from the swamp. After it had been carried to a sufficient height to maintain a dry surface, it was used as a dwelling site, and its elevation gradually increased by refuse from the houses and probably to some extent by additional material occasionally carried in from the swamp.— Dall.
A group of mounds located in the southern part of Union county, Mississippi, is supposed to mark the site of an Indian town near which De Soto encamped one winter. In one of the mounds, which was at least ten feet high before its reduction by cultivation, three feet above the original surface was a saucer-shaped bed of fine ashes six feet in diameter, six inches thick at the center, and running out to an edge on every side. There was no evidence of fire on the earth above or below, and there were many thin layers as though the ashes had been carried in small quantities and carefully spread out. Within an inch of the bottom of the ashes was a small fragment of glass, apparently broken from a thick bottle. Resting upon the ashes, though not extending to the edge at any part, was a confused mass twelve inches thick of charcoal, soil, ashes, and broken pottery, in which lay an iron knife and a thin silver plate stamped with the arms of Castile and Leon. This seemed an intrusive deposit as there was an unconformity between it and the surrounding earth; but if the mound had ever been opened since its construction, such excavation antedated the settlement of the country by the whites, for the first man who settled in the region was at that time still living only a few rods from the mound and was positive in his statement that it had never been disturbed. At any rate, it would have been impossible to restore the ash-bed to its former condition had it ever been broken; and that it was coeval with the body of the structure is proven by the fact that it reached into undisturbed earth on every side. Moreover, there were found just above the ashes several pieces of glass similar to that which lay five inches beneath their surface, two or three of them being chipped into the form of gunflints, possibly for scrapers. The knife-blade was almost destroyed by rust; the silver plate was not at all corroded, though a hole had been made in one end apparently to suspend it by. There was no trace of bone or other evidence of burial anywhere in the mound; but as the entire mass of clay of which it was composed was very wet and sticky, a skeleton would have disappeared within a comparatively short time. It is quite probable that this mound was opened by the Indians themselves very soon after it was made, and the loose earth, with the relics mentioned placed or thrown in. As the whole group was of one character and apparently of one period, we are justified in placing the date of their construction at about the middle of the sixteenth century — some of them earlier, perhaps, some of them later. Of the eleven mounds opened only this one contained anything of European origin.
The supposed winter camp of De Soto, on the Tallahatchie river, is seven miles from this place.
Jefferson, in his “Notes on Virginia,” describes a mound opened by him near Charlottesville; it was plainly an ossuary containing the bones of those who had died at different times or places and were brought hither for interment. He estimates their number at not less than one thousand. He further relates that about the middle of the last century a party of Indians traveling through this section had, without inquiry or instruction, diverged several miles from their road and taken a straight course through the woods to this sepulcher, where they remained several hours seemingly mourning over the dead. Unfortunately, it is not told to what tribe they belonged; had he recorded this, it might have dispelled our ignorance concerning the authors of the mounds in eastern Virginia.
Glass beads and iron bracelets were found with skeletons at the bottom of a mound at Lenoir’s, Tennessee. — B. E. 12, 398.
“The Cherokees were in the habit of using just such ornaments as are found in these mounds [in Cherokee territory].” Articles of various sorts found in the mounds of Eastern Tennessee are “precisely similar” to others found about Indian village sites in connection with objects of European make, and answer the description given by early writers of ornaments and utensils made and used by Indians in this locality as well as in Virginia.— Burial Mounds, 94.
“If we can point out a well known race of Indians who. at the time of the discovery, raised mounds and other earthworks, not wholly dissimilar in character and not much inferior in size to those in the Ohio Valley, and who resided not very far away from that region and directly in the line which the Mound Builders are believed by all to have followed in their emigration, then this rule [that the simplest explanation of a given fact or series of facts should always be accepted] constrains us to accept for the present this race as the most probable descendants of the Mound Builders, and seek no further for Toltecs, Asiatics or Brazilians. All these conditions are filled by the Chahta tribes.”
“I believe that the evidence is sufficient to justify us in accepting this race [the Chahta-Muskokees] as the constructors of all those extensive mounds, platforms, artificial lakes and circumvallations which are scattered over the Gulf States, Georgia and Florida. The earliest explorers distinctly state that such were used and constructed by these nations in the sixteenth century, and probably had been for many generations.” — Essays, 79 and 80.
Ohio Mounds
“Major Sibley * * stated that an ancient chief of the Osage Indians informed him while he was a resident among them, that a large conical mound, which he. Major Sibley was in the habit of seeing every day whilst he resided amongst them, was constructed when he was a boy. That a chief of his nation * * had unexpectedly died whilst all the men of his tribe were hunting in a distant country. His friends buried him in the usual manner, with his weapons, his earthen pot, and the usual accompaniments, and raised a small mound over his remains. When the nation returned from the hunt, this mound was enlarged at intervals, every man assisting to carry materials, and thus the accumulation of earth went on for a long period until it reached its present height, when they dressed it off at the top to a conical form. The old chief farther said that he had been informed and believed, that all the mounds had a similar origin.” — Featherstonehaugh, 70.
According to later authors, the “old chief” was not above playing tricks upon travelers.
“Mr. Collet, of St. Louis, says he made a search for this mound, but was unable to find it.” — B. E. 12, 658.
Snyder goes still farther, and denies there are any artificial mounds whatever in that part of Missouri, and asserts that all such features are produced “by aqueous or glacial action.” although Indian burials may have been made upon some of the latter. “I traversed the entire valley of the Osage River. * * * I saw no artificial earthen mounds there of any -description.” — Snyder, Osages.
At Bellaire, Michigan, north-east from Traverse City, in a mound four feet high and twenty feet in diameter, with a slight depression around the base, was a skeleton, sitting, with feet extended. By it was the outer whorl of a Busycon shell, the outer surface of which was covered with incised lines crossing each other practically at right angles. The skull was very thin, compact as ivory almost, and unusually symmetrical. The crown and forehead were very full and prominent, indicating a high intellectual development. There was nothing Indian in its appearance, and its presence under such conditions is puzzling. Possibly one of the early Jesuits was interred here by his proselytes.
On Rapid river near Traverse City, Michigan, are two mounds, each about six feet high and twenty feet across. An old Chippewa told me that one was erected over Sioux, the other over Chippewas, slain in a battle here in the latter part of the eighteenth century. Several small mounds in upper Michigan cover Sioux, Iroquois and Chippewas; the Indians about there preserve traditions of the fights in which these were slain and in some cases know the name or family of one who is buried in a given tumulus. A few years ago one of these mounds was opened by some wood-cutters and the bones scattered around. The Indians were furious when they knew of it, and endeavored to find the perpetrators, swearing to slay them if they could be identified.
“A small burial mound on the west shore of Ottawa Point” was opened. “The utensils, trinkets, &c, were all of a period subsequent to the advent of the white man.” Consequently, Mr. Gillman decides that this mound was not built by a Mound Builder. He says “such mounds are frequent all along the lake shore, and seems to be invariably of more recent origin than the first-described works. They are generally quite small.” — Gillman, M. B., 379.
There is a considerable number of other mounds in the region within a hundred miles around Mackinac Island, which are known to be the work of Sioux, Chippewas and Iroquois. There are traditions, also, among the two first named, of a race in Wisconsin and Minnesota, known as the “Ground House Indians” from their .custom of banking and covering their houses with earth; they buried their dead in mounds near the dwellings. These were exterminated in the first half of the seventeenth century.—O. A. H., Dec, 1888.
“I must remark that whatever be the legitimate inference drawn from similar works and remains in other places, concerning the state of civilization attained by the Mound Builders, the evidence here [he had been exploring in the vicinity of Racine] goes to prove that they were an extremely barbarous people, in no respect superior to most of the savage tribes of modern Indians.” — Dr. P. R. Hoy: quoted by Lapham, 10.
At the Pipe-Stone quarries “is a mound of a conical form, of ten feet height, which was erected over the body of a distinguished young man, son of a Sioux chief.” who was killed there about 183-5.— Catlin, Indians. II, 170, note.
Major Powell “has himself seen two burial mounds in process of construction — one in Utah, * * * the other * * * in the valley of the Pitt river.” “The evidence in favor of the Indian origin of the western structures has been so great and the facts have been so well known that writers have rarely attributed them to prehistoric peoples.” — Introduction. B. E. 12, xlvii.
Uncas, the Mohcgan, killed Miantonomo, the Narragansett, in 1613; he “was buried there on the scene of his defeat. * * * and for years afterward, * * * parties of Narragansetts used to visit the spot. * * * A heap of stones was raised over the grave, and no Narragansett came near without adding to the pile.” — Fiske: 172.
“A stockade fort had been reared [by the Indians] near the village [Old Piqua] * * * which included a space of about two acres.” — Howe: I, 390.
“The Huron-Iroquois were accustomed to fortify their forts or castles with a ditch and wall, the latter surmounted by a stockade.” — Carr, Mounds, 592.
Such structures as these and the next would form embankments.
In 1637, the Pequot fort near where Stonington, [Conn.,] now stands “was enclosed by a circle of two or three acres in area, girdled by a palisade of sturdy sapling trunks, set firm and deep into the ground, the narrow interstices between them serving as loop-holes wherefrom to reconnoiter any one passing by and to shoot at assailants.’•—Fiske: 132.
“The most elaborate structure used for a dwelling by the tribes of the west was the earth lodge. The outline — a circle with an oblong projection toward the east—was carefully measured and traced on the ground, the sod cut from within the figure, and the earth well tramped by the feet of the builders. The framework was of poles, and the dome shaped roof of closely laid poles was supported by large posts, five or more in number, set in a circle a little back of the central fire-place. Outside the wall of poles great bundles of the coarse prairie grass were laid, and over all a double layer of sods, so that when completed the wall was nearly two feet thick at the bottom, and sloped gently to the line where it joined the roof, which was also very thick. * * * The exterior resembles a mound more than a dwelling.” — Fletcher: Omahas.
The decay of such a house would produce a small circular embankment like those of so frequent occurrence in Ohio.
Catlin gives a chart showing what he believes to be Mandan remains, from their last village back to the mouth of the Kaskaskia. From the similarity of the Mandan works to those in Ohio, he thinks it probable they all belong to this tribe; a supposition which is strengthened by the close resemblance of the pottery found in the two regions.—Catlin: Indians, appendix.
“This tribe is at present located on the west bank of the Missouri, about 1800 miles above St. Louis, and 200 below the Mouth of the Yellow Stone river. They have two villages and number about 200 souls. These people formerly lived fifteen or twenty miles farther down the river, in ten contiguous villages; the marks or ruins of which are yet plainly to be seen. At that period, evidently their numbers were much greater than at the present day. I think, for various reasons, that they formerly occupied the lower part of the Missouri, and even the Ohio and Muskingum. The river protects two sides of the village; they have therefore but one side to protect, which is effectually done by a strong piquet, and a ditch inside of it, of three or four feet in depth. The piquet is composed of timbers of a foot or more in diameter, and eighteen feet high, set firmly in the ground at sufficient distances from each other to admit of guns and other missiles to be fired between them. The ditch (unlike that of civilized modes of fortification) is inside of the piquet, in which their warriors screen their bodies, whilst they are reloading and discharging their weapons through the piquet’s. Their lodges appear from without, to be built entirely of earth. They all have a circular form, and are from forty to sixty feet in diameter. Their foundations are prepared by digging some two feet in the ground. The superstructure is then produced, by arranging, inside of this circular excavation, firmly fixed in the ground and resting against the bank, a barrier or wall of timbers, some eight or nine inches in diameter, of equal height (about six feet) placed on end, and resting against each other, supported by a formidable embankment of earth raised against them outside; then resting upon the tops of these timbers or piles are others of equal size and equal in numbers, of twenty or twenty-five feet in length, resting firmly against each other, and sending their upper or small ends toward the center and top of the lodge; rising at an angle of about forty-five degrees to the apex or sky-light, which is about three or four feet in diameter, answering as a chimney and a sky-light at the same time. The roof of the lodge being thus formed, is supported by beams passing around the inner part of the lodge about the middle of these poles or timbers, and themselves upheld by four or five large posts passing down to the floor of the lodge. On the top of, and over the poles forming the roof, is placed a complete mat of willowboughs, of half a foot or more in thickness, which protects the timbers from the dampness of the earth, with which the lodge is covered from bottom to top, to the depth of two or three feet; and then with a hard or tough clay, which is impervious to water. At intervals there is a large post, fixed quite firm in the ground, and six or seven feet high, with large wooden pegs or bolts in it, on which are hung all manner of personal effects.” — Catlin, Indians, I, 80-3, condensed…
“The Mandans sacrifice their fingers to the great Spirit, and of their worldly goods, the best and the most costly. * * * A white buffalo robe is a great curiosity, even in the country of buffaloes, and will always command an almost incredible price, from its extreme scarcity; and then, from its being the most costly article of traffic in these regions, it is usually converted into a sacrifice, being offered to the Great Spirit, as the most acceptable gift that can be procured.” — Catlin, Indians, I, 133.
“A stranger in the Mandan village is first struck with the different shades of complexion, and various colors of hair which he sees in a crowd about him. * * * There are a great many of these people whose complexions appear as light as half-breeds; and amongst the women particularly, there are many whose skins are almost white, with the most pleasing symmetry and proportion of features; with hazel, with gray, and with blue eyes * * * there may be seen every shade and color of hair that can be seen in our own country, with the exception of red or auburn, which is not to be found. * * * Governor Clark told me, before I started for this place, that I would find the Mandans a strange people and half white.” — Catlin, Indians, I, 93.
“The Mandans are a proud, high-toned tribe, and could not bear the idea of losing their name and nationality by being amalgamated with the Arickaras or any other nation.
“There are great diversities of opinions as to what tribe or tribes the Mandans originally belonged. I am inclined to believe they are a distinct tribe, or at least their relationship to other tribes is so very remote that it cannot now be traced. In their language, manners, customs, and modes of life, they are altogether different from the Indians occupying that region of country; and in fact differing from any Indians on the continent of America, so far as my observation extends; and I have some knowledge of a large majority of the existing tribes.
“Apart from their peculiar language and habits, there is a physical peculiarity. A large portion of the Mandans have gray hair, and blue or light brown eyes, with a Jewish cast of features. It is nothing uncommon to see children of both sexes, from five to six years of age, with hair perfectly gray. They are also much fairer than the prairie or mountain tribes; though this may be somewhat attributable to the fact of their living in dirt lodges, and less exposed to the sun than the prairie tribes…
REPORTED OBJECTS OF MODERN DATE, EXHUMED FROM MOUNDS.
The knowledge that many mounds, with their contents, are of recent origin; the reported discovery in others of articles which could not be produced by means at command of a primitive artisan; an instinctive protest against the disposition to put forth vague speculations as ascertained facts; desire to correct unfounded belief in a ” high civilization;” — are responsible for a tendency on the part of some students to modernize to a greater degree than facts will warrant. The bone object mentioned on page 348 is one example; others will appear on subsequent pages. Two instances which have attained undue prominence led Carr to say,
“That some of them were built after the arrival of the whites *
* * is proved by the contents of mounds opened at Circleville and Marietta.” — Carr, 588.
He refers to Atwater’s record of explorations, which is next presented.
In the center of the circle at Circleville was a mound “about ten feet in height, and several rods in diameter at the base.” The level summit “was nearly thirty feet in diameter. * * * The writer was present at its removal, and carefully examined the contents.
It contained, (1) Two human skeletons, lying on what had been the original surface of the earth. (2) A great quantity of arrow heads and spear heads. (3) The handle either of a small sword or a large knife, made of an elk’s horn; around the end where the blade had been inserted, was a ferrule of silver, which, though black, was not much injured by time. Though the handle showed the hole where the blade had been inserted, yet no iron was found, but an oxyde remained of similar shape and size. (4) Charcoal and wood ashes, on which these articles lay, which was surrounded by several bricks very well burnt. (5) [A plate of mica] about three feet in length, one foot and a half in breadth, and one inch and a half in thickness. (6) A plate of iron, which had become an oxyde; but before it was disturbed by the spade, resembled a plate of cast iron.” — Atwater, 177.
Dr. Hildreth describes various relics found in a mound at Marietta in 1819. “Lying immediately over, or on the forehead of the body, were found three large circular bosses, or ornaments for a sword belt, or a buckler; they are composed of copper overlaid with a thick plate of silver. * * * Two small pieces of the leather were found lying between the plates of one of the bosses; they resemble the skin of an old mummy.
* * * Around the rivet of one of them is a small quantity of flax or hemp. Near the side of the body was found a plate of silver which appears to have been the upper part of a sword scabbard; it is six inches in length and two inches in breadth, and weighs one ounce; it has no ornaments or figures, but has three longitudinal ridges. * * * It seems to have been fastened to the scabbard by three or four rivets, the holes of which yet remain in the silver. * * * Two or three broken pieces of a copper tube, were also found, filled with iron rust. These pieces from their appearance, composed the lower end of the scabbard near the point of the sword. No sign of the sword itself was discovered, except the appearance of rust above mentioned.” — Atwater, 168. Reported Modern Objects f rom Circleville and Marietta. 457
Thomas also accepts without reserve Atwater’s statement in regard to the knife or sword said to have been taken from the mound at Circleville, and says. “We therefore feel fully justified in giving this mound as one example where evidence of contact with European civilization was found.” — B. E. 12, 716.
Putnam, however, who has had the opportunity of making a careful examination and analysis of the articles themselves, demonstrates the incorrectness of such conclusions, by proving that similar specimens are not rare, and that both Atwater and Hildreth were mistaken in their identification of them.
So far as Atwater’s “sword handle” from the Circleville mound is concerned, “-similar pieacs cut from antler have since proved to be common and are generally believed to be handles for small drills and knives made of stone or copper. * * * One has been found with a small stone knife still in the perforated end, and others with small awl-like points of copper inserted.” As to the “plate of cast-iron” oxide, “something more definite than this statement is required.” — Putnam, Iron, 350.
In the Marietta mound “not a shadow of a sword can be traced in this connection; the point of the supposed scabbard is a common copper bead; the supposed upper part of the scabbard is an ornament of a particular pattern, of which three others almost identical in shape are known from other mounds [one of copper from Cincinnati; one of copper from Franklin, Tennessee; one of meteoric iron from the Little Miami valley], and the ‘bosses’ or supposed ornaments of a sword belt are ear rings. * * * Not a particle of iron rust could be found in the folds and cavities of the bead, and it can hardly be doubted that the oxide of copper was mistaken by Dr. Hildreth for oxide of iron. * * * The copper had changed to a red carbonate.” — Putnam, Iron, 361.
What the supposed “plate of cast-iron” may have been, it is impossible to say. The iron in clay often segregates in such a way as to resemble iron rust; sufficiently, at least, to deceive one who can mistake irregular masses of burned earth for “bricks.” Powdered hematite would produce the same appearance.
Another remarkable find at Marietta has been reported; it has escaped comment for the reason, probably, that the specimen is so evidently modern.
“A gold-lined cup in the form of an inverted cone was found in a mound at Marietta, half a mile east of the enclosures. A stream had gradually undermined the mound, and in this situation the cup was noticed by the discoverer. It is a perfectly plain, heavy piece of workmanship, and appears to be of solid silver, with the bottom soldered to the upper portion.” — Schoolcraft, Mines, 276, condensed.
The author seems to be convinced that it is a genuine mound relic; though he fails to state the depth at which it was found. The statement should, perhaps, be set aside as without proper authentication, and with it, that of Haywood who, writing of the Grave Creek mound fifteen years before it was first opened, says:
“In the interior of this mound, human bones were found, of uncommonly large size; [also] two or three plates of brass, with characters inscribed upon them resembling letters, but of what alphabet no one could tell.” — Haywood, 330..
Thomas makes reference to various articles, manufactured by whites, found in mounds in Minnesota, Wisconsin, northern Ohio, southern Illinois, Arkansas, North Carolina, Georgia, Florida and Mississippi.— B. E. 12, 713-8.
In every one of these cases, the mounds whose measurements are given are quite small, and none of them are in the “Ohio Mound Builder” region, but in localities where there is plenty of other evidence that the later Indians made small tumuli. To cite a single instance, he gives a plan of several mounds from “2 to 4 feet high,” of Iowa and Pottawatomie Indians who were buried in 1830. Black Hawk’s grave is between the two groups; it is even smaller than the others.— B. E. 12, m.
It is rather straining a point to adduce such evidence as this in attempting to prove a recent origin for the large mounds in which no modern articles have been discovered.
Under the skull at the bottom of a mound five feet high in Loudon County, Tennessee, was an engraved tablet of stone. “The engraved characters on it are beyond question letters of the Cherokee alphabet said to have been invented * * * about 1821.” Yet the mound, in 1881, “had been covered by a cluster of trees and grapevines as long ago as the oldest settler in the locality could recollect”; and one of them “stated that he had cut trees from it forty years ago.” — B. E. 12, 393.
It is not very clear what we are expected to infer from this paragraph unless it be that the mound was erected as late as 1821. But it is as easy to believe that Se-quo-yah, in constructing his alphabet, used marks resembling some that another person had formed, as to think he would invent a series of signs or characters utterly unlike any others ever thought of. Trees would scarcely grow to a size worth cutting in twenty years; and if Cherokees had continued to build mounds for 35 years after the country was settled, we would find the fact stated in some of the early histories.
In his effort to “make out a case” Thomas gives two entirely different descriptions of a peculiar form of interment in Caldwell county, North Carolina.
“The T. F. Nelson triangle is not a mound but simply a burial pit (‘) in the form of a triangle, the two longest sides each 48 feet and the base 32 feet, in which the bodies and accompanying articles were deposited, and then covered over, but not heaped up into a mound; or, if so, it had subsequently settled until on a level with the natural surface of the ground. The depth of the original excavation varied from 2 to 3 feet. With one skeleton, the principal personage of the group, were five elongate copper beads or rather small cylinders varying in length from one and a quarter to four and a half inches. These are made of thin pieces of copper cut into strips and then rolled together so that the edges meet in a straight joint on one side. At his right hand were four (‘) iron specimens, much corroded but still showing the form.” * * * “At the bottom of one of the largest mounds found in this region the T. F. Nelson triangle heretofore described, and by the side of the principal personage in it, were discovered three (‘) pieces of iron. A chemical examination shows that these were not made of meteoric iron.” — Burial Mounds, 63 and 90, condensed.
This error is repeated in a later report. Thomas flatly contradicts himself by saying that “It is simply a burial pit. * * * The top was not rounded up, but level with the surrounding surface,” and subsequently referring to specimens from the pit as “The fragments of iron implements obtained from a mound.”— B. E. 12, 335 and 715.
Evidently the specimens were exhumed from a burial pit’ differing only in its triangular form from many others known, which are the cemeteries of modern Indians.
In the account on pages 97-100, of the works at Aztalan, the true nature of the so-called “bricks” is explained. Some cases of “sun-burned bricks” are also reported.
“The north side of the great mound at Seltzertown, Mississippi, is supported by a wall of sun-dried bricks, two feet thick, filled with grasses, rushes and leaves. Angular tumuli mark the corners which were formed of large bricks retaining the impression of human hands. Professor Swallow has also observed the imprint of human hands in the clay which enters into some of the ancient structures in the region of New Madrid.” — Foster, 112.
The embankments near Helena, Arkansas, were built of sun-dried bricks, mixed with stems and leaves of cane. I could in no instance, find any evidence of the cane having been charred by fire. Nor is there any appearance of finished brick, of which it has been said this wall is built. The clay and stems of cane appear to have been mixed together and moulded into a wall, somewhat after the manner of pese.” — Cox; quoted by Foster, 113, condensed.
There is no probability that such “bricks,” or bricks of any kind as we understand the term, were ever made this side of the Pueblos. The features mentioned in the two preceding extracts are remains of some kind of structures whose nature can not be understood from the description. The construction of the “walls” was no doubt similar to that of the houses.
According to Tonti, the temple of the Tensa Indians “was about 40 feet square, and the walls, 10 feet high and 1 foot thick, were made of earth and straw mixed. The roof was dome-shaped, and about 15 feet high. Around the temple were strong mud walls. * * * We are also told that, at one time, these temples were quite common throughout all the vast region then known as Florida, a majority of the tribes and even many of the villages having their own, and keeping up in them perpetual fires.” — Carr, Mounds, 540.
Gravier says of the Arkansas Indians in 1700, “Their cabins are round and vaulted. They are lathed with canes and plastered with mud from bottom to top, within and without, with a good covering of straw.” — Shea, 134.
Figure 139 (117, B. E. 12, p. 208) shows the clay floor of a three room house in Poinsett County, Arkansas; and figure 140 (118, B. E. 12, p. 20!)) shows the method of lathing the primitive dwellings in the same region. A mound was erected, high enough to raise the surface above the overflow of this swampy region, except in the time of unusual floods, to serve as a foundation. In this particular instance, there were three rooms, each about twelve feet square, with floors of clay; in room a blocks were roughly moulded and packed in. while in b and d the clay was laid in a solid mass. The walls were formed by upright posts, about two feet apart, as indicated by the black circles. Cane or reed lathing was interwoven on these posts and thickly coated with clay inside and out. When one of these buildings was destroyed by fire, the floor was burned to a varying depth, and the plastering converted into a brick-like mass. This is the whole basis for the reported “brick floors” or “brick walls” so often reported. Numerous excavations show the truth of this statement. First, there is the surface soil; next below, these supposed “bricks,” bearing the imprints of canes and twigs and sometimes with impressions of grass or weeds worked into the clay when put upon
the walls, as plasterers mix hair with mortar; beneath this are- ash beds, implements and pottery fragments, resting on the clay floor. Below the floor is the earth of the mound. If further evidence were needed, it is to be had in the fact that not infrequently the nests of mud-daubers, burned hard, are found adhering to the smooth under surface of these fallen walls.— B. E. 12, 208 and 209.
SALT-MAKING.
Foster claims as one of the distinctions between “Mound Builders” and “Indians” that the former understood the manufacture of salt, whereas the latter were ignorant of it. He probably overlooked references to its use in different parts of the country.
“The Knight of Elvas informs us that the natural salt and the sand with which it was intermixed were thrown into baskets made for the purpose. These were large at the mouth and small at the bottom, or, in other words, funnel-shaped. Beneath them—suspended in the air on a ridge-pole—vessels were placed. Water was then poured upon this admixture of sand and salt. The drippings were strained and boiled on the fire until the water was evaporated, and the salt left in the bottom of the pots. * * * To the saline springs of Tennessee and Kentucky the natives constantly resorted from time immemorial, and in large numbers, for the manufacture of this necessary seasoning for food. They also obtained rock salt from natural’ deposits near the mouth of the Mississippi River.”—Jones, 45.
“De Soto found the natives at the saline Springs of Tulla, Arkansas, making salt, which was ‘made into small cakes, and vended among the other tribes for skins and mantles.‘”—Thruston. Tenn.. 82.
Mrs. Mary Ingalls was taken prisoner by the Shawnee Indians in (now) Montgomery County. West Virginia, taken down the Kanawha, to the salt region, and after a few days spent in making salt, to the Scioto.
— Collins, II, 55.
At the treaty of Fort Wayne, in 1803, the United States agreed to give the Delawares and Shawnees 150 bushels of salt every year for their title to the salt spring on Saline river, near Shawncetown. Pottery similar to that at the above spring has been found in connection with the stone graves in the Cumberland Valley (‘): and also about the salt lick near Ste. Genevieve, Missouri, where the Shawnees and Delawares lived for a time. — B. E. 12, 696.
Smith relates that after Braddock’s defeat he was “taken to an Indian town on the west branch of the Muskingum, about twenty miles above the forks, which was called Tullihas.” From here they went on a hunt; and “then moved to the buffalo lick, where we killed several buffalo, and in their small brass kettles they made about half a bushel of salt. I suppose this lick was about thirty or forty miles from the aforesaid town, and somewhere between the Muskingum, Ohio, and Scioto. About the lick was clear, open woods, and thin, white-oak land, and at that time there were large roads leading to the lick, like wagon roads.”
— Col. Smith, 13.
The first white settlers on the lower Beaver river, in western Pennsylvania, found evidences of the manufacture of salt at the mouth of Brady’s Run, a mile from the Ohio. It has always been supposed that this work was done by Indians, as there is no knowledge of salt making ever having been carried on there by the whites.— Thomas Wilson.
“None of these tribes upon the Great Plains use salt in any way, although it is easily obtained. I have been unable to prevail on them to use it in any quantity whatever. This applies exclusively to those tribes living entirely on meat; where they eat a variety of vegetable food they use a great deal of salt.” — Catlin, Indians, I, 124, condensed.
“The use of salt previous to the arrival of Europeans is likewise claimed by the Indians. They trace the origin of their acquaintance with this valuable condiment, to the observation of the preference given by elks to the water from salt licks; having tasted it, they liked it, and took some to boil their vegetables, and having found it palatable, they boiled down the water in the manner that they had done the sap, and thus obtained salt.” They also “profess to have been well acquainted with the art of making maple sugar previous to their intercourse with the white men.” — Long, St. Peter’s, 116.
Thruston has been quoted before; but as the remains of middle Tennessee, though differing somewhat in character from those of southern Ohio, denote a stage of culture at least equal to that of the Mound Builders, it is deemed appropriate to give here his latest conclusions in the matter. They apply with the same force to our own State.
“The conclusions reached (often unwillingly) as the result of these investigations in all departments of research, historic, ethnological, and traditional, may be briefly stated as follows:
“First. The progress made by the ancient tribes in the direction of civilization or semi-civilization has been overestimated. The stone-grave race and the builders of the ancient mounds and earthworks in Tennessee and probably in the Mississippi Valley were Indians, North American Indians, probably the ancestors of the Southern red or copper-colored Indians found by the whites in this general section, a race formerly living under conditions of life somewhat different from that of the more nomadic hunting tribes of Indians, but not differing from them in the essential characteristics of the Indian race.
“Second. The interesting collection of mounds, earthworks and stone graves found in Tennessee and Southern Kentucky are simply the remains of ancient fortified towns, villages and settlements, once inhabited by tribes of Indians more devoted to agriculture and more stationary in their habits than the hunting tribes generally known to the whites.
“Third. No single implement or article of manufacture or earthwork or defensive work has been found among their remains indicating intelligence or advancement in civilization beyond that of other Indians having intercourse with the whites within the historic period.
“Fourth. The accumulation of dense population in favored localities, and progress made toward civilization, were probably the results of periods of repose and quiet that enabled these tribes to collect in more permanent habitations, and to pursue for a time more peaceful modes of life than some of their neighbors and successors.
“Fifth. These periods of peace and advancement were probably suceeded by years of wars, invasions, migrations or changes which arrested the limited development in the art of peace and civilization, and left the native tribes in the status in which they were found by the whites.
“These propositions I am satisfied can be successfully maintained, and will afford the most reasonable solution of archaeological problems long in controversy.
“Nothing has been found in mound or grave or elsewhere in Tennessee or the Mississippi Valley, showing an advanced state of civilization or semi-civilization. No article has been found requiring in its manufacture skill or intelligence beyond the capacity of the best representative tribes of modern Indians.
“No antiquarian or archaeologist can distinguish the implements, pottery, pipes or inscriptions of the mound building people from the same general character of articles manufactured by the more advanced tribes of modern Indians within the historic period. * * * Rare and unique forms of stone, clay, bone, shell and copper; mysterious objects whose exact uses we cannot always discover, beautiful implements, wrought with infinite labor and no little skill have been found in abundance; yet all indicate, or are consistent with, the theory of a comparatively rude and primitive state of society.
“No prehistoric implement, or article of iron, or evidence of manufactured iron, has been found, excepting objects made from the un-melted ores.
“No writing or intelligible inscription indicating a written language or decipherable symbol language, no pictograph or tablet or inscription approaching the higher grades of hieroglyphic writing, no cloth or fabric except of coarse or rude manufacture, no piece of masonry or stone wall, or of architecture worthy of the name, or trace of burned brick wall, has been found.
“Utensils and objects of well-burned clay are found, * * * but they indicate no knowledge of the potter’s wheel. They are without glaze and are but comparatively rude conceptions, fashioned by the hand.
“The images or idols of stone found are rude, and belong to a low grade of sculpture.
“Indeed, all the infinite variety of articles and antiquities found within the widely extended limits of the Mississippi Valley, * * * tell only the same story of primitive barbaric life, the life of the town, village and hunting Indian.” — Thruston, 376, ct seq., 389.
After long study of the results of explorations extending’ over a number of years and including nearly every state in the Mississippi valley, Professor Thomas, in a bulletin issued by the Bureau of Ethnology (“The Problem of the Ohio Mounds”), presents the testimony connecting the Mound Builders with the modern Indians. A brief abstract follows:
In chapter I, “The Historical Evidence,” he proceeds to show from the early Spanish and French chronicles that the Indians of the southern states erected mounds of considerable size in De Soto’s time. Also, from a number of writers within the past century that many different tribes, north and south, piled mounds over their dead.
In chapter II, “Similarity of the Arts and Customs of the Mound Builders to those of Indians,” he makes the following heads: —
“Architecture.—One of the first circumstances which strike the mind of the archaeologist who carefully studies these works as being very significant, is the entire absence in them of architectural knowledge and skill approaching that exhibited by the ruins of Mexico and Central America, or even equalling that exhibited by the Pueblo Indians. * * * In all the mound building area of the United States not the slightest vestige of one [stone edifice] attributable to the people who erected the earthen structures is to be found. The inference is therefore irresistible that the houses of the mound-builders were constructed of perishable materials [and consequently] in this respect at least the dwellings of the mound-builders were similar to those of the Indians.” Furthermore, after comparing the results of excavations of numerous mounds with the descriptions of Indian life by early writers, he says: “Numerous other references to the same effect might be given, but these are sufficient to show that the remains found in the mounds of the south are precisely what would result from the destruction by fire of the houses in use by the Indians when first encountered by Europeans.”
“Tribal divisions.— As the proofs that the mound-builders pertained to various tribes often at war with each other are now too numerous and strong to be longer denied, we may see in them evidences of a social condition similar to that of the Indians.”
“Similarity in burial customs.—The mortuary customs of the mound builders, as gleaned from an examination of their burial mounds, ancient cemeteries, and other depositories of their dead, present so many striking resemblances to those of the Indians when first encountered by the whites, as to leave little room for doubt regarding their identity.” Various methods of burial are cited in evidence; for instance —
“Removal of the Hesh before burial.—This practice appears to have been followed quite generally by both Indians and mound-builders.”
“Burial beneath or in dwellings.— [There was] a custom among the mound-builders of Arkansas and Mississippi, of burying in or under their dwellings. * * * It is a well-attested historical fact that such was also the custom of southern Indian tribes.”
“Burial in a sitting or squatting posture.—It was a very common practice among the mound-builders to bury their dead in a sitting or
squatting posture. * * * The same custom was followed by several of the Indian tribes.” [This is not the case as regards Ohio].
“The use of fire in burial ceremonies.—The evidences of this custom are so common in the mounds as to lead to the supposition that the mound-builders were in the habit of offering human sacrifices to their deities. * * * Among the Indians fire appears to have been connected with the mortuary ceremonies in several ways.”
“Similarity of their stone implements and ornaments.—So precisely similar are the articles of this class that it is impossible to distinguish those made by the one people from those made by the other.”
“Mound and Indian pottery.—The statement so often made that the mound pottery, especially that of Ohio, far excels that of the Indians is not justified by the facts.”
In chapter III, “Stone Graves and What They Teach,” after describing the different variations of stone graves from the ordinary box or coffin shapes, and recounting the localities in which they are found, he says: —
“Taking all the corroborating facts together there are reasonable grounds for concluding that graves of the type now under consideration, although found in widely separated localities, are attributable to the Shawnees and their congeners, the Delawares and Illinois, and that those south of the Ohio are due entirely to the first-named tribe. * * * The fact that in most instances (except when due to the Delawares, who are not known to have been mound-builders) the graves are connected with mounds, and in many instances are in mounds, sometimes in two, three, and even four tiers deep, proves beyond a doubt that the authors of these graves were mound-builders. [This evidence] forms an unbroken chain connecting the mound-builders and historical Indians which no sophistry or reasoning can break.” At the bottom of one of the mounds of the Etowah Group “were found stone graves of precisely the type attributable, when found south of the Ohio, to the Shawnees. * * * In these graves were found the remarkable figured copper plates and certain engraved shells,” similar to those found in the stone graves and small mounds in Tennessee and Illinois, as well as in the Hopewell and Turner mounds of Ohio.
In chapter IV, “The Cherokees as Mound-Builders,” he shows how the construction of the mounds and the specimens exhumed from them, correspond with the ordinary methods of living and the personal possessions of Cherokees as set forth by those among them at an early day.
In chapter V, “The Cherokees and the Tallegwi,” Thomas makes of the alleged similarity in form of the “monitor pipe” characteristic of the Ohio mounds, to that in common use among the Cherokees, a basis for the assertion that the Cherokees are a remnant of the Mound Builders. But the fact is that the two types are quite different; although there are variations in both, closely approaching each other. It is very true, as he asserts, “that among the specimens obtained from various localities can be found every possible gradation, from the ancient Ohio type to the modern form;” but the same statement is equally true of almost every pattern of implement and ornament in this region. If we accept his conclusion that “There is, therefore, in this peculiar line of art and custom an unbroken chain connecting the mound-builders of Ohio with the Indians of historic times,” we are simply admitting as established a tribal relationship of the ancient, or prehistoric, with the modern tribes in any part of the Mississippi valley; for relics, the most diverse in appearance and probable use can by such reasoning be assigned to the same class. He says further: —
“As pipes of this form have never been found in connection with the stone graves, there are just grounds for eliminating the Shawnees from the supposed authors of the Ohio works.” There are also “other reasons for eliminating the Shawnees and other Southern tribes from the supposed authors of the typical Ohio works, * * * but there is nothing of the kind to forbid the supposition that the [Cherokees] were the authors of some of the Ohio works.”
In chapter V, also, Thomas analyzes the Lenape Legend and compares it with Cherokee traditions. “It is precisely in accordance with [these traditions] that we find in the Kanawha valley, near the city of Charleston, a very extensive group of ancient works.” He finds in the method of mound construction, in the forms of burial, and in the enclosures of Charleston,
“beyond all reasonable doubt the connecting link between the typical works of Ohio and those of East Tennessee and North Carolina ascribed to the Cherokees. * * * It is at least apparent that the ancient works of the Kanawha valley and other parts of West Virginia are more nearly related to those of Ohio than to those of any other region, and hence they may justly be attributed to the same or cognate tribes. The general movement, therefore, must have been southward as indicated, and the exit of the Ohio Mound Builders was, in all probability, up the Kanawha valley on the same line that the Cherokees appear to have followed in reaching their historical locality.” — Thomas, Problem.
Our lack of definite knowledge seems to be considered by various authors a valid excuse for filling libraries with theories and sentiment. All of them neglect to explain why a great nation covering most of the Mississippi valley should construct its strongest forts in Ohio, leaving hundreds of miles exposed in all directions. They also fail to tell where a foe could exist in sufficient numbers to conquer this great nation almost in a day; for we are told,
“The final overthrow or expulsion of the Mound Builders was so sudden that the mines of Lake Superior were abandoned in such haste as to cause them to leave their implements behind.”—McLean, 145.
The wonder seems less, however, when we remember that the “implements” were only bark buckets; shovels or paddles, troughs and bowls, roughly hewed from wood; handspikes, made of saplings; and large boulders, some with a groove pecked around them. The failure to carry such things on their flight to unknown regions may be due to other causes than necessity for rapid traveling. It might imply only the exercise of a little common sense.
Some earlier writers arrived at conclusions more consistent with observed facts.
“Ignorant as we are and shall ever remain of the internal revolutions, which may have formerly taken place amongst the uncivilized tribes of North America, it is not probable that we can ever know by whom the works in question were erected. Should it appear, from a review of all the facts, that they must be ascribed to a populous and agricultural nation, we must, I think, conclude that this was destroyed by a more barbarous people. It appears at least extremely improbable, that, independently of external causes, or of some great catastrophe, a people once become agricultural should take such a retrograde step, as to degenerate again into a hunting or savage state.” — Gallatin, 149.
“Their departure (if they did depart) must have been a matter of necessity. For no people, in any stage of civilization, would willingly have abandoned such a country. * * * If they had been made to yield to a more numerous and more gallant people, what country had received the fugitives and what bad become of the conquerors? * * * And why had so large a portion of country, so beautiful and inviting, so abounding in all that is desirable, in the rudest as well as the most advanced state of society, been left as a haunt for the beasts of the forests, or as an occasional arena for distant tribes of savages to mingle in mortal conflict ?” — Harrison, 222.
These questions are thus answered by Force: —
“Two facts observed among the tribes found here by the Europeans have a bearing upon the possibilities of this inquiry. One is the usage among them to adopt not only individual captives into their families, but also to receive remnants of reduced tribes into their tribes or confederacies * * * The other fact is that sedentary tribes, when conquered, retrograded. The Hurons, after they were driven from their homes by the Five Nations, abandoned the practice of living in fortified towns. Even the Five Nations never rebuilt their palisaded works after they were destroyed by the French. The Andastogues * * * living on the Susquehanna in strongly fortified towns, were classed among the partly cultivated tribes. After a continued war with the Five Nations, * * * the few survivors, the Conestogas of Pennsylvania, lingered a poverty-stricken clan, and disappeared in the next century. The Natchez preserved their language after their incorporation into the Creek Nation, but forgot all their other distinctive usages.
“Hence it would be in accordance with what we know of the Indians, if individual members of the Mound Builders were adopted into the tribes that succeeded them, and if some of the remnants of the Mound Builder tribes survived, dropping their customs and industries, either as separate clans or incorporated into the intruding tribes.” — Force, 67.
CONCLUSIONS
The main questions concerning the great earthworks of Ohio remain unanswered. We have no data from which can be determined what people built these mounds and enclosures, whence they came, how long they lived here, when or why they left or whether they left at all, whether they were exterminated by other tribes or faded away from natural causes, or what finally became of them.
The evidence at hand is scanty, and mostly negative in its nature, serving rather to correct mistakes than to extend our ^knowledge. There has been developed, however, a scientific and systematic way of dealing with the subject, by which false impressions due to those who have sought with more zeal than knowledge to light the way for inquiring minds, are being gradually effaced.
It is now well known that many tribes were builders of mounds in quite recent times; but none of their remains are to be compared with those of Ohio, although many efforts have been made to prove that to the ancestors of some or other of these tribes the latter works are to be ascribed. Many other similarities and coincidences, natural enough among unrelated peoples who live under practically the same conditions, have been taken as clews and followed into the wilderness of speculation, where the theorist soon becomes bewildered and frankly abandons his task, or loses himself in a tangle of words.
In magnitude and intricacy the “geometrical” enclosures and large fortifications of Ohio have no equals; but, as a ruie, other remains are less impressive than similar works occurring elsewhere. Externally the ordinary mounds present no remarkable features, unless it be the great size of a few ; and in this respect they are surpassed by many in other states. Excepting the Serpent Mound, the few effigies are inferior in size and interest to those of the northwest; the same is true of the flat-topped mounds when compared with the same form farther west and south. The latter appear to have had an origin independent of those in the upper Ohio valley.
The diversity in extent, form, and position, of enclosures in southern Ohio runs counter to the belief that all are due to one race and to one period. The same doubt arises in regard to mounds on hills and those in river valleys. The structure, the character and arrangement of contents, and the different methods of burial, which are so often obvious to an investigator, strongly impress upon his mind the idea that he is dealing with the tangible labors of different peoples. The cairns and the rude stone heaps point to still a third race, perhaps nomadic.
When possible descendants of the Mound Builders are sought among known tribes, search seems narrowed to Cherokees and Mandans; the former, because they are apparently a composite of the Iroquois and some unknown race, preserve traditions of a northern home, and built mounds in the south; the latter, because they differ much in appearance and customs from other Indians, constructed heavy earth walls, and made houses whose ruins resemble small enclosures in Ohio. Catlin’s theory of their migration from east of the Mississippi, though it may never be disproved, is not to be accepted; for it is based solely on the occurrence of mounds and enclosures which may as well be due to other, and unknown, people.
The theory of an off-shoot or colony from the far southwest is even more untenable; for while it is possible that the above tribes may be descended from the Mound Builders, the Mound Builders themselves seem to have nothing in common with either the Aztecs or the Pueblo Indians beyond a few small personal possessions which can easily be accounted for by the extensive traffic of aborigines. The theory would never have gained such strength had Morgan personally examined the Scioto valley enclosures before making his “restoration.”
There has not yet been found in one of the larger mounds of Ohio, under circumstances that put beyond question the fact of its being deposited by the original builders, a single article of such pattern or material as to prove incontestably that it was obtained from Europeans. Reported discoveries of this nature are not authenticated; and nothing less can be accepted as positive proof that the structure is of a date more recent than the year 1492. How much earlier than this some of them may have been erected it is impossible to ascertain. Trees on them of the same size as those near by prove nothing except that they are older than the forests; which is self-evident, for they could not well be built on land covered with timber.
Any statement, drawing, or description of remains which attempts to show that the Ohio Mound Builders were a race essentially different from, or of a higher grade than all other native tribes of the United States, or even of the Ohio valley, is not justified by any evidence so far discovered.
And the contrary assertion that they were the ancestors of any tribes living north of the Ohio river, of whom historical or traditional knowledge has been handed down to us, is equally without proof.
We simply do not know who they were.
But we have abundant reason for asserting that in no particular were they superior to, or in advance of, many of the known Indian tribes. They hunted with the same kind of weapons. They worked with similar tools. The various positions in which the bodies are buried, and the character of objects placed with them, are in close accordance with what is observed among many modern Indians. They seem to have been patient and plodding. Agriculture was crudely conducted and practicable only in loose soil. They had no appliances or conveniences for economizing time or lightening labor.
Under such conditions a dense population is impossible, even among the most peaceful people, with no quarrelsome neighbors; intestine disputes, or wars with other tribes, would effectually prevent any appreciable increase in their numbers, no matter how extended their boundaries might be.
But if there was not a word of these vague traditions; if no records such as those of the early French and Spanish explorers were in existence; if no accurate explorations had ever been made; if, in short, we had no evidence of any sort save such as may be derived from the superficial examination of Mound Builder remains alone;—it would be considered an unreasonable proposition that an intellect which could organize a confederacy such as Tecumseh came very near consummating among indifferent or hostile tribes, or a conspiracy like that of Pontiac, which almost wiped out of being the settlements over a wide territory, could not plan earthworks similar, and equal, to those in the Ohio valley. No less invalid is it to assert that a man who will chase a deer a hundred miles or travel several times that distance to attack a foe, or that a woman who will raise a crop of corn, is too lazy to assist in building a mound; or to claim that persons who will maim, starve, mutilate or otherwise maltreat themselves, or will destroy property representing months of labor, on the death of a chieftain or leader, would not be at the trouble to carry a few yards of earth or stones, in conjunction with other mourners, if inclined to show their grief or respect in that manner.”-
(1) “NEPHI: This is also an Egyptian name, usually given as Knephi, and transliterated into Hebrew as Nebi. It means ‘prophet’ or one who speaks with God. The great Osiris, one of the Egyptian gods, was called Nephi or Knephi and the city in his honor was n-ph (vowels always had to be supplied). It is the city we know today as Memphis, located across the Nile from Cairo, but it is referred to by its original name of Noph (a variant of Nephi) in the writings of Hosea, Isaiah, and Jeremiah.” Treasures from the Book of Mormon, Volume One By W. Cleon Skousen
(2) “Once the red men were many; they occupied the country from sea to sea — from the rising to the setting sun; the whole land . . . Thousands of moons ago, when the red men’s forefathers dwelt in peace and possessed this whole land the Great Spirit talked with them, and revealed His law and His will and much knowledge to their wise men and prophets. This they wrote in a Book . . . written on plates of gold and handed down from father to son for many ages and generations. It was then that the people prospered and were strong and mighty; they cultivated the earth, built buildings and cities and abounded in all good things, as the pale faces now do . . . This Book, which contained these things was hid in the earth by Moroni, in a hill called by him Cumorah, which hill is now in the state of New York, near the village of Palmyra, in Ontario county . . . Thus ended our first Indian mission, in which we had preached the Gospel in its fullness and distributed the record of their forefathers among three viz.: the Cattaraugus Indians, near Buffalo, N.Y., the Wyandots, of Ohio and the Delawares, west of Missouri.” Autobiography of Parley P. Pratt, pp. 56-6; Documentary History of the Church Vol 1: Footnotes 183:2-18
(3) “The Forefathers of the American Indians came from Jerusalem.” Heber J. Grant See my blog here
If you answered No, to the title of this blog, the word snow is not found in the Book of Mormon, you would be in agreement with 90% of those in the Mesoamerican camp and probably 50% of other regular Latter-day Saints. People have said for so many years there is no snow in the Book of Mormon, yet most have not read that passage lately, or ever!
But these theorists would say, yes, but that was in a dream, Nephi wasn’t talking about real snow. Well, who was Nephi writing to? To his children and grand children and to us. Why would Nephi use the word snow if he had never experienced it? Why would he mention snow if his children wouldn’t understand what the word snow meant? Did you know the term “the whiteness of the driven snow” is not found in the Bible? They wouldn’t known about DRIVEN snow unless they lived in upstate New York or in Wyoming during winter. And yes, it does snow in Israel at times.
CLIMATE
What was the nature of the climate of the Book of Mormon? One longstanding question has been that of snow. If the Book of Mormon lands were in North America, why was there no mention of snow? If I told you right now the word “snow” is in the Book of Mormon, what would you say? Over 80% of the people I speak to today say, “NO it isn’t”. Then I ask them to look it up, there is usually shock on their faces. From there it is easy to discuss this issue. We have been conditioned by the Mesoamerican Theorists that there is no snow mentioned in the Book of Mormon. I would also say that 40% of Heartlanders don’t even know that snow is mentioned in the Book of Mormon. (1 Nephi 11:8)
Annotated Book of Mormon
“Nephi recorded the description of his previous vision of the Tree of Life: “And I looked and beheld a tree… and the beauty thereof was far beyond, yea, exceeding of all beauty; and the whiteness thereof did exceed the whiteness of the driven snow” (1 Nephi 11:8). Nephi was addressing his own people after having separated from the Lamanites and wrote this description on the small Plates of Nephi, which he was commanded to make forty years after arriving in the Promised Land (2 Nephi 5:30-34). It was thirty years after he made the large set of plates which were used by his father Lehi to record his history and visions. Nephi’s children and grandchildren never lived in Jerusalem. The Nephites were living in the land choice above all others where “driven” snow must have been common in order for them to understand the analogy of “whiteness of the driven snow,” an expression not found in Hebrew Scripture.
As an example, Isaiah wrote: “…though your sins be as scarlet, they shall be as white as snow…” a passage that was written on the Plates of Brass in the book of Isaiah (1:18). Nephi did not write, “they shall be as white as snow,” Nephi instead wrote, “…the whiteness thereof did exceed the whiteness of the driven snow.” In other words, the children and grandchildren of Nephi must have had experienced something similar to a blizzard—snow driven by the wind. Nephi may have experienced this weather condition in the Promised Land, and after living there for forty years, he knew that the generations of his people would understand this specific description as an analogy of the “whiteness” of the fruit of the Tree of Life. Nephi was commanded by God to write on the small plates “for the ministry of my people” (1 Nephi 9:3), suggesting this unique and specific analogy would have meaning to them.
By comparison Nephi records what his father, Lehi saw in the vision while in the Arabian wilderness: “Yea and I beheld that the fruit thereof was white, to exceed all the whiteness that I had ever seen” (1 Nephi 8:11). The phrase, “whiteness of the driven snow” is Nephi’s description, recorded forty years after arriving in the Promised Land, suggesting that he lived somewhere in North America where blizzards “drive” the snow, providing an analogy that had a special and understandable meaning for those who witnessed snow driven by strong winds.” (See p. 300, Annotated Book of Mormon “Four Seasons in the Promised Land.”)
“I want to mention something about the driven snow from an artist point of view. When the sun is at an angle and it hits the snow that is piled up or driven, it reflects so brilliantly that at certain angles it’s almost blinding to look at it. The top of the regular snow in most cases reflects the blue of the sky or the grey of the sky and really is not that white. But driven snow reflects that brilliant sunlight not off the surface but off the part of the snow that is driven or piled up and when it is in that condition it can be truly a bright white” – Clark Kelley Price, Professional Artist. See one of his brand new beautiful paintings below:
“Truly He was the Son of God” by Clark Kelley Price
Actually, snow and hail are mentioned three times in the text in conjunction with dreams and exhortations (1 Nephi 11:8, Mosiah 12:6 and Helaman 5:12), but no mention is made that they experienced it happening. Both “rain” and “heat” are mentioned in seven verses; twice rain is mentioned as having occurred, once by the Nephites (Helaman 11:17) and once by the Jaredites (Ether 9:35), all other references are speaking in prophecy or metaphorically. There are three instances of observed normal weather phenomena and only two mention the most common—that of rain.
Only once is a hot day mentioned as having occurred as found in Alma 51:33 where it reads: “And it came to pass that when the night had come, Teancum and his servant stole forth and went out by night, and went into the camp of Amalickiah; and behold, sleep had overpowered them because of their much fatigue, which was caused by the labors and heat of the day.”
It makes sense that the climate found in Jerusalem would be the same as the climate found in the New World. Seeds would grow, same type of beasts for the Law of Moses etc. There are only two seasons south of the Tropic of Cancer.
This solitary reference has formed the foundation upon which many have speculated about the climate of the Book of Mormon. From this one verse it has been surmised that a tropical climate is indicated by the text. But does the text justify such an assumption?
Assuming that the term “heat of the day” refers to the outdoor temperature of that particular day, the timing of the battle is important for context: “And thus endeth the twenty and fifth year of the reign of the judges over the people of Nephi” (Alma 51:37). The Nephites’ lunar calendar meant that the end of their year was the beginning of spring on their observed Jewish calendar.
Weather patterns may have been different anciently, so it may not have been unusual to experience warm temperatures in the Midwestern States in April (the beginning of the Jewish New Year.) Even so, temperature data shows that Cleveland, Ohio, a city noted for its cold winters, recorded highs of 83 degrees F in March, 1945 and 88 degrees F in April, 1986. Similarly, weather almanac’s for St. Louis, Missouri for the month of April have recorded average high temperatures of 67 degrees F and record high temperatures of 93 degrees F. Source: http://myforecast.co/bin/climate.m?city=22127&metric=false
Therefore, it is quite possible that Teancum found Amalickiah much fatigued due to an unseasonably warm day at the end of the 25th year of the reign of the judges in March or April, 67 B.C. There is no reason to assume a tropical climate is necessitated by the text when all that would be required is one of any number of warm sunny spring days in the North American Heartland.
In Helaman 11:17, it says, “that it [rain] did bring forth her fruit in the season of her fruit”. In North America what is the season of her fruit? Look at the picture lower left and see that typically in Ohio the harvest season is July, August, and September. In South America what is the season of her fruit? All the time! See the chart below right and you will notice things are abundant almost any time of the year in Brazil.
Alma 46:40 it says, “And there were some who died with fevers, which at some seasons of the year were very frequent in the land—but not so much so with fevers, because of the excellent qualities of the many plants and roots which God had prepared to remove the cause of diseases, to which men were subject by the nature of the climate—”
At what seasons of the year would fevers be more likely? In South America there are basically two seasons. Hot and hotter. Or, warm and warmer. Rainy or not rainy? Dry or wet? In North America there are 4 seasons of the year and and at what time of the year are fevers and the flu more frequent?
The Flu Season “While seasonal influenza (flu) viruses are detected year-round in the United States, flu viruses are most common during the fall and winter. The exact timing and duration of flu seasons can vary, but influenza activity often begins to increase in October. Most of the time flu activity peaks between December and February, although activity can last as late as May.” Center for Disease Control
“Remember that the southern hemisphere seasons are reversed – with summer roughly November to February, and winter in June to August. Peru is pretty much a year round destination thanks to its proximity to the equator. However, visit between January and March and you’ll be slap bang in the middle of the rainy season.” Responsible Travel
The Mothers of Invention of a Snowless Setting by Jonathan Neville
Below I will share highlights of a most enjoyable blog by Jonathan Neville, all about snow in the Book of Mormon. If you want the entire blog post visit here:
“Mesoamerican advocates have trained their followers well. If you engage in a conversation about Book of Mormon geography with people afflicted with Mesomania, within minutes they will say something such as, “If the Book of Mormon took place in North America, it would have mentioned snow.”
The argument is so irrational that we’re surprised it has endured, but I heard it again last week from a well-educated, experienced, long-time BYU-affiliated person who was perfectly serious.
The basic idea is explained throughout the publications of the citation cartel, so if you’re involved with this issue, you’ve surely seen or heard it.
Here’s one of the best explanations, this one from Jeff Lindsay, a persistent Mesoamerican advocate:
“If the Book of Mormon were based on elements from Joseph’s environment, and if he was describing a people who lived or at least fought major battles in the New York area (around the puny hill where the plates where buried, which many Mormons incorrectly and implausibly associated with the Hill Cumorah of the text), then we would expect the snow and cold of winter to play a key factor.”
First, the passage exemplifies the series of cascading assumptions that typify Mesoamerican “logic.”
Second, by rejecting the New York Cumorah and claiming that “many Mormons” are incorrect, the passage dismisses Joseph and Oliver as ignorant speculators who deceived the Church–but instead of mentioning them by name, he slyly includes them in the amorphous group “many Mormons.” (Note: few Mesoamerican advocates will openly admit they think this about Joseph and Oliver, but a few have. Whether they openly admit it or not, every Mesoamerican advocate rejects Joseph and Oliver. Every time you see a map (like the ones at BYU Studies I linked to yesterday) or see a display like the one in the North Visitors Center on Temple Square, or read an article promoting the Mesoamerican setting, or even look at the artwork in most chapels and the Arnold Friberg paintings set in Central America that are in missionary editions of the Book of Mormon, you are seeing an implicit repudiation of Joseph and Oliver. So it’s not shocking to us that Jeff Lindsay would write this. It’s typical.)
Third, we see this rejection of Joseph and Oliver framed as a proof of the authenticity of the Book of Mormon!
That’s my favorite element of the no-snow argument, actually. The “scholars and educators” are actually making the argument that if Joseph wrote the Book of Mormon, he would have mentioned snow as an integral part of the narrative. What they don’t mention is that “View of the Hebrews” also doesn’t mention snow (except when the immigrants came across the Bering Strait). Their argument actually bolsters the anti-Mormon claims. ____________________
Here is the genesis of the Mesomania about snow.
1 Nephi 11:8 describes the fruit on the tree of life by writing “the whiteness thereof did exceed the whiteness of the driven snow.”
This is the only mention of the term “snow” in the Book of Mormon (not counting the 116 pages). Presumably Nephi wrote this passage in the Old World, not the New World, and then, presumably, no one mentioned snow in the New World. Therefore, according to the citation cartel, the New World events of the Book of Mormon had to take place in a setting that lacked snow.
I know, you’re having trouble keeping a straight face reading their argument, but there’s more.
The “no snow” argument is really the inverse of the argument these same “scholars and educators” make about volcanoes. The text never mentions volcanoes, so these “scholars and educators” conclude the Book of Mormon had to take place in a setting that featured volcanoes.
Which is the same argument that the Book of Mormon had to take place in an area that featured tapirs and jungles and massive stone temples, none of which are ever mentioned or described in the text.
According to Mesomania logic, it is less likely that a feature of a geographical setting (i.e., snow) is actually found in that setting when it is mentioned in the text than when a feature (i.e., volcanoes) is not mentioned at all!
That’s only the beginning of this Alice-in-Wonderland logic invented by necessity.
The Fair blog at LDS Living has an all-time classic here.I’ll put my interlinear notes in red:
Weather in relation to Book of Mormon geography by FAIR Blog Opinions & Features
Comments by Jonathan Neville in Red [footnotes omitted] Snow [actually, “driven snow”] is only mentioned once in The Book of Mormon, and that is only when the Lehites were still in the Old World. [We don’t know when Nephi wrote this. Nephi wasn’t describing physical snow anyway; he was using “driven snow” as a metaphor, writing some time after the event (i.e., it’s just as likely he wrote chapter 11 in the New World as in the Old World). He wrote to his children (2 Ne. 26:1), so using “driven snow” as a metaphor while living in tropical Central America would be confusing at best, a contradiction to his insistence on writing in plainness (2 Nephi 32:7)]
This is very indicative of where The Book of Mormon took place. [I agree; it had to take place in an area that featured “driven snow,” especially since this is not a Biblical term.]
If they lived in an area that was cold, such as the area around the Great Lakes, surely the bitter winters known in that area would have been mentioned. [Lots of fallacies here, but I’ll just mention the obvious three. First, Nephi did mention driven snow. Second, Book of Mormon authors rarely mentioned weather, and when Mormon did (Alma 46:40), he mentioned “some seasons,” not just the two in Central America (rainy and dry). Third, this argument, if applied consistently, precludes Central America as a possible setting because the text never once mentions volcanoes, jungles, jade, tapirs, or even Mayans. But one thing we’ve learned from the citation cartel over the years: they don’t apply their arguments consistently.]
Other than the one reference , there is no mention of snow at all where the primary events of The Book of Mormon took place. [“Other than the one reference” is a classic dodge, isn’t it? If there were two references, the argument would be, “other than the two references.” This line of reasoning has no coherent limit. And the one mention is still one more than any mention of Mesoamerican features.]
John Lund states “The pilgrims of Plymouth, Massachusetts in 1620 often referenced the cold and the snow. If the major events of The Book of Mormon all happened around the New York Hill Cumorah, one would expect to hear about snow.”
[This is almost poetic, the ability to pack so many logical fallacies into two sentences. The pilgrims landed in winter and nearly starved. Lehi landed in the spring with plenty of time to plant crops and with abundant wildlife to eat in the meantime. Not even the text suggests that the major events of the Book of Mormon happened around Cumorah; only the final battles did. This is another fine example of a straw man fallacy (creating the straw man claim that the major events took place around Cumorah, then attacking that straw man on the ground that the text doesn’t mention snow). The poetry comes in adding “all” to major events. Needless to say, many of major events took place in and around Jerusalem, so this straw man fails on that account already. For that matter, why didn’t Nephi describe snow falling when he was confronting Laban, since snow is so common in Jerusalem now, according to these “scholars and educators.”]
However, the cold is not what we hear about. Instead, we hear phrases like “heat of the day”[This is a fun rhetorical trick. “Phrases like” implies there are other similar phrases, but there aren’t any! Plus, anyone who has been in the Midwestern U.S. or even western New York in the summer knows what “heat of the day” means. Besides, it’s easy to have a battle in the “heat of the day” even in cold weather. For example, in The Late War, we have this sequence (on p.49): “And when the battle waxed hot, and they began to rush upon one another with great violence, the small band of Columbia fought desperately, and the slaughter was dreadful; and the pure snow of heaven was sprinkled and stained with the blood of men!”], without any indication of a cold climate one would expect to see if The Book of Mormon took place in the North Eastern United States. [This reprise of the straw man expands the fake setting a little beyond the immediate proximity, but it’s no less misleading because of the straw man assertion that the Book of Mormon took place in the North Eastern U.S. Only the final battles took place at Cumorah.]
The Lehites came from the Middle East, travelled years through the vast Saudi Arabian deserts, and then we only hear about the heat of the new land. [I missed the part in the text where Nephi relates his encounter with all this heat in the Middle East and Saudi Arabia. Why was it okay for him to forget to mention the weather in the Old World, but he was supposed to describe it in detail in the New World?]
If it were a new, colder climate, it would most certainly be mentioned. [The “most certainly” argument is a lot of fun, especially when FairMormon doesn’t know what was on the 116 pages and Nephi specifically focused not on history (or climate) but on prophecies and promises (which Mesomania also treats with great sophistry). A generation removed from Nephi, people had no “Old World” to compare with, yet they still presumably understood Nephi’s “driven snow” metaphor because Nephi wrote in plainness. And look at how Mesomania really uses the “most certainly” argument. If there were volcanoes, jungles, jade, jaguars, tapirs, massive stone pyramids, and, especially, millions of Mayans, these “most certainly” would not be mentioned, according to Mesomania. Do these Mesoamerican promoting “scholars and educators” really expect us to buy this argument? The answer, of course, is yes. They do expect us to fall for these arguments. And thousands of their students have gone through BYU accepting these logical fallacies, which they have continued to prop up as Institute and Seminary and Sunday School teachers ever since.]
The rest of this awesome article is found on Fairmormon here. It’s more of the same nonsense, IMO.
Source: Book of Mormon Wars by Jonathan Neville
Moroni in the Snow by Val Chadwick Bagley
See Annotated Book of Mormon by David Hocking and Rod Meldrum, page 16, 300, and 566
Where is This Land and why? We should know about these important two words.
You will see that Jesus Christ and Russell M. Nelson, both speak of the house of Joseph in “this land” of America. As the resurrected Jesus Christ appears to the Nephites of the Book of Mormon, he confirms that they are truly a remnant of the House of Joseph. He instructs the Twelve Disciples whom he has chosen (3 Nephi 13:25) as follows: “Ye are my disciples, and ye are a light unto this people, who are a remnant unto the House of Joseph. And behold, this is the land of your inheritance; and the Father hath given it unto you” (3 Nephi 15:12-13).
Here you will find the significance of the words, “THIS LAND” in our Scriptures and from the teachings of Prophets and Apostles and the Lord Himself. I believe This Land means:
The Land of Joseph
The Land of First Inheritance
The North County of Cumorah
The Heartland of the United States
The Land of the New Jerusalem
The Promised Land
The Land and City of Zarahemla
The Land of Bountiful
The Plains of the Nephites
The Land Choice above all others,
and many other names!
I believe the significance of these two words, “This Land“, are indicative of a specific location in the world where we as the Children of Christ must understand this as a sacred location. Can you think of any reason the Lord would use the words, This Land so many times, unless He was trying to emphasize a place in the world that is truly a place where His people could be protected from the rest of the world? The Lord made covenant with people on This Land, so it is vital we all know where This Land is actually located.
Before the Continents were Split
Before the continents were split, Adam was placed near the land we call today Missouri. Noah lived near Missouri as did other patriarchs as we learn here: “Three years previous to the death of Adam, he called Seth, Enos, Cainan, Mahalaleel, Jared, Enoch, and Methuselah, who were all high priests, with the residue of his posterity who were righteous, into the valley of Adam-ondi-Ahman, and there bestowed upon them his last blessing.: D&C 107 53. It is doctrine that Adam-Ondi-Ahman is in present day Daviess County, MO.
When the continents split, Noah and his ark voyaged from the general area of Missouri or the land we call today the USA, possibly on the Mississippi River and landed near today’s Ararat, Turkey. While the “Old” and original Land of Adam remained in the same place after the flood near the land of MO, in “This Land“. The Lord had now protected this “Old” chosen land of North America near MO from being overrun by unrighteous people. That is why the Lord sent the Brother of Jared and his people in about 2200 BC, as they were most righteous and the Lord gave them “This Land” again, which is the same land that Adam had lived upon. The Brother of Jared likely brought descendants of Ham, Shem, and Japeth, as the Lord would repopulate “This Land” with the righteous few of those three sons of Noah.
Later the Lord chose Lehi to reinhabit “This Land” beginning likely in Florida. Both the Jaredites and Nephites were swept off this sacred land. Then came the Pilgrims and Founding Fathers to renew the Covenant that the Jaredites and Nephites had made. We citizens of this great Promised Land of the United States retook that covenant on “This Land“. How are we doing? Will we be spared?
THIS LAND
I believe the significance of these two words, “This Land“, are indicative of a specific location in the world where we as the Children of Christ must understand this as a sacred location. Can you think of any reason the Lord would use the words, “This Land” so many times, unless He was trying to emphasize a place in the world that is truly a place where His people could be protected from the rest of the world and become a place where the restoration could occur? Bishop Orson F. Whitney said, “We believe that this was His object in creating the Republic of the United States; the only land where his work could be commenced or the feet of his people find rest. No other land had such liberal institutions, had adopted so broad a platform upon which all men might stand.” Bishop Orson F. Whitney, delivered in the Tabernacle, Salt Lake City, Sunday Afternoon, April 19, 1885. Reported by John Irvine. Journal Discourses Volume 26 Page 201
The Lord made covenant with people on “This Land“, so it is vital we all know where “This Land” is actually located.
Was “This Land” the Continent of the Americas? Was it Canada alone or Mexico alone or even Greenland? NO, it was and is the Land of Joseph or the Land where Adam was placed, or the place of the record of the Nephites was buried, or the place of Zarahemla spoken of in D&C 125. It was the very Plains of the Nephites that Joseph Smith said it was, in Ohio, Indiana and Illinois when he was on Zion’s Camp march in 1834.
Do we call Jerusalem or Israel “This Land“? No. It was a promised land of the Lord for the Hebrews. You don’t find the Bible calling Israel “This Land” do you? That’s because Israel was “The Land of Promise“, specifically chosen by God for the Hebrews. Did they call Syria, Iraq, Egypt or Jordan the Promised Land? No. Just because these lands were near the Promised Land of Israel, they were not the land of promise. Just as the area of the USA is “This Land” and not the surrounding areas of Mexico and Canada. The Lord knows exactly where “This Land” is located don’t you think? The Land of Jerusalem (Israel, the West Bank) and the Land of the New Jerusalem (Missouri and Zarahemla). Remember the two sticks of Ezekiel will be joined together? IT JUST MAKES SENSE.
I emphasize a quote by Pres Hinckley who said, “I should like to say a few words about America…No land is without its beauty, no people without their virtues, and I hope that you who come from elsewhere will pardon my saying a few words concerning my own native land, America…surely this is a good land, a choice land, a chosen land. To me it is a miracle, a creation of the Almighty.” Emphasis added. Gordon B. Hinckley Let Not Your Heart Be Troubled”, BYU Speeches of the Year, October 29, 1974, pp. 267-68 ) Pres. Hinckley didn’t say America is the only choice land, but America is the choice land the Lord chose for the restoration of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-Day Saints, or the kingdom of God on the earth in the Last Days. That makes sense.
Choice because it was a Land of Liberty
“And Enos lived ninety years, and begat Cainan. And Enos and the residue of the people of God came out from the land, which was called Shulon, and dwelt in a land of promise, which he called after his own son, whom he had named Cainan.” Moses 6:17
Elder Nelson said, “The Book of Mormon reveals the inheritance of Joseph, son of Israel, who was not forgotten when land was distributed to the tribes of Israel. This was promised in the Abrahamic covenant… Josephs inheritance was to be a land choice above all others. Choice because it was chosen to be the repository of sacred writings on golden plates from which the Book of Mormon would one day come. Choice because it would eventually host the world headquarters of the Restored Church of Jesus Christ in the latter days. And it was choice because it was a land of liberty for those who worship the Lord and keep His commandments.” Russell M Nelson President, Quorum of 12 June, 2016 Provo Missionary Training Center.
An additional more complete quote from Elder Nelson in 1992 and 1993 here. “The Book of Mormon reveals that Joseph, the son of Jacob who was once sold into Egypt, foresaw the Prophet Joseph Smith and his day (see 2 Ne. 3:6–21) and noted that there would be many similarities in their lives. Centuries later, the Prophet Joseph stated, “I feel like Joseph in Egypt.” (The Personal Writings of Joseph Smith, ed. Dean C. Jessee, Salt Lake City: Deseret Book Co., 1984, p. 409; spelling modernized.) The Book of Mormon reveals that the inheritance of Joseph, son of Israel, was not forgotten when, as promised in the Abrahamic covenant, land was distributed to the tribes of Israel. Joseph’s inheritance was to be a land choice above all others. (See Ether 13:2, 8.) It was choice not because of beauty or wealth of natural resources, but choice because it was chosen. It was to be the repository of sacred writing on plates of gold from which the Book of Mormon would one day come, choice because it would eventually host world headquarters of the restored church of Jesus Christ in the latter days.” A TREASURED TESTAMENT By Elder Russell M. Nelson Of the Quorum of the Twelve Apostles JULY 1993 Adapted from an address given 25 June 1992 at a seminar for new mission presidents, Missionary Training Center, Provo, Utah.
Land of Joseph
“Certain lands were given to Israel for an inheritance in time and in eternity. America is the land of Joseph; it was the home of Nephite Israel, who were of Joseph, for a thousand years, and it is the headquarters of the Church in this final dispensation in which the church and kingdom of God are in the hands of Ephraim.” Bruce R. McConkie, A New Witness for the Articles of Faith, p. 511
The United States continue to buy the land of Joseph, and become nursing fathers unto his children… And it meaneth that the time cometh that after all the house of Israel have been scattered and confounded, that the Lord God will raise up a mighty nation among the Gentiles: yea, even upon the face of this land; and by them shall our seed be scattered. [American Colonists].” THE EVENING AND THE MORNING STAR Vol. 1 Page 62 Independence, MO January 1833, No. 8. Editor Oliver Cowdery
“To his steady drum roll about the Indian and his destiny, Phelps added his view of the land west of the Missouri settlements, which he called the “Far West.” Wasn’t this, the editor wondered, the land of the covenant, where the Book of Mormon Jaredites and Nephites had once roamed before meeting their destruction? While the world would never prize the area because of its want of timber and mill seats, Deity had a different view. This land was Zion, he argued, the land of Joseph, the receptacle of “the chief things of the ancient mountains, and for the precious things of the lasting hills.” In a few sentences, Phelps wove together some of the images that Joseph Smith had been using when speaking of the western Zion and the soon-to-be redeemed Indian” Quoted in Seeking The “Remnant”: The Native American During The Joseph Smith Period by Ronald W Walker: Evening and the Morning Star 1 (October 1832): 137] Phelps was citing Deuteronomy 3313-17. The editor later would help select Mormon settlement sites in Daviess County and may have had a role in choosing the name of the region’s most prominent town, Far West, thus giving another expression to his fascination with the western region.
“The Book of Mormon tells us that America is a land of promise, a land choice above all other lands. Nephi said that whosoever should possess it must serve the God of the land or they would be swept off. And we have read in the Book of Mormon of the nations that have been swept off because they ceased to worship the God who had led them and their forefathers here to this land. We have a great responsibility as citizens in this land, for the Lord said that he would fight its battles and be its king, if we will just serve him. So it’s appropriate at this time that we express our appreciation for this great land. I like the words Moses used when he gave a blessing to the twelve tribes of Israel. When he blessed Joseph, he promised him a new land in the utmost bowels of the everlasting hills (see Deut. 33:15). Now that isn’t in Jerusalem because they don’t have everlasting hills over there, and the prophets have never predicted a regathering of all nations to the land of Israel. But they have predicted the gathering of Israel to this land of America, which is the land of Joseph. And we are the only people in the world who know what that land is that Moses promised to Joseph. It was so great in his eyes as he received the revelations of the Holy Spirit that in describing the land, he used the word “precious” five times in just four verses…We have so much to be grateful for. We are not here by chance. We are here because of the sacrifices of our pioneer fathers who came to this choice land that the Lord, according to the Book of Mormon, had hidden away from the eyes of the world that it should not be overrun. He preserved it for us, for the day and time in which we now live here in these valleys of the mountains.” Thanksgiving LEGRAND RICHARDS of the Quorum of the Twelve Apostles Nov. 18, 1980 • Devotional
As Jesus continues His teachings to the Nephite disciples (3 Nephi 16:1), He says, “I have other sheep, which are not of this land, neither of the land of Jerusalem…” The heading of 3rd Nephi chapter 16 states, “In the latter days the gospel shall go to the Gentiles and then to the House of Israel.” Thus, in verses 7-8, the Lord affirms that, speaking of the land He is in (this land), “in the latter days shall the truth come unto the Gentiles…, for notwithstanding they have come forth upon the face of this land and have scattered my people who are of the House of Israel…” Then Jesus gives additional instruction to the Nephite leaders that “the Father commanded me that I should give unto this people this land for their inheritance (verse 16).” We shall see that when Jesus refers to this land, it is always in the land He was visiting in the Book of Mormon after His resurrection.
The New Jerusalem
As we move onto further teachings of Jesus to the Nephites, in 3rd Nephi:19, He again visits the Nephites (3rd Nephi 19:15) in the same place He did in chapters 11-18. In 3rd Nephi 20:14, Jesus states, “And the Father commanded me that I should give unto you this land, for your inheritance.” It is the same land He has been visiting since He appeared to them in 3rd Nephi chapter 11. He further states that the House of Jacob (verse 16), “this people will I establish in this land…and it shall be a New Jerusalem (verse 22).” We know where this sacred site is by means of latter-day revelation to the Prophet Joseph Smith. Once again we learn in verse 28 that the Lord refers to my people, the House of Israel, as the people of this land!
The Savior continues to teach His gospel messages in 3rd Nephi 21. The chapter heading states, “the Gentiles shall be established as a free people in America.” And further, “Israel will build the New Jerusalem…” Amazing!
The Lord never varies one whit from His description of this land! Now He is declaring that this land and the New Jerusalemare exactly the same land. In 3rd Nephi 21, the Lord certifies that the remnant of the House of Jacob (verse 2) should be “established in this land,” and He “set up as a free people by the power of the Father” (verse 4). We know by the teachings of our latter-day Prophets from the beginning of the Restoration of the Gospel in 1830, that they have declared over and over again that America is the promised land,the choice land, the land of liberty, and the Lord helped the founders of this land to have the sacred Constitution as the power behind this land and its freedoms of government.
Further, the Lord magnifies His declarations about this land by saying in verse 22, “I will establish my church among them, and they shall come in unto the covenant and be numbered among this the remnant of Jacob, unto whom I have given this land for their inheritance.” And (verse 23) “they may build a city, which shall be called the New Jerusalem.” And (verse 24) “they may be gathered in, who are scattered upon all the face of the land, in unto the New Jerusalem.” Can anyone doubt the words of our Savior about this land? We know where the New Jerusalem is to be built in these latter days.
Jesus returns a third time to this land in 3 Nephi 27:2. He teaches them about His name, His church, His gospel, His atonement, His sacred ordinance of baptism, and His manner of being sanctified by the reception of the Holy Ghost. In chapter 28, He teaches the Nephites in this land about those who can be taken to heaven without “enduring the pains of death” (verse 8) and the joy of being “in the kingdom of my Father,” and the true doctrine of the Godhead as the Father and the Son and the Holy Ghost are one (verses 10-11). Then he departed this land where He had taught the Nephites or “the people of Nephi” and did preach the gospel of Christ unto all the people upon the face of the land,” this land (verse 23).
Moving forward hundreds of years, the Prophet Mormon continues the Book of Mormon record citing “continued…peace in the land (4th Nephi verses 4, 7, 13, 15, 18). No contention in the land, peace in the land (verse 20), and this condition is always in this land. By 210 AD (4th Nephi 26-27), conditions in this land began to change toward apostasy and by 4th Nephi 46, changes all “over the face of the land,” this land, continued even until verse 48 when 320 years had passed away in this land.
Mormon writes his own book, the Book of Mormon in his continued labors in this land from 322- to between 400-421 AD. Wars are dominant in the land. Lamanites and Nephites are gathered together and struggle through great conflicts and wars for decades. Mormon has gathered his people to the land of Cumorah (Mormon 6:6) and hides his records he has been working on and editing and abridging his whole life (Mormon 6:6) in this land. There is no evidence of moving of people, Nephites or Lamanites, or peoples of Lehi or the people of Nephi from the promised land or the land of liberty, the choice land to any other area of the world or the Western Hemisphere designated by the Savior in 34 AD as this land!
Mormon’s son, Moroni, takes over the records that his father has compiled for decades and which are now known as the “Book of Mormon, Another Testament of Jesus Christ.” Moroni continues his work with the sacred record of the Book of Mormon in the area of the Hill Cumorah of New York which is still and always in this land of America.
This North Country
We are so blessed to have the writings of the Prophet Ether that were abridged by the Prophet Moroni. Moroni refers to the record as “an account of those ancient inhabitants who were destroyed by the hand of the Lord upon the face of this north country” (Ether 1:1). This north country is in this land where all the events have been taking place since Lehi arrived in the promised land, which is this land where the Savior appeared to the Nephites in 3rd Nephi 11-18 and He designated his visit as being in this land.
We can now go to the flashback in time that Moroni provides, as the heading of the Book of Ether introduces us to a record very ancient from the work Moroni has been doing. The Book of Ether is a record of a people coming to “a choice land” from a time period including the Tower of Babel, and concluding approximately 200 B.C. Ether 1:38 tells us the people of Jared will “be carried forth into a land which is choice above all the earth.” Ether 1:42 states, “I [the Lord] will go before thee into a land, which is choice above all the lands of the earth.”
Chapter 2 in this wonderful ancient book speaks of the Jaredite journeys over lands and seas and is always focused on the “land of promise” which was “choice above all other lands” (verse 7) and the amazing first use of the term “this land” which Jesus used in 3rd Nephi. “We can behold the decrees of God concerning this land, that it is a land of promise and…shall serve God” (verse 9). Verse 10 further amplifies this concept by stating, “this is a land which is choice above all other lands.” Still other descriptions of this land are made in verse 12, “this is a choice land” where those who dwell herein are to “serve the God of the land, who is Jesus Christ.”
This ancient account continues in these chapters as the beloved Jehovah (Jesus Christ) says, “the land which I shall give you for your inheritance, for it shall be a land choice above all other lands” (verse 15). As Moroni opens chapter 6, the heading of the chapter states, “The Jaredite barges are driven by the winds to the promised land.” Verse 12 gives us the conclusion of the long journey on the sea, “And they did land upon the shore of the promised land. And when they had set their feet upon the shores of the promised land they bowed themselves down upon the face of the land” [this land], and, in verse 13, “…they went forth upon the face of the land [this land] and began to till the earth.” This theme continues throughout the Book of Ether. Verse 18, “…they began to spread upon the face of the land” [this land]. Chapter 7 continues in the land [this land]. Verse 11, “…he [Shule] did spread his kingdom upon the face of the land…” [this land]. Verse 16, “…he [Noah] became a king over that part of the land” [this land]. Verse 23, …the “idolatry of the people was bringing a curse upon the land” [this land]. Verse 27, “he [Shule] remembered the great things that the Lord had done for his fathers in bringing them across the deep into the promised land” [this land].
We learn in chapter 9:3 that “the Lord warned Omer in a dream that he should depart out of the land” [this land] …and they “passed by the hill of Shim [this land near Cumorah], and came over by the place where the Nephites were destroyed.” As Moroni is the one writing this record, he certainly knows of this place in this land!
Much confusion continues in the wars and conflicts accounted for in this chapter. Yet in verse 13 Omer “was restored again to the land [this land] of his inheritance.” Thus we see that the wars and contentions are always in the same land. There is no indication of vast travels or abandonment of early lands of inheritance over centuries of occupation. In fact, continuing in chapter 9 verse 16, we learn that the “Lord began again to take the curse from off the land” [this land]. In verse 20, “the Lord did pour out his blessings upon this land, which was choice above all other lands.” It is still and always has been this land, which is the promised land and the choice land from generation to generation. While all of this apostacy comes after the blessings have come from the Lord, we now learn in verse 31 that the people fled “towards the land southward [still in this land] which was called by the Nephites Zarahemla.” Again Mormon was well acquainted with Zarahemla as the center of his life and for many years between 320-385 AD in the same areas identified for centuries as this land.
Ether chapter 10 continues the history and record of the Jaredites in this land. Cities were built up (verse 4), rebellions occurred (verse 8), new kings were appointed (verse 9), captivities were prevalent (verse 14), great cities were built (verse 20), the people worked in all manner of ore (verse 23), and linens (verse 24) and they made weapons of war (verse 27). They became a blessed people and they “were in a land that was choice above all lands” [still this land] (verse 28).
Chapter 11 of Ether speaks of “great war in the land” [this land] (verse 4), a “great curse should come upon the land” [this land] (verses 6-7). And yet in the days of Coriantor there “came many prophets” and they “prophesied of great and marvelous things” (verse 20), and “the Lord God would send or bring forth another people to possess the land” [this land] (verse 21).
Chapter 12 introduces the readers of this record to the Prophet Ether, after whom the book is named. His wonderful teachings on faith in the Lord Jesus Christ, carry on for 41 verses as Moroni joins him in the beautiful declarations on the power of faith.
The powerful chapter 13 reveals doctrines now known for thousands of years about sacred events pertaining to America, this land, always. The heading of the chapter, prepared for the 1980 edition of the Book of Mormon by prophets, seers, and revelators of the Scriptures Committee of the Church, declares as follows: “Ether speaks of a New Jerusalem to be built in America by the seed of Joseph.” This is one of the grand revelations of the last days.
“It is as impossible for me to continue the subject of yesterday as to raise the dead. My lungs are worn out. There is a time to all things, and I must wait. I will give it up, and leave the time to those who can make you hear, and I will continue the subject of my discourse some other time. I want to make a proclamation to the Elders. I wanted you to stay, in order that I might make this proclamation. You know very well that the Lord has led this Church by revelation. I have another revelation in relation to economy in the Church–a great, grand, and glorious revelation. I shall not be able to dwell as largely upon it now as at some other time; but I will give you the first principles. You know there has been great discussion in relation to Zion–where it is, and where the gathering of the dispensation is, and which I am now going to tell you. The prophets have spoken and written upon it; but I will make a proclamation that will cover a broader ground. The whole of America is Zion itself from north to south, and is described by the Prophets, who declare that it is the Zion where the mountain of the Lord should be, and that it should be in the center of the land. When Elders shall take up and examine the old prophecies in the Bible, they will see it.” President Joseph Smith’s Remarks–The Whole of America Zion–April Conference, 1844 Section Six 1843-44, p.362
Ether Chapter 13:
2“For behold, they rejected all the words of Ether; for he truly told them of all things, from the beginning of man; and that after the waters had receded from off the face of this land it became a choice landabove all other lands, a chosen land of the Lord; wherefore the Lord would have that all men should serve him who dwell upon the face thereof;
3 “And that it was the place of the New Jerusalem, which should come down out of heaven, and the holy sanctuary of the Lord.
4 “Behold, Ether saw the days of Christ, and he spake concerning a New Jerusalem upon this land.
5 “And he spake also concerning the house of Israel, and the Jerusalem from whence Lehi should come—after it should be destroyed it should be built up again, a holy city unto the Lord; wherefore, it could not be a new Jerusalem for it had been in a time of old; but it should be built up again, and become a holy city of the Lord; and it should be built unto the house of Israel—
6 “And that a New Jerusalem should be built up upon this land, unto the remnant of the seed of Joseph, for which things there has been a type.
7 “For as Joseph brought his father down into the land of Egypt, even so he died there; wherefore, the Lord brought a remnant of the seed of Joseph out of the land of Jerusalem, that he might be merciful unto the seed of Joseph that they should perish not, even as he was merciful unto the father of Joseph that he should perish not.
8 “Wherefore, the remnant of the house of Joseph shall be built upon this land; and it shall be a land of their inheritance; and they shall build up a holy city unto the Lord, like unto the Jerusalem of old; and they shall no more be confounded, until the end come when the earth shall pass away.
10 “And then cometh the New Jerusalem; and blessed are they who dwell therein, for it is they whose garments are white through the blood of the Lamb; and they are they who are numbered among the remnant of the seed of Joseph, who were of the house of Israel.”
Ether chapter 14 speaks in verse 1 of a “great curse upon all the land,” [this land]; “in that quarter of the land,” [this land] (verse 15); “an army went forth throughout the land” [this land] (verse 18); “all the face of the land” [this land] (verse 19); “the whole face of the land” [this land] (verse 21); “strewed upon the face of the land” [this land] (verse 22); scent…”went forth upon the face of the land” [this land] (verse 23). So the whole commotion during the final days of the Jaredites takes place in this land as the record has attested to for many hundreds of years.
The concluding chapter of the Book of Ether, chapter 15, demonstrates the final days of this civilization. Millions of the Jaredites have been slain over the course of battles and wars and the Jaredite nation is utterly destroyed. The Hill Ramah is mentioned in verse 11, and Moroni says, in Mormon 6:6, “it was that same hill where my father Mormon did hide up the records unto the Lord,” which was known as the Hill Cumorah of New York State. Verse 12 in Ether chapter 15 says, “…they did gather all the people upon the face of the land…” [this land], “for the space of four years…get all who were upon the face of the land” [this land] (verse 14). The entire civilization that had existed in this land for hundreds, even thousands of years, was now at its end, except for the Prophet Ether and the soldier Coriantumr. Coriantumr was discovered by the people of Zarahemla and the people of Mosiah around 200 B.C. in this land.
In the conclusion of Moroni’s record in Moroni 9:23, he quotes his father, Mormon who stated that “if they perish [Nephites] it would be like unto the Jaredites” because Mormon and Moroni were then in the Hill Cumorah of this land. Years before, (perhaps 500 B.C.) the Prophet Enos had heard the voice of the Lord say to him, “I have given them this land, and it is a holy land” (verse 10). This is the only place in the Book of Mormon where “a holy land” is mentioned as a definition of America. So the same Lord Jesus Christ who used the term this land in 34 AD among the Nephites had used the beautiful words this land hundreds of years before when speaking to the Prophet Enos! What a miracle!
A Land of Promise
Before the Prophet Lehi even left the ancient land of Israel, 1st Nephi 2:20 says ye “shall be led to a land of promise,” “a land choice above all other lands.” Further, in 1st Nephi 13:30, we read, “Gentiles…lifted up by the power of God…upon the face of the land which is choice above all other lands…his seed should have for the land of their inheritance…” In 1st Nephi14:2 we see the same theme spoken of again “among the house of Israel, and they shall be a blessed people upon the promised land [this land] forever.”
As the people of Lehi entered the ship about 591 B.C., “they were driven forth into the sea and were driven forth before the wind towards the promised land” [which would be this land throughout the Book of Mormon record!] (1st Nephi 18:8). Verse 22, “we sailed again towards the promised land.”
Not only have we learned of this land from the Savior and the Prophet Enos, we have many accounts of the Prophet Lehi using this term as he arrived in the Promised Land of America (about 590 B.C.). In 1st Nephi chapter 18 verse 23, Nephi states, “…we did arrive at the promised land…and we did call it the promised land.” Now in the promised land (1 Nephi 22:7) “the Lord God will raise up a mighty nation among the Gentiles, yea, even upon the face of this land…” No nation in the Western Hemisphere qualifies as “a mighty nation,” except America which is “upon the face of this land.” Lehi begins to speak to his family “concerning the land of promise” (2nd Nephi 1:3), “a land of promise, a land which is choice above all other lands,” “a land for the inheritance of my seed.” “Yea, the Lord hath covenanted this land unto me, and to my children forever” (2nd Nephi 1:5). Verse 6 refers to this land; verse 7 refers to this land; verse 9 says “I, Lehi, have obtained a land of promise…and shall prosper upon the face of this land…and shall be blessed upon the face of this land.” Further in 2nd Nephi chapter 1, Lehi says, “ye shall prosper in the land” (verse 20), and in verse 31, “dwell in prosperity long upon the face of this land,” and in verse 32, “the Lord hath consecrated this land for the security of thy people.” How grateful we are that this land is always and only the Promised Land of America.
Another significant use of this land occurs in 2nd Nephi chapter 10, where the latter-day prophets have added in Book of Mormon publications since 1980, the wonderful phrase in the heading of “America shall be a land of liberty, where no king shall rule.” In this chapter, to continue the focus on this land that Lehi brought to the text, we read the following: “this land, said God, shall be a land of thine inheritance,” (verse 10) and “this land shall be a land of liberty unto the Gentiles,” (verse 11) and “I will fortify this land against all other nations,” (verse 12), and “I will consecrate this land unto thy seed…for the land of their inheritance, for it is a choice land” (verse 19). It is stunningly clear that
Hundreds of years after the records noted in 1st and 2nd Nephi, the Book of Mosiah (1:10, this land) records Zeniff saying he had been “taught in all the language of the Nephites, and having had a knowledge of the land of Nephi, or of the land of our father’s first inheritance” (Mosiah 9:1) which is always this land. In Mosiah chapter 7 verse 9 we read, “And he said unto them: Behold, I am Limhi, the son of Noah, who was the son of Zeniff, who came up out of the land of Zarahemla to inherit this land, which was the land of their fathers, who was made a king by the voice of the people.” Zarahemla is in this land which is the land of their fathers! Two wonderful witnesses of America!
A Choice Land
Looking North West
Mosiah chapter 8 verse 8 states, “And they were lost in the wilderness for the space of many days, yet they were diligent, and found not the land of Zarahemla but returned to this land, having traveled in a land among many waters, having discovered a land which was covered with bones of men, and of beasts, and was also covered with ruins of buildings of every kind, having discovered a land which had been peopled with a people who were as numerous as the hosts of Israel.” What a stunning message about this land! Zarahemla, many waters, covered with bones of men, ruins of buildings of every kind, a land which had been prepared! All accounts in the Book of Mormon are related to this land, the land of promise, the land choice above all other lands, the land of inheritance, the land of the New Jerusalem, the land of Cumorah, the land of the remnant of the seed of Joseph! The testimony of America is over whelming and absolutely transparent.
Zeniff draws attention in chapter 10 verse 15 to the fact that the Lamanites years before have “arrived in the Promised Land.” Even at 120 B.C., the record in the Book of Mosiah, chapter 24, verse 23, speaks of the Lord speaking to Alma, “…get thou and this people out of this land, for the Lamanites have awakened…therefore get thee out of this land, and I will stop the Lamanites.” So all the area of Zarahemla, as described in chapter 25, is known as this land also where churches had been established throughout the land” (verse 19). To conclude the Book of Mosiah, chapter 29: 27, 32 tells us of Mosiah’s words to the people, “I desire that this inequality should be no more in this land, especially among this my people; but I desire that this land be a land of liberty.” This is now 92 B.C. and the references to this land continue whenever or wherever the prophets of God speak! They continue to be in the areas of Zarahemla and the river Sidon which is a major transportation resource in
In the Book of Alma, chapter 5, verse 5, we continue to see the prophets who were building up the church declare that their labors were under the direction of the Lord and “we were brought into this land, and here we began to establish the church of God throughout this land also.” We are only 80+ years from the birth of Christ into the world. Yet in the 500+ years since Lehi left Jerusalem, the theme of the promised land continues. Now we encounter further words from Alma in chapter 8 where he says, in verse 24, that the word of God was rejected among the people of Ammonihah “according to the spirit of revelation and prophecy; and I was in this land and they would not receive me but they cast me out and I was about to set my back towards this land forever.” Ammon was diligent in his ministry and preached the word of the Lord in the land of Ishmael, “which was the land of their inheritance” (chapter 21:18), or in other words, still in this land. Aaron and Ammon were faithful missionaries near the land of Zarahemla (chapter 22:28), “in the place of their father’s first inheritance,” and thus we see that they have been laboring in this land for 100’s and 100’s of years.
A brief account from Alma occurs in Alma chapter 37, verse 44, wherein he says to his son, Helaman, “to give heed to the word of Christ…which would point unto them a straight course to the promised land,” and in verse 45, by following this director “did bring our fathers, by following its course, to the promised land…and the words of Christ…carry us…into a far better land of promise.” Here again, the land of promise is always in this land. As Captain Moroni enters the scene of conflicts in the land, verse 10 of Alma 46, he says “many people…seek to destroy the church of God, and to destroy the foundation of liberty, which God had granted unto them” in this land, many years before. Five hundred years before, Nephi had been told by the Lord that “this land shall be a land of liberty” (2 Nephi 1:7). Thus it was Captain Moroni who raised the “title of liberty” (Alma 46:13), “and called all the land on the north and on the south – A chosen land, and the land of liberty” (verse 17). “We are a remnant of the seed of Jacob, yea, we are a remnant of the seed of Joseph” (verse 23). “Yea, let us preserve our liberty as a remnant of Joseph…” (verse 24). This effort by Captain Moroni and other leaders of the people led to having peace in this land once again and prosperity in the church and the cause of Christians (73-72 B.C.). Great preparations were made to defend themselves by erecting small forts, throwing up banks of earth, and building walls of stone, ridges of earth, and erecting towers for observation around their cities in this land.
Land of our First Inheritance
In chapter 54 of Alma, we learn that Captain Moroni has valiantly sought to preserve the people of his day from many wars and conflicts. He says in verse 13 of this chapter, that “we will seek our land, the land of our first inheritance.” So all of this difficulty spoken of in this record has been occurring in this land. The Book of Alma concludes with Captain Moroni having spent his days in defense of freedom and liberty and the land of his inheritance, until 57 B.C., in this land.
The Book of Helaman begins in 52 B.C. and is a continued account of the Nephites and prophets before the coming of Christ. Nothing changes about this land. The account continues to center principally in the land of Zarahemla. We see in Helaman 3:12 that the vast abridgements by the Prophet Mormon are high-lighted as the people have spread north and south and east and west and they built many cities near bodies of water and many rivers as the people went forth into this land. In the fifty and first year of the reign of the judges “there was peace also, save it were the pride which began to enter into the church – not into the church of God, but into the hearts of the people who professed to belong to the church of God” (verse 33).
Any interchange between lands, whether it be Zarahemla, Bountiful, Nephi, land northward or land southward is always in the promised land, or choice land, or land of liberty, or land of inheritance in the original land defined by Lehi as this land.
The Prophet Nephi, son of Helaman, declares in Helaman 7:7, “Oh, that I could have had my days in the days when my father Nephi first came out of the land of Jerusalem, that I could have joyed with him in the promised land,” always having come to this land! As the account approaches the year 17 B.C., once again we see the power of the prayer from Nephi, “O Lord, wilt thou turn away thine anger, yea, thy fierce anger, and cause that this famine may cease in this land” (Helaman 11:12). Always, when the prophets in the Book of Mormon seek help, it is associated with the land that Lehi entered in 589 B.C. [this land], the promised land.
As the Book of Helaman concludes with the visit of the Prophet Samuel the Lamanite (6 B.C.), we have the wondrous phrase we have been illustrating given once again in Helaman 14:20 and is very special. Knowing that Jesus will be born in just six years, Samuel gives instruction regarding the Savior’s death and resurrection also. He is going to give the sign of His death. “Behold, in that day that He shall suffer death the sun shall be darkened and refuse to give his light unto you [you here in this land]; and also the moon and the stars; and there shall be no light upon the face of this land, even from the time that he shall suffer death, for the space of three days, to the time that he shall rise again from the dead.” “And the angel said unto me that…they might believe that these signs and these wonders should come to pass upon all the face of this land” (verse 28). These Book of Mormon witnesses of the sacred and special place where the events of this holy account, this book also called Another Testament of Jesus Christ, took place, are sure and firm for all of us who delight in the coming forth of the Book in our day.
The Land of the New Jerusalem
The wonderful book of 3rd Nephi is the sacred account of the resurrected Christ to this land. In 3rd Nephi 2:9, we read that Nephi, the father of Nephi, “who had charge of the records, did not return to the land of Zarahemla, and nowhere could be found in all the land.” Clearly Zarahemla continues to be a focal point for the Book of Mormon account. The gathering places for the saints in 17-19 B.C. are Zarahemla and Bountiful (3rd Nephi 3:23). Those who were “called Nephites…did gather themselves together in this land” (3rd Nephi 3:24). Once again it is the Zarahemla-Bountiful region of this land. Verse 11 of chapter 4 takes us back over 600 years with regard to the effects of war in the land, “…there never was known so great a slaughter among all the people of Lehi since he left Jerusalem.” Since this paper opened with Jesus Christ speaking of His work in this land, we have witnesses in the Book of Mormon for thousands of years that this land is always associated with the land of promise, the choice land, the New Jerusalem, the land of inheritance and the land of liberty!
Once again the great abridger of sacred records, Mormon, tells us who is in this land; “I am a pure descendant of Lehi. I have reason to bless my God and my Savior Jesus Christ…surely He hath blessed the House of Jacob, and hath been merciful unto the seed of Joseph” (3rd Nephi 5:20-21). By the time we reach 3rd Nephi 9, we have come to A.D. 34! Christ is resurrected. He is soon going to visit the people who survive the great destructions and darkness upon the land for three days. The voice of the risen Christ is heard: “And many great destructions have I caused to come upon this land, and upon this people” (verse 12). It could not be more clear. He who declared this land a special place for the House of Israel, the house of Jacob and the house of Joseph, when He came to this land, now declares so profoundly before He appears to the Nephites, that He is now about to be with them “upon this land and upon this people” (verse 12). He declares to them that you “are a remnant of the house of Joseph…and this is the land of your inheritance” (3rd Nephi 15:12-13). Now we harken unto the words of this beloved Jesus that the paper began with. The circle is complete. For thousands of years and among tens of thousands of people, every generation, every prophet, every people that we focused upon in the Book of Mormon are in this landwhere the New Jerusalem will be built, where there is the promised land, the choice land, the land of liberty and the land of inheritance for Joseph.
Our latter-day scriptures of the Doctrine and Covenants and the Articles of Faith continue to place emphasis on a city of Zion, the city of New Jerusalem, a holy city, Mount Zion, and all in the context of the American Continent.
In the remarkable latter-day revelations contained in the book of Doctrine and Covenants, the Lord Jesus Christ once again introduces the sacred title this land to Joseph Smith in 1828, in Harmony, Pennsylvania while Joseph is translating the plates for the Book of Mormon. In speaking of the ancient prophets who prepared the Book of Mormon messages hundreds of years before the latter days, the Lord tells Joseph, “their faith in their prayers was that this gospel should be made known also, if it were possible that other nations should possess this land” (D&C 10:49). “And thus they did leave a blessing upon this land in their prayers, that whosoever should believe in this gospel in this land might have eternal life” (verse 50). The Lord further tells Joseph that “I will establish my church among them” (verse 53), “my gospel” (verse 62), “my doctrine” (verse 62), and “my rock” (verse 69).
In September 1830 (D&C 29) as the Church has been restored or established in this land, the Lord again says he “will gather his people” (verse 2), “declare my gospel” (verse 4), “bring to pass the gathering of mine elect” (verse 7) and “they shall be gathered in unto one place upon the face of this land” (verse 8). The next time the Lord uses the term in America is Section 51 (May 1831), as the Lord says, “And I consecrate unto them this land” (verse 16), and “let them act upon this land as for years” (verse 17). In July 1831, the Lord again refers to this land in Section 57 verse 15, “concerning the gathering…those families which have been commanded to come to this land…and plant them in their inheritance.” In Section 58 (August 1831) again the Lord states “concerning this land unto which I have sent you” (verse 1). This land is referred to in verses 14, 19, 25, 34, 36, 44, 57, 59 and 61! Another time in August 1831, the term this land is used in Section 59:1, and Section 60:12.
Beyond September 1831 the Lord gives Joseph dozens of references to the sacred places and promises for this land in the Doctrine and Covenants. As he had told Enos in verse 10, around 500 B.C. in this land, “it is a holy land,” he uses that same powerful message in Section 84:59 when he says, “shall the children of the kingdom pollute my holy land? Verily, I say unto you, Nay.”
The focus on sacred places taught about in the Book of Mormon by the Savior are brought to Joseph Smith in the Restoration during the early 1830s-1840s. He speaks of “where the city Zion shall be built” (D&C 28:9), and then in 1831, in section 42, the Lord tells Joseph “the city of the New Jerusalem shall be prepared” (verse 9), “and the building up of the New Jerusalem which is hereafter to be revealed” (verse 35), “in mine own due time (it shall be revealed)” (verse 62), and ye shall “hereafter receive church covenants, such as shall be sufficient to establish you, both here [Kirtland] and in the New Jerusalem” (verse 67). In Section 45 the Lord gives further amplification of the theme surrounding the New Jerusalem as follows: “And it shall be called the New Jerusalem, a land of peace, a city of refuge, a place of safety for the saints of the Most High God” (verse 66), “and the glory of the Lord shall be there…and it shall be called Zion” (verse 67). In Section 52, received in June 1831, we learn that “upon the land of Missouri,” (verse 2) the city of Zion or the New Jerusalem will be built. In September 1832, in Section 84, the Lord reveals that “the gathering of his saints to stand upon Mount Zion, which shall be the city of New Jerusalem” (verse 2), and further detail about the particular site is given in verse 3, as “at the temple lot,” “western boundaries of the State of Missouri,” and in verse 4 the Lord says, “that the city of New Jerusalem shall be built by the gathering of the saints, beginning at this place, even the place of the temple.” While the saints are still in Ohio in 1831, the Lord gives still more instruction about this sacred place as follows: “when he shall stand upon Mount Zion, and upon the holy city, the New Jerusalem, and they shall sing the song of the Lamb, day and night forever and ever” (D&C 133 verse 56).
Isn’t it wonderful that Zarahemla was mentioned in the Doctrine and Covenants Section 125:3 as the Lord spoke to Joseph Smith about a city with that name here in America, in this land!
In the Articles of Faith, #10, we have this declaration from the Prophet Joseph Smith: “We believe in the literal gathering of Israel and in the restoration of the Ten Tribes; that Zion (the New Jerusalem) will be built upon the American continent; that Christ will reign personally upon the earth; and, that the earth will be renewed and receive its paradisiacal glory.” Here again the place of the New Jerusalem shall be the American continent, this land, the promised land, the land choice above all other lands, the land of liberty, the place where the Book of Mormon was prepared and after 100s of years the plates were buried in the Hill Cumorah of New York, and where the restoration of the gospel occurred in 1830.
In conclusion, let us give, with our sincere appreciation to the Lord’s Prophet of these latter days, President Russell M. Nelson, the final say about these prophetic matters revealed over 1000’s of years about America:
President Russell M. Nelson (ordained an Apostle, 1984; ordained President of the Church, January 2018)
2016 – “The Book of Mormon reveals the inheritance of Joseph, son of Israel, who was not forgotten when land was distributed to the tribes of Israel. This was promised in the Abrahamic covenant. You look in the Bible maps in the back of your Bible and you don’t see any lands reserved for Joseph. Because Joseph’s inheritance was to be a land choice above all others [see maps below].
Remnant of the Seed of Joseph
“Choice because it was chosen to be the repository of sacred writings on golden plates from which the Book of Mormon would one day come. It was choice because it would eventually host the world headquarters of the Restored Church of Jesus Christ in the latter days. And it was choice because it was a land of liberty for those who worship the Lord and keep his commandments.”
Our beloved Prophet, President Russell M. Nelson, has spoken so clearly about the long-honored status of Joseph, son of Jacob, whose descendants came to the other Promised Land centuries ago. The Prophet Ether, whose Book of Ether appears in the Book of Mormon, in the late Jaredite culture era, gives us marvelous insight into the lineage of Joseph recently spoken of by President Nelson.
6 “And that a New Jerusalem should be built up upon this land, unto the remnant of the seed of Joseph, for which things there has been a type.
7 For as Joseph brought his father down into the land of Egypt, even so he died there; wherefore, the Lord brought a remnant of the seed of Joseph out of the land of Jerusalem, that he might be merciful unto the seed of Joseph that they should perish not, even as he was merciful unto the father of Joseph that he should perish not.
8 Wherefore, the remnant of the house of Joseph shall be built upon this land; and it shall be a land of their inheritance; and they shall build up a holy city unto the Lord, like unto the Jerusalem of old; and they shall no more be confounded, until the end come when the earth shall pass away.
9 And there shall be a new heaven and a new earth; and they shall be like unto the old save the old have passed away, and all things have become new.
10 And then cometh the New Jerusalem; and blessed are they who dwell therein, for it is they whose garments are white through the blood of the Lamb; and they are they who are numbered among the remnant of the seed of Joseph, who were of the house of Israel.”
America is the Land of the New Jerusalem
In the closing session of the General Conference of the Church in October 2024, President Nelson gave this inspired instruction with respect to much anticipated events in these latter days: “Why are we building temples at such an unprecedented pace? Why? Because the Lord has instructed us to do so. The blessings of the temple help to gather Israel on both sides of the veil. These blessings also help to prepare a people who will help prepare the world for the Second Coming of the Lord!
“As the prophet Isaiah prophesied, and as memorialized in Handel’s Messiah, when Jesus Christ returns, “the glory of the Lord shall be revealed, and all flesh shall see it together.”
“In that day “the government shall be upon his shoulder: and his name shall be called Wonderful, Counsellor, The mighty God, The everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace.”
“Jesus Christ will govern from both old Jerusalem and the New Jerusalem “built upon the American continent.” From these two centers, He will direct the affairs of His Church.
“In that day the Lord will be known as “King of Kings, and Lord of Lords.” Those who are with Him will be “called, and chosen, and faithful.”
“Brothers and sisters, now is the time for you and for me to prepare for the Second Coming of our Lord and Savior, Jesus the Christ. Now is the time for us to make our discipleship our highest priority.”
Rejoice Latter-day Saints! America is the land of the New Jerusalem, the Adam-ondi-Ahman and Cumorah of ancient days, the promised land, the choice land above all other lands, and the land of the Restoration of the Gospel of Jesus Christ in this last dispensation. It fulfills all, every, completely this land raised up by God the Father to be the land of His work in preparing for the Second Coming of our Lord and Savior, Jesus the Christ.
THIS LAND References
Book of Mormon and D&C
3 Nephi 16:1 Jesus Christ
3 “ 16:8 “
3 “ 16:16 “
3 “ 20:14 “
3 “ 20: 22 “
3 “ 21: 4 “
3 “ 21:22 “
Ether 2: 9 Moroni
Ether 9:20 “
Ether 13:2 Moroni/Ether
Ether 13: 4 “
Ether 13: 6 “
Ether 13: 8 “
Enos 1: 10 Voice of the Lord
1 Nephi 22: 7 Nephi
2 Nephi 1: 5 Lehi
2 Nephi 1: 6 Lehi
2 Nephi 1: 7 Lehi
2 Nephi 1: 9 (2) Lehi
2 Nephi 1: 31 Lehi
2 Nephi 1:32 Lehi
2 Nephi 2:10 Jehovah
2 Nephi 2: 11 Jehovah
2 Nephi 2:12 Jehovah
2 Nephi 2:19 Jehovah
Mosiah 1: 10 Mosiah
Mosiah 7: 9 Limhi
Mosiah 8: 8 King Limhi
Mosiah 24:23 (2) Jehovah
Mosiah 29: 27 Mosiah
Mosiah 29: 32 Mosiah
Alma 5:5 (2) Alma the Younger
Alma 8:24 (2) “
Helaman 11:12 Nephi
Helaman 14:20 Samuel the Lamanite
Helaman 14:28
3 Nephi 3: 24 Lachoneus
3 Nephi 9:12 Jesus Christ
Doctrine and Covenants
D and C 10:49 Jesus Christ
D and C 10: 50 (2) “
D and C 29:8 “
D and C 51: 16 “
D and C 51: 17 “
D and C 57: 15 “
D and C 58:1 “
D and C 58: 14 “
D and C 58: 19 “
D and C 58: 25 “
D and C 58: 34 “
D and C 58: 36 “
D and C 58: 44 “
D and C 58: 57 “
D and C 58: 59 “
D and C 58: 61 “ D and C 59: 1 Jesus Christ D and C 60:12 Jesus Christ
Obviously I am only surmising what ancestry I believe the Nephites and Lamanite tribes ended up as. I have another blog coming that will describe more details. Below is a basic chart that I am refining that I know will be updated eventually. If you have suggestions I would love to hear from you. One of many sources I have used so far is Here
Algonquian (Lamanites) vs Iroquois (Nephites)
Just as the Book of Mormon tells the story of two main societies at war Nephites vs. Lamanites, there are many instances historically of the same thing as some are called the Iroquois vs. the Algonquian, or the Tallegwi (Iroquois) vs the Leni-Lape (Algonquian), or the Cherokee (Iroquois)vs the Delaware (Algonquian). These tribes seem to always be at war with each other. The names on the list below (Map 1, 2) each are various sub-tribes under various groups of people. Sometimes in history writers have used various names for the same group of people without understanding the differences.
Iroquois or Haudenosaunee/ Alleghewi/Tallegwi/Tsalagi/Cherokee/Allegheny/Onondaga/ Nephite?
“Cherokee, North American Indians of Iroquoian lineage who constituted one of the largest politically integrated tribes at the time of European colonization of the Americas. Their name is derived from a Creek word meaning “people of different speech”; many prefer to be known as Keetoowah or Tsalagi. They are believed to have numbered some 22,500 individuals in 1650, and they controlled approximately 40,000 square miles (100,000 square km) of the Appalachian Mountains in parts of present-day Georgia, eastern Tennessee, and the western parts of what are now North Carolina and South Carolina.
Traditional Cherokee life and culture greatly resembled that of the Creek and other tribes of the Southeast. The Cherokee nation was composed of a confederacy of symbolically red (war) and white (peace) towns. The chiefs of individual red towns were subordinated to a supreme war chief, while the officials of individual white towns were under the supreme peace chief. The peace towns provided sanctuary for wrongdoers; war ceremonies were conducted in red towns.” Source
“Iroquois, any member of the North American Indian tribes speaking a language of the Iroquoian family—notably the Cayuga, Cherokee, Huron, Mohawk, Oneida, Onondaga, Seneca, and Tuscarora. The peoples who spoke Iroquoian languages occupied a continuous territory around Lakes Ontario, Huron, and Erie in present-day New York state and Pennsylvania (U.S.) and southern Ontario and Quebec (Canada). That larger group should be differentiated from the Five Nations (later Six Nations) better known as the Iroquois Confederacy (self name Haudenosaunee Confederacy).
As was typical of Northeast Indians before colonization, the Iroquois were semisedentary agriculturists who palisaded their villages in time of need. Each village typically comprised several hundred persons. Iroquois people dwelt in large longhouses made of saplings and sheathed with elm bark, each housing many families. The longhouse family was the basic unit of traditional Iroquois society, which used a nested form of social organization: households (each representing a lineage) were divisions of clans, several clans constituted each moiety, and the two moieties combined to create a tribe.
Groups of men built houses and palisades, fished, hunted, and engaged in military activities. Groups of women produced crops of corn (maize), beans, and squash, gathered wild foods, and prepared all clothing and most other residential goods. After the autumn harvest, family deer-hunting parties ranged far into the forests, returning to their villages at midwinter. Spring runs of fish drew families to nearby streams and lake inlets.
Kinship and locality were the bases for traditional Iroquois political life. Iroquois speakers were fond of meetings, spending considerable time in council. Council attendance was determined by locality, sex, age, and the specific question at hand; each council had its own protocol and devices for gaining consensus, which was the primary mode of decision-making.
The elaborate religious cosmology of the Iroquois was based on an origin tradition in which a woman fell from the sky; other parts of the religious tradition featured deluge and earth-diver motifs, supernatural aggression and cruelty, sorcery, torture, cannibalism, star myths, and journeys to the otherworld. The formal ceremonial cycle consisted of six agricultural festivals featuring long prayers of thanks. There were also rites for sanctioning political activity, such as treaty making.
Warfare was important in Iroquois society, and, for men, self-respect depended upon achieving personal glory in war endeavours. War captives were often enslaved or adopted to replace dead family members. Losses to battle and disease increased the need for captives, who had become a significant population within Iroquois settlements by the late 17th century.” Iroquoian
One of the most populous and widespread Native American groups, Algonquian tribes consist of peoples that speak Algonquian languages and historically shared cultural similarities. There are hundreds of original tribes that spoke several related dialects of the language group. Historically, they lived across eastern North America from the Atlantic Ocean to the Rocky Mountains and from northern Canada to the Carolinas.
Before Europeans came into contact, most Algonquian settlements lived by hunting, trapping, and fishing and gathering roots, nuts, wild rice, fruit, and berries; although quite a few supplemented their diet by cultivating corn, beans, and squash. Some tribes also grew tobacco. Because Northern weather patterns made growing food difficult, many Algonquian tribes moved their families from place to place. They traveled on foot, in canoes made of birch bark, and used snowshoes and toboggans in the snow. Their garments, as well as their shelters, known as wigwams, were fashioned with animal skins.
At the time of the first European settlements in North America, Algonquian tribes occupied much of Canada east of the Rocky Mountains; what is now New England, New Jersey, southeastern New York, and Delaware and down the Atlantic Coast through the Upper South; and around the Great Lakes in present-day Minnesota, Wisconsin, Michigan, Illinois, Indiana, and Iowa. Many of the tribes were at war with the Iroquois Confederacy.
The Algonquian were among the first North American natives to strike alliances with the French, who adopted Algonquian means of travel and terms like “canoe” and “toboggan.”
The English settlements were often engaged in border wars with their Algonquian neighbors, who, continually pressed farther toward the interior by the advancing white immigration, kept up for a time a futile struggle for the possession of their territory. The eastern tribes, from Maine to the Carolinas, were defeated and their tribal organization was broken up. Some withdrew to Canada, others crossed the mountains into the Ohio Valley, while a few bands were located on reservations by the whites, only to dwindle and ultimately become extinct.
The Abnaki and others who fled into Canada where they settled along the St. Lawrence River under the protection of the French, whose active allies they became in all the subsequent wars with the English down to the fall of the French power in Canada. Those who crossed the Allegheny mountains into the Ohio Valley, together with the Wyandot and the native Algonquian tribes of that region, formed themselves into a loose confederacy, allied first with the French and afterward with the English against the advancing settlements with the declared purpose of preserving the Ohio River as the Indian boundary. General Wayne’s victory in 1794 put an end to the struggle, and at the Treaty of Greenville in 1795 the Indians acknowledged their defeat and made the first cession of land west of the Ohio River.
Shawnee Chief Tecumseh and his brother, Tenskwatawa, instigated by the British, again aroused the western tribes against the United States a few years later, but the disastrous defeat at Tippecanoe, Indiana in 1811 and the death of their leader broke the spirit of the Indians. In 1815 those who had taken part against the United States during the War of 1812 made peace with the Government; then began the series of treaties by which, within 30 years, most of the Indians of this region ceded their lands and removed west of the Mississippi River.
Algonquian tribes of the New England area include Mohegan, Pequot, Narragansett, Wampanoag, Massachusett, Nipmuc, Pennacook, Abenaki, Maliseet, and Passamaquoddy. The Chippewa, Ottawa, Pottawatomie, and a variety of Cree groups lived in Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Upper Michigan. In the Midwest lived the Shawnee, Illini, Kickapoo, Menominee, Miami, and Sac and Fox. The Great Plains were called home to the Arapaho, Blackfeet, and Cheyenne. In the mid-and South-Atlantic were the traditional homes of the Powhatan, Lumbee, Nanticoke, Lenape, Munsee, and Mahican peoples. Other Algonquian tribes reside in Canada.” Compiled by Kathy Alexander, updated January 2020. https://www.legendsofamerica.com/algonquian-peoples/
The Siouan Language
Siouan Language Group
Completely different from the Algonquian and the Iroquois Language Group are the Siouan and the Muskogean Group.
There is obvious mixture between many of these language groups that are part of the Nephites, Lamanites, Mulekites and even the Jaredites, but that is not the purpose of this article.
“Siouan or Siouan–Catawban is a language family of North America that is located primarily in the Great Plains, Ohio and Mississippi valleys and southeastern North America with a few other languages in the east.
Authors who call the entire family Siouan distinguish the two branches as Western Siouan and Eastern Siouan or as Siouan-proper and Catawban. Others restrict the name “Siouan” to the western branch and use the name Siouan–Catawban for the entire family. Generally, however, the name “Siouan” is used without distinction.” Wikepedia
Muskogean Language Group
Muskogean Language Group
The Muskogean family consists of six languages that are still spoken: Alabama, Chickasaw, Choctaw, Creek-Seminole, Koasati, and Mikasuki, as well as the now-extinct Apalachee, Houma, and Hitchiti (the last is generally considered a dialect of Mikasuki). “Seminole” is listed as one of the Muskogean languages in Hardy’s list, but it is generally considered a dialect of Creek rather than a separate language, as she comments.
The major subdivisions of the family have long been controversial, but the following lower-level groups are universally accepted: Choctaw–Chickasaw, Alabama–Koasati, Hitchiti–Mikasuki, and Creek–Seminole.” Wikepedia
Algonquian (Lamanite) and Iroquois (Nephite) Groups
Algonquian Language GroupIroquois Language GroupNative American Chiefs
Alleghewi or Tallegwi
Alleghewi or Tallegwi, have given their name to the Alleghany River and Mountains, and were the mound-builders
Leni-Lape = Delaware = Chippewa = Miqmak =ALGONQUIAN!Alleghewi = Tallegwi = Tsalagi = Cherokee = Allegheny = Onondaga= IROQUOIS!
“There can be no reasonable doubt that the Alleghewi or Tallegwi, who have given their name to the Alleghany River and Mountains, were the mound-builders. The destiny which ultimately befell the Mound-builders can be inferred from what was known of the fate of the Huron themselves in their final was with the Iroquois. The greater portion of the Huron people were exterminated, and their towns reduced to ashes. Of the survivors many were received and adopted among the conquerors. A few fled to the east and sought protection from France.” Archaeological History of Ohio: The Mound builders and Later Indians pg 438
“It may be considered as beyond dispute that the Cherokees are a branch or off-shoot of the Huron-Iroquois family. Their language proves it. “The striking fact has become evident that the course of the migration of the Huron-Iroquois family has been from eastern Canada, on the Lower St. Lawrence, to the mountains of northern Alabama.”Archaeological history of Ohio : The Mound builders and later Indians / by Gerard Fowke.
The Wabash Indians were primarily the Miami, Weas and Piankashaws, but also included Kickapoos, Mascoutens, and others.[Algonquian/I call Remaining Lamanites]. In that time and place, Native American tribes were smaller political units, and the villages along the Wabash were multi-tribal settlements with no centralized government. The confederacy, then, was a loose alliance of influential village leaders (sometimes called headmen or chiefs). In the 1780s, headmen of the Wabash Confederacy allied themselves with a larger, loose confederacy of Native American leaders in the Ohio Country and Illinois Country known as the Northwestern Confederacy, in order to collectively resist U.S. expansion after the American Revolutionary War. In 1786, a Wyandot [Iroquois/ I call a remaining Nephite] messenger named Scotosh warned Congress that the Wabash, Twightwee, and Miami nations would disrupt U.S. surveyors, and Congress promised reprisals if that occurred. This resistance movement culminated with the Northwest Indian War. The alliance with the Western Confederacy ended in 1792 with the Wabash Confederacy signed a treaty with the United States.” Wikipedia
This quote above could have been in reference to the many battles fought between the Lamanites and Nephites in this general area. (See Map Below) The area described in the article above is the area we would call the middle of the Land Zarahemla and the Land Bountiful with the Land Desolation being north of Bountiful. As a matter of fact, my maps show that the Wabash River could possibly be the division point of the Land Bountiful, east of the Wabash, and the Land Zarahemla west of the Wabash to the Mississippi River and beyond, to the Missouri River. The area of Lachoneus of the Book of Mormon and many other battles in Alma 2 and Alma 46 are probably likely just south of the Narrow Neck bordering on the land Zarahemla and the Land Bountiful on the Wabash River. That area of Missouri to Illinois, to Indiana to Ohio to Pennsylvania were all the direction of the last great battle of the Book of Mormon ending at Cumorah. Full Blog Here:The Black arrow above represents the division of the Land Bountiful and Land Zarahemla. Between the Mississippi River and the Wabash is where the quoted battle from the Palmyra Register occurred. Yellow shaded area is Zarahemla and shaded orange area is Bountiful.
Native American Indians Time Periods
The Native American always held God, Christ, or the Great Spirit, as that great “One” God.These ancient Adena and Hopewell cultures created pipes in the images that they saw and experienced. Ancient cultures respected all that the Great Spirit created, animals, birds, people, and nature. The Adena culture represents approximately the same time frame as the Jaredites (c. 1500 BC – 200 BC) and the Hopewell or Woodland culture (c.200 BC – 400 AD) parallels the time frame of the Nephites.“There is a bowl for the tobacco in their pipes in the top, and there is a small hole at one end to breathe in the smoke. The pipe was made by Native Americans living in what is today the US state of Ohio. These Native Americans were small-scale farmers who built large burial and ceremonial mounds. There were over 200 pipes buried in a collection of mounds known as the ‘Mound City Group’. The pipe was not simply smoked for pleasure but probably had a religious function. A shaman may have smoked it to evoke the otter as a representative of his clan, or as a spirit guide who would then accompany the shaman on a spiritual journey. Tobacco has been smoked in North America for at least 2300 years and pipe smoking still remains an integral part of modern Native American culture. Tobacco was first brought to Europe in the early 1500s, where it quickly spread across Europe, Africa and Asia.” A History of the World BBC
Read more about the reason for the various shapes of the pipes and how they were used. Why were these pipes so important to the Native Americans?
Great Spirit Appears to the Onondagas
“On the authority of some older inhabitants of Onondaga, New York, it is stated that on a ledge of rocks, about a mile south of Jamesville, (Near Syracuse and Oneida Castle) is a place which used to be pointed out by the Indians as a spot where the Great Spirit once came down and sat and gave good advice to the chiefs of Onondagas. That there are the prints of his hands and his feet, left in the rocks, still to be seen. In the former years the Onondagas used annually to offer, at this place, tobacco and pipes, and to burn tobacco and herbs as a sacrifice to the Great Spirit, to conciliate his favor and which was a means of preventing diseases.” Author L. Taylor Hansen He Walked the Americas
“Native accounts tell of his arrival [Christ] from the direction of the rising sun, after which he set up his priesthood among his followers known as the “Wau-pa-nu” (the spelling phonetic). They were said to have healed the sick and instituted new laws. Blood sacrifice was forbidden and replaced by the use of tobacco, today an important element in all traditional Native American ceremonies. Among many eastern tribes, East Star Man is regarded as the son of Great Spirit, the Creator.” Wayne May, Christ in North America.
The Name of Nephi
“JOSEPHUS SAYS the Egyptian called their Creator ‘Kneph,’ ‘Noub,’ or ‘Nour.’ Reynolds points out that ancient variants of the name of Nephi include Knephi, Kneph, Noub, Nouv, Knouphis, Nebo, Naba, Nechi, Necho and others. These variants are found in many of the American Indian languages.” George Reynolds, Commentary on the Book of Mormon
“NEPHI: This is also an Egyptian name, usually given as Knephi, and transliterated into Hebrew as Nebi. It means ‘prophet’ or one who speaks with God. The great Osiris, one of the Egyptian gods, was called Nephi or Knephi and the city in his honor was n-ph (vowels always had to be supplied). It is the city we know today as Memphis, located across the Nile from Cairo, but it is referred to by its original name of Noph (a variant of Nephi) in the writings of Hosea, Isaiah, and Jeremiah.” Treasures from the Book of Mormon, Volume One By W. Cleon Skousen
The Seat of the Iroquois
St George Temple Record of 85 Native Chiefs baptized for the Dead in 1877Atotarho or Tah-totah or Chief or Sachem or King“Onondaga was, from the remotest times, the seat of the Iroquois government. Granting credence to the account of their own origin, on the high grounds or falls of the Oswego, (East of Fulton NY See map below) they had not proceeded far up the course of the widely gathered waters of this stream, when a portion of them planted their wigwams in this fertile region. Whatever was the cause of their migrating from their primary council fire, nothing was more natural than that, by pursuing this stream upward, they should separate into independent tribes, and by further tracing out its far spread forks, gradually expand themselves, as they were found by the discoverers and first settlers, over the entire area of western New-York. On reaching the grand junction of Three River Point (Phoenix, NY), a part went up the Seneca river, who subsequently dividing, formed the Senecas and Cayugas. The bands who took the eastern fork, or Oneida river, pushed forward over the Deowainsta, or Rome summit, into the first large stream, flowing east, and became the Mohawks. The central or Onondaga fork was chosen by the portion who, from the hill country (Onondaga) they first located in, took this name; and from them, the Oneidas, pursuing in fact the track of the Mohawks, were an off-shoot…”
“…The idea of a confederation was, it is believed, an old one with this people, for the very oldest traditions speak of something of this kind, among the lake and St. Lawrence tribes of older days. When the present league was formed, on the banks of the Onondaga lake, this central tribe had manifestly greatly increased in strength, and distinguished itself in arms, and feats of hunting and daring against giants and monsters… Most distinguished, however, above all others, east or west, was a leader of great courage, wisdom and address, called Atotarho…”
“A singular tradition may be here added. It is said that the XIIIth Atotarhoreigned at Onondaga when America was discovered” (1414 AD) Aboriginal History, Antiquities and General Ethnology of Western New-York by Henry R. Schoolcraft
In speaking about the 13th Atotarho (or Sachem or Chief ) in the Iroquois tradition, we read also in the Book of Mormon. “And whoso should reign in [Nephi’s] stead were called by the people, ‘Second Nephi,’ ‘Third Nephi,’ and so forth…” (Jacob 1:11)
Tadodaho was said to be a warrior and primary chief of the Onondaga people. Depending on the speaker’s dialect and the writer’s orthography, other versions of the name include Adodarhoh, Atartaho, Atotarho, Tatotarho, Thatotarho, and Watatohtahro. In the 1883 work The Iroquois Book of Rites, edited by Horatio Hale, the term Atartaho is said to signify “entangled”. Wikepedia
“The temple registry page shown below is remarkable in that an Onondaga
Nation king was named King Tah-totah, then others that followed: King Tah to-tah 2, King Tah-to-tah 3…then on the next page, King Tah-to-tah 7 through …15, etc. This tradition of naming kings in respect and remembrance of a prior king follows the pattern of the early Nephite colony.” Annotated Book of Mormon David Hocking and Rod Meldrum page 101
Just like Tah-to-tah means Chief or Prophet to the Iroquois,
Nephi meant Chief or Prophet to the Nephites
Manasseh and Ephraim grew together upon this American continent
“I am Mormon, and a pure descendant of Lehi. I have reason to bless my God and my Savior Jesus Christ, that he brought our fathers out of the land of Jerusalem” 3 Nephi 5:20
“1 Nephi 7:2. Ishmael Is of Ephraim. The Book of Mormon is sometimes referred to as the “stick of Joseph” (Ezekiel 37:19) or the “stick of Ephraim” (D&C 27:5). Lehi was a descendant of Manasseh (see Alma 10:3) and Ishmael was a descendant of Ephraim. The prophecies of Jacob (see Genesis 48:16; 49:22) were fulfilled as Ishmael’s family (Ephraim) came to the American continent with Lehi (Manasseh).
Elder Erastus Snow (1818–88) of the Quorum of the Twelve Apostles discussed the importance of Ishmael’s lineage: “Whoever has read the Book of Mormon carefully will have learned that the remnants of the house of Joseph dwelt upon the American continent; and that Lehi learned by searching the records of his fathers that were written upon the plates of brass, that he was of the lineage of Manasseh. The Prophet Joseph informed us that the record of Lehi was contained on the 116 pages that were first translated and subsequently stolen, and of which an abridgment is given us in the first Book of Nephi, which is the record of Nephi individually, he himself being of the lineage of Manasseh; but that Ishmael was of the lineage of Ephraim,and that his sons married into Lehi’s family, and Lehi’s sons married Ishmael’s daughters, thus fulfilling the words of Jacob upon Ephraim and Manasseh in the 48th chapter of Genesis, which says: ‘And let my name be named on them, and the name of my fathers Abraham and Isaac; and let them grow into a multitude in the midst of the land.’Thus these descendants of Manasseh and Ephraim grew together upon this American continent”(in Daniel H. Ludlow, A Companion to Your Study of the Book of Mormon [1976], 199). LDS Study ManualI believe Joseph Smith was a pure descendant of Ephraim who obtained the Stick of Ephraim(D&C 27:5) from Mormon, who was a direct descendant of Lehi. Both sons of Joseph of Egypt came together is a significant way in regard to that sacred record here in the United States, which is the Promised Land of the Book of Mormon. Elder Perry said, “The United States is the promised land foretold in the Book of Mormon—a place where divine guidance directed inspired men to create the conditions necessary for the Restoration of the gospel of Jesus Christ.” Elder L. Tom Perry Ensign Dec. 2012
Hebrew from Eber to Mulek Joined Joseph of Israel in America
Remember how important the Tribe of Judah was to the Lord which is His lineage through David. The People of Zarahemla (Mulekites) were of Judah as was Ammon of the Book of Mormon who later helped to free King Limhi and his people from the Lamanites and bring them back to Zarahemla. Mosiah 22
Just think, just as Joseph Smith (Ephraim) and Mormon (Lehi) represented the tripe of Judah (Christ), the Nephites who are of Joseph joined up with the people of Zarahemla who are of Judah the brother of Joseph of Israel.
Mulek: “A son of the Old Testament king Zedekiah (about 589 B.C.). The Bible records that all the sons of Zedekiah were slain (2 Kgs. 25:7), but the Book of Mormon clarifies that Mulek survived (Hel. 8:21).
Zarahemla was a descendant of Mulek, Mosiah 25:2.
The people of Mulek joined the Nephites, Mosiah 25:13.
The Lord brought Mulek into the land north, Hel. 6:10.
All of Zedekiah’s sons were slain except Mulek, Hel. 8:21.” LDS Study Guide
Ammon, Descendant of Zarahemla (Hebrew from Eber)
Ammon: “In the Book of Mormon, a strong and mighty man a descendant of Zarahemla (Hebrew) who led an expedition from Zarahemla to the land of Lehi-Nephi (Mosiah 7:1–16). He was shown ancient records and explained what a seer is (Mosiah 8:5–18). He later helped to free King Limhi and his people from the Lamanites and bring them back to Zarahemla (Mosiah 22).” LDS Study Guide
Burial of Mormon
“When serving as Mission President to the Seminole Indians in Central Florida, Murray J. Rawson was teaching a group of the tribe about the Book of Mormon when he was interrupted by their Chief, saying: “We had a war long ago with a light skinned people around the Great Lakes. We conquered them but we had so much respect for their warrior chief that we buried him at the mouth of the Oswego River that is in New York State. We don’t discuss this very much because it is an embarrassment to us. President Rawson then asked why this is an embarrassment, and the Chief replied, “ Our history is written on metal plates and buried in a hill in New York, but we don’t know which hill!” (Talk given to missionaries in training at the MTC, Provo, Utah 1979, by President Murray J. Rawson). This talk has a poor audio but you can find it here: (See Map Above for Mormon’s burial place on Lake Ontario at the mouth of the Oswego River)
Dating and Purpose of the Ancient Pipes
“In the first few years following the creation of the [Smithsonian] Bureau, the debate began to escalate regarding the interpretation of the many bird and animal carvings that were coming out of the mounds. Many artifacts being recovered from the Hopewell and Adena mounds appeared to be birds and mammals that only exist in the southern tropical regions of the world. M. C. Read in Archaeology of Ohio, pointed out: “Of the animal that is supposed to represent the seacow, seven carvings have been found. This inhabitant of tropical waters is not met in the higher latitudes of North America.”162 Many carvings of birds, and animals from tropical climates such as the manatee, large seal-like animals, elephants and tropical birds like the big-beaked toucan and parrot-like carvings were found, all of which were raising questions as to a possible connections with peoples from these tropical regions.
Tobacco is considered the most sacred of the Indigenous sacred medicines, used in virtually every ceremony as a means of connecting directly to the Creator. Tobacco is also thought to be the first plant given to the Indigenous people by the Creator. Because of this, tobacco is most frequently used as an offering, either in order to give thanks, to make a request for wisdom or protection, or as a means of cleansing.Annotated Book of Mormon by David Hocking and Rod Meldrum
The Third Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, published in 1884, included for the first time a brief section entitled, Explorations in Mounds. It discusses work done in West Virginia, Ohio, Tennessee, Arkansas, and Florida, …by 1883, Cyrus Thomas’s Division of Mound Explorations included three full-time assistants and five temporary helpers, and work was under way in Tennessee, Arkansas, Illinois, Iowa, Georgia, Alabama, North Carolina, and Missouri. Some 4,100 artifacts had been collected for the National Museum in Washington. They included elegant pipes and pendants of polished stones and such humbler things as hoes, scrapers, diggers, axes, and hammers. Some of the mounds had yielded clear evidence of contact with European civilizations: bits of hammered iron in North Carolina; silver bracelets, brooches, and crosses in Wisconsin, and fragments of copper plate bearing the marks of machinery in Illinois. All this served to back Powell’s original belief that “a few, at least, of the important mounds of the valley of the Mississippi had been constructed and used subsequent to the occupation of the continent by Europeans, and that some at least, of the mound builders were therefore none other than known Indian tribes.163
In the early annual reports of the Bureau of Ethnology public documents, one finds that it is not what they included in their reports, but what they have obviously excluded. The discussions and findings that were explored and addressed in the Bureau’s publications followed a prescribed agenda, pointing out that Indian populations and America’s ancient cultures were never highly advanced, with little to no discussions as to their cultural achievements. Lost from these studies were acknowledgements that the Indians were at one time more advanced than first perceived. As evidence in the construction of their communities, fortifications, smelting of metals and their construction of watercrafts capable of navigating the many rivers and lakes of the northeast. Also distinctively missing were the findings that show that these ancient mound-building cultures possessed knowledge of mathematics, astronomy, written language and engineering, as shown in the building of earthwork structures, which were comparable to any achievements of any ancient culture in the world of their day.
So where did the Mound Builders’ knowledge of these skills come from and why was so much of this knowledge not celebrated or passed on to our day and to their descendants?
“The fourth Annual Report contains an essay by Garrick Mallery on the picture-writing of the Indians, in which he discusses the various inscribed tablets found in mounds. Most of these he dismisses as frauds.” Such was the case of the Holy Stones found by David Wyrick of Newark, Ohio,) “…discovered in 1860 a tablet bearing on one side a truculent likeness of Moses with his name in Hebrew.”164[Editors note: These so-called hoaxes are also pushed by the Scholars and Intellects that believe in the Mesoamerican setting for the Book of Mormon]. It is interesting to note that these early men of the Bureau of Ethnology described and defined these artifacts as picture-writings of the Indians or frauds without giving any real consideration to the potential of other visitor, to the America’s prior to Columbus.” Lost Civilizations of North America Steve Smoot Chapter 18, Learning from America’s Antiquities
_______________________
162 Read, 48.
163 Silverberg, The Mound Builders, 136-137.
164 Silverberg, 137-138.
Choctaw Traditions – The Council Fire, The Nahullo
The faces of the Choctaw and Chickasaw men of sixty years ago were as smooth as a woman’s, in fact they had no beard. Sometimes there might be seen a few tine hairs (if hairs they might be called) here and there upon the face, but they were few and far between, and extracted with a pair of small tweezers whenever discovered. Oft have I seen a Choctaw warrior standing before a mirror seeking with untiring perseverance and unwearied eyes, as he turned his face at different angles to the glass, if by chance a hair could be found lurking there, which, if discovered, was instantly removed as an unwelcome intruder. Even today, a full blood Choctaw or Chickasaw with a heavy beard is never seen. I have seen a few, here and there, with a little patch of beard upon their chins, but it was thin and short, and with good reasons to suspect that white blood flowed in their veins.
It is a truth but little known among the whites, that the North American Indians of untarnished blood have no hair upon any part of the body except the head. My knowledge of this peculiarity was confined, however, to the Choctaws and Chickasaws alone. But in conversation with an aged Choctaw friend upon this subject, and inquiring” if this peculiarity extended to all Indians, he replied; “To all, I believe. I have been among the Comanche’s, Kiowa’s and other western Indians, and have often seen them bathing, men and women, promiscuously together, in the rivers of their country, and found it was the same with them, their heads alone were adorned with hair.”
In conversation soon after with a Creek friend upon the subject in regard to the full-blood Creeks, he said, “They have no hair whatever upon the body, except that of the head, and the same is the case with all full-bloods that I have seen of other tribes.” It is also the testimony of all the early explorers of this continent.
The Council of Fire
Choctaw Village near the Chefuncte, The women appear to be making dye to color the strips of cane beside them, by François Bernard, 1869
Choctaw Village near the Chefuncte, The women appear to be making dye to color the strips of cane beside them, by François Bernard, 1869
In their ancient councils and great national assemblies, the Choctaws always observed the utmost order arid decorum, which, however, is universally characteristic of the Indians everywhere. In those grave and imposing deliberations of years ago convened at night, all sat on the ground in a circle around a blazing fire called “The Council Fire.” The aged, who from decrepitude had long retired from the scenes of active life, the war-path and the chase, formed the inner circle; the middle aged warriors, the next and the young warriors, the outer circle. The women and children were always excluded from all their national assemblies. The old men, beginning with the oldest patriarch, would then in regular succession state to the attentive audience all that had been told them by their fathers, and what they themselves had learned in the experience of an eventful life the past history of their nation; their vicissitudes and changes; what difficulties they had encountered, and how overcome; their various successes in war and their defeats; the character and kind of enemies whom they had defeated and by whom they had been defeated, the mighty deeds of their renowned chiefs and famous warriors in days past, together with their own achievements both in war and the chase; their nation’s days of prosperity and adversity; in short; all of their traditions and legends handed down to them through: the successive generations of ages past; and when those old seers and patriarchs, oracles of the past, had in their turn gone to dwell with their fathers in the Spirit Land, and their voices were no longer heard in wise counsel, the next oldest occupied the chairs of state, and in turn rehearsed to their young braves the traditions of the past, as related to them by the former sages of their tribe, together with their own knowledge; and thus were handed down through a long line of successive generations, and with much accuracy and truth, the events of their past history; and when we consider the extent to which all Indians cultivated that one faculty, memory, their connections in the history of the past is not so astonishing. I will here relate a little incident (frequently published) in the life of the famous Indian chief, Red Jacket, as an evidence of strength and correctness of the Indian s memory. It is said of Red Jacket, that he never forgot any thing he once learned. On a certain occasion, a dispute arose in a council with his tribe and the whites, concerning the stipulations made and agreed upon in a certain treaty. “You have forgotten,” said the agent, “we have it written on paper.” “The paper then tells a lie,” replied Red Jacket. “I have it written down here,” he added, placing his hand with great dignity on his brow. “This is the book the Great Spirit has given the Indian; it does not lie.” A reference was immediately made to the treaty in question, when, to the astonishment of all present, the document confirmed every word the unlettered warrior and statesman had uttered. There can be little doubt but that a large majority of their traditions are based upon truth; though passing as they have through so long a period of time, it is reasonable to suppose that many errors have crept in.
But one has given his opinion, on page 92 of his “History of the Indian Tribes of North America,” in the following positive and presumptuous assertion, though his apparent ignorance of all the characteristics (well known to the thousands of the White Race who have lived among them and studied them a long life-time) of the North American Indians so plainly manifested throughout his entire work, entitles his assumed learned opinion regarding the truth or untruth of the traditions of the North American Indians, or anything else concerning that people, to but little, if any, credit. He boldly asserts, with a seemingly great indifference as regards its truth, that “Nothing can be more uncertain, and more unworthy, we will not say of credit, but of consideration, than their (the Indians) earlier traditions; and probably there is not a single fact in all their history, supported by satisfactory evidence, which occurred half a century previous to the establishment of the Europeans.” Though all admit that the voices of tradition coming from all Nations even from our own ancestors, the Britons are enshrouded, to a greater or less extent, in dense and dubious fogs, and become more dim and distant as we go further back into the past. Yet that does not necessarily bring even the traditions of the North American Indians under his edict, “Nothing can be more uncertain, and more unworthy, we will not say of credit, but of consideration, than their traditions, “as here comes to our aid modern Oriental Discovery, with records engraved on rocks and stamped on bricks records contemporary with the events, and in all cases independent of the modern authority since the records have been hidden from the eyes of both the believer and disbeliever. Inscriptions are disclosed, in languages now dead, in characters long-forgotten, and to which every key had been apparently lost. Ancient cities and countries, Thebes, Ninevah, Pompeii, Balbee, Babylon, Jerusalem and Egypt rise to testify and confirm the credit of many of the traditions, fables and legends of the Old World. And so also, from the buried past of the New World, hundreds of witnesses have already been summoned, and are still being summoned, that confirm the credit of the traditions and legends of the North American Indians, and to which they pointed back through the long vista of ages past, ere the Indians were known to the White Race, and give the merited contradiction to the assertion that their traditions “merit not even consideration.”
Mammoths & Nahullo Mastodon
As the climate warmed during the last part of the Ice Age, large mammal such as the Mastodon migrated into the Shenandoah Valley. Source: VR image by Richard Thornton
An ancient Choctaw tradition attributes the origin of the prairies along the western banks of the Tombigbee River, to some huge animals (mammoths) that existed there at the advent of their ancestors from the west to Mississippi. Their tradition also states that the Nahullo, (Supernatural) a race of giant people, also inhabited the same country, with whom their forefathers oft came in hostile contact. These mighty animals broke off the low limbs of the trees in eating the leaves, and also gnawed the bark off the trees, which, in the course of time, caused them to wither and die; that they roamed in different bands, which engaged in desperate battles whenever and wherever they met, and thus caused them to rapidly decrease in numbers; and that, in the course of years all had perished but two large males, who, separate and alone, wandered about for several years each confining himself to the solitude of the forest many miles from the other. Finally, in their wanderings they met, and at once engaged in terrible conflict in which one was killed. The survivor, now monarch of the forests, strolled about for a few years wrapped in the solitude of his own reflections and independence then died, and with him the race became extinct.
That the Choctaw traditions of both the mammoth and great men, was based on truth as to their former existence in the southern and western parts of this continent is satisfactorily established by the many mammoth skeletons of both men and beasts and fragments of huge bones that have been, and are continually being found in different parts of the country, and all of whom, according to their tradition were contemporary with the ancient fathers of the present Indian race. It is well known that the ancient existence of those giants and mammoth was wholly unknown to the White Race, until the excavation of their bones proved their former existence; yet were known to the Indians to have existed and so declared; but which was regarded by the whites as only an Indian fable, unworthy of belief or even a second thought. A huge skeleton of one of those ancient animals was found in March 1877, four miles east of the town of Greenville, Hunt County, Texas. I secured a fragment of the skeleton, evidently a part of the femoral bone, which measured twenty-one inches in circumference. A tooth measured three inches in width, five inches in length along the surface of the jawbone and five inches in depth into the jaw, and weighed the seemingly incredible weight of eleven pounds. The teeth proved the monster herbaceous, the animal of which was in a perfect state of preservation. The greater part of the frame crumbled to dust, as soon as exposed to the action of the air.
Here then it had found a burial place, among others of the prehistoric population of the various animals which held possession of this continent before, perhaps, the advent of man, rising up before us like some old granite dome, weather-beaten and darkened by the lapse of ages past. But death came to it, as to its predecessors, whose cemeteries time has opened here and there, and revealed to the scrutiny of the curious, the testimony of vanished age. Many citizens of the immediate neighborhood visited the place of disinterment, and viewed the solitary grave and looked with wondering interest upon this stranger of hoary antiquity arising from his forest tomb where he has so long slept in silence, unknown and unsung; whose history, as that of his mighty race, is wrapped in the eternal silence of the unknown past. Yet, to one who seeks to muse over the mysteries of the unwritten long ago, this fossil tells a story of the mystic days of yore and of the multiplied thousands of years since old Mother Earth commenced to bear and then destroy her children.
Ah, could the records of the ages to which they point be restored, how many doubts and problems would be solved? But they only tantalize us by their near approach and undiminished inscrutableness, while imagination shrinks from the contemplation of the intervening years between. Yet, from those relics of the ages past, an unlimited field for the imagination is open to view, which many thinkers have attempted to explore only to find themselves utterly lost.
“Hupimmi hattak tikba a mintih hushi aiokatula” (our, forefathers came from the west), [Jaredites?] declare the ancient Choctaws through their tradition, and they saw the mighty beasts of the forests, whose tread shook the earth; but our forefathers ancestry came from the northwest beyond the big water.”
“Tis but the tradition of the ignorant Indian a foolish fable,” responded he of the pale-face, of boasted historical attainments when lo! Accident unearths the long hidden monster of traditional record, and the truth of the rejected declaration of the despised Indian is established, and with equal truth establishing the fact that, mid all our boasted ancient pedigree, theirs is more ancient, and perhaps more honorable, reaching back through the vista of pre-historic times to the” dim and hazy regions of ages past and unknown.
In regard to the race of giants that once occupied the now State of Tennessee and mentioned in the tradition of the ancient Choctaws, Mr. H. S. Halbert, an esteemed friend, says in a letter to me, January 22, 1878, “I will give you some facts which modern researches have thrown upon the ancient occupancy of this continent, on the Atlantic seaboard of the United States stretching from the coast of North Carolina up to and through New England. I refer particularly to the seaboard .
“I am satisfied that the Indian race were in occupancy of this seaboard region only about 200 years before the discovery of America in 1492, I give the reasons:
About the year 1000, A. D. (I quote the date from memory, not having the authorities before me) the Northmen discovered America and made some settlements on the New England coast. All this, as you know, is historical. The Northmen there came in contact with a people whom they called Skrellings. Now these Skrellings, from the description given by them were not Indians, but Esquimaux. They were the same kind of people the Northmen had previously met in Greenland and whom they called also Skrellings, or rather Skraellinger. This is plain proof that 500 years before Columbus, the Esquimaux race inhabited the seaboard of New England and not the Indians.
“Again, the Tuscarora Indians, now living in Canada, but formerly from North Carolina, state in their traditions that they came from the west and settled on the North Carolina seaboard about the year A. D. 1300. Their traditions also state that they came in contact with a people of short stature, ignorant of maize and eaters of raw flesh.
“Now to whom does this description apply but to the Esquimaux? Thirdly, relics have been discovered implements of various kinds, along the seaboard exactly similar to those used by the Esquimaux of the present day. All this is plain proof to my mind, that the Esquimaux once inhabited the Atlantic seaboard as far south as North Carolina, and that they were pushed northward by the influx of the incoming Indian tribes; and that- the Indian had not been settled but for comparatively a short period in this seaboard at the time of Columbus discovery. The Mound Builders seemed to have never occupied this seaboard stretching from North Carolina upward. Now as to the Delaware tradition.
“The Delawares, or Leni Lenape as they style themselves in their native tongue, have a tradition that they came from the west. When they came to the Great River, perhaps, somewhere in the latitude of St. Louis, they found a people of tall stature, and living in towns. This people the Delawares called Allegewi. They asked the Allegewi for permission to cross the river, which was granted. The Allegewi, however, seeing the Indians constantly coming from the west in such large numbers, and fearing they would ultimately dispossess them of their country, commenced war upon them. After years of fighting, the Allegewi were defeated and driven out of their country retreating southward, and the Delawares and other tribes took possession of their country. Now these Allegewi are without doubt the same stock of people spoken of in Choctaw tradition as the Nahoolo.”The word Nahoolo is a corruption of the Choctaw word Nahullo and is now applied to the entire White Race, but anciently it referred to a giant race with which they came in contact when they first crossed the Mississippi river. These giants, says their tradition, as related to the missionaries occupied the northern part of the now States of Mississippi and Alabama and the western part of Tennessee. The true signification of the word Nahullo is a superhuman or super natural being, and the true words for white man are Hattak-tohbi. The Nahullo were of white complexion, according to Choctaw tradition, and were still an existing people at the time of the advent of the Choctaws to Mississippi; that they were a hunting people and also cannibals, who killed and ate the Indians whenever they could capture them, consequently the Nahullo were held in great dread by the Indians and were killed by them whenever an opportunity was presented; by what means they finally became extinct, tradition is silent.
“Chemical analysis of the bones of this giant race in Tennessee and elsewhere,” says Mr. H. S. Halbert, in a letter of January 3rd, 1878, “indicate the ravages of one of the most terrible diseases to which flesh is heir. Bones exhumed from these ancient cemeteries indicate with painful certainty that syphilis was, at least, one cause of the extinct ion of this ancient people. 1 It was long supposed that syphilis was imported into this continent by the European race. That may have been the case, in the historical period, but I have no doubt it prevailed with awful fatality among that ancient people, who -dominated a large portion of this continent before the advent of the Indian race” https://accessgenealogy.com/alabama/choctaw-traditions-council-fire-nahullo.htm
You are about to read a most interesting article about the amazing similarities which the Cherokee have in their worship which is similar to the ancient Jews and current members of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. Our good friend David Doane has made this available as an invitation from Brother Rawson and asked David to share it.
A SPECIAL REPORT on the RELIGIOUS KNOWLEDGE of the CHEROKEE INDIANS By: J. Murray Rawson. Purchase complete copy, email [email protected]
David Doane about Murray Rawson: I first met J. (James) Murray Rawson (7/10/1918 ~ 1/24/2013) about five and a half years ago. At that time, he was living with his daughter, Edith Mary (Rawson) Fillmore, and her husband. We met for about an hour and Murray confirmed much of what has been written about him and his LDS Church leadership roles.
“He had a great love for Native Americans, working with Tribal Representatives from the Miccosukee, Seminole, Cherokee, and other tribes. He was made an honorary Cherokee in special ceremonies in 2001.He was a devoted servant to the Savior and served the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints as a Bishop (3 times); Counselor in 2 Stake Presidencies; Mission President 3 times (Florida, Florida South and the Missionary Home in Salt Lake City); and Missionary Representative and Regional Representative of the Quorum of the Twelve Apostles. Murray also served on the LDS Church’s Missionary Committee for several years.” (http://www.legacy.com/obituaries/deseretnews/obituary.aspx?pid=162651029)
I first became aware of Murray Rawson when the editor of Ancient American magazine, Wayne May, sent me a cassette tape (recording here) of a fireside Murray Rawson gave in 1976 to the missionaries at the missionary training center in Provo Utah. In this fireside address, Murray talked a lot about the Seminole and Cherokee Indians and their history as they had told it to him. In this fireside talk he used a lot of words, phrases and LDS vernacular to describe what he had learned from some tribal chiefs and medicine men.
What ocean did the Cherokee cross to get to the Promised Land,
Where did they land, what modern state was the landing,
How did they get to what we know as their historical location in the Southeast United States?
Murray answered:
The Cherokee crossed the Atlantic Ocean, and
They landed in the South, and
The landing place was in the South.
Murray further talked a lot about a number of multi-tribe meetings he attended, representing President Kimball, and the LDS Church.
Three months later I called his daughter to see if I could meet with Murray again, and we set a date. This time Murray looked very alert for his advanced age, and he presented me with a copy of the report he wrote to President Kimball, A Special Report on the Religious Knowledge of the Cherokee Indians. He told me that President Kimball wanted this knowledge of the Cherokee Indians to be published to “all of the Saints.”
In the chapter Early Cherokee History, Murray uses a lot of LDS vernacular and assumptions in the report to interpret what the chiefs and medicine men told him of their origins. For example, in the chapter Early Cherokee History he states in his own words that “they came to the land of the New World from the direction of the East Ocean riding on a white cloud. There seems to be in the legend the existence of some type of round instrument which directed the voyage.”Murray assumed the “East Ocean” was the Atlantic Ocean, the “white cloud” was sails of a sail boat, and that “the round instrument which directed the voyage” is the Liahona described in the Book of Mormon, all very logical assumptions if you are a Latter-Day Saint and familiar with the Book of Mormon story of Lehi’s voyage to the Promised Land.
Additionally, in this same chapter Murray recorded:
“Like the Iroquois, the Cherokee believe that the ancient people landed in what is the Yucatan Peninsula (Mayan Indian area). From there, they migrated northward then again into a southerly direction. This is the route followed after they left the south lands of the Yucatan.”
During our second meeting I thumbed through the report and asked him some questions in an effort to clarify some of statements. I asked him, did the Cherokee say specifically the “south lands” were the Yucatan. His response was that “we (LDS people) know that the south lands is the Yucatan.”
Joseph with the Indians of North America
I believe Murray Rawson’s experiences and observations can be very informative about some of the Book of Mormon people, their origins, culture and religious knowledge. And, at the same time I would caution all who read it to put on the filter of Joseph Smith’s actual words and early LDS history on these topics, not the 1970’s LDS Mesoamerican theories, which was never Joseph Smith’s knowledge received from revelation and physical evidence.
I do increasingly believe that the Cherokee and Iroquois from which they were once part of, may very well be remnants of Book of Mormon People of Laman, or commonly referred to by the LDS people as “the Lamanites.” And further, that they indeed do have their origins in the Promised Land in the “South lands”, the Southeast United States, most likely Florida based on the significant amount of archaeological evidence that points to Florida as the origin of the people that evolved over time to be the Cherokee Indians, and the prophecies and promises in the Book of Mormon for those people who occupy the Promised Land, America. Written Cherokee history generally starts Southeast of the Ohio valley as part of the Iroquois people who migrated into Western New York, where they separated and migrated southward into the Southeastern United States, where the early American settlers discovered them and recorded the history of the Cherokee people as relayed orally to them.
Enjoy, David A. Doane Editor –
A SPECIAL REPORT on the RELIGIOUS KNOWLEDGE of the CHEROKEE INDIANS By: J. Murray Rawson
Spencer W. Kimball 1975 at Suva Fiji
A special report written to President Spencer W. Kimball, by J. Murray Rawson, Former Florida Mission President and Special Indian Emissary of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. (These are the words of J. Murray Rawson, exactly reproduced, with the the vocabulary, verbiage, descriptions and context of 1970’s Mormon culture. This is reprinted with the permission of David Doane. You may purchase a copy of this article from him at the end of this blog).Contents
How We Kept Our History 1 1
Cherokee Creation Legend 4
Sacred Beliefs of the Cherokee 11
Early Cherokee History 24
The Cherokee and the Ark of the Covenant
(Additional information below)
https://bookofmormonevidence.org/cherokee-temple-ordinances-2/
Cherokee Temple Ordinances of the Council House 33
An Honor to Die 42
The War of the Bark Eaters & Where the Blood Ran Red All Day 45
Introduction
In October of 1971, while serving as President of the Florida Ft. Lauderdale Mission, I· met the two Indian Chiefs of the area: Howard Tommie, Chief of the Seminoles, and Buffalo Tiger, Chief of the Miccosukee (also Mikasuki). In a friendship gesture, I went to their reservations and introduced myself to each of them. Howard Tommie lives on the Hollywood Reservation, and Buffalo Tiger lives on the Miccosukee Reservation, west of Miami, Florida. I invited each of them to attend BYU’s Indian Week in February, but both declined, saying they were too busy. About the first part of December, I was able to have the Lamanite Generation tour the Florida Mission, and as part of that tour, they performed on the two Indian reservations.
After the performance before the Seminoles, Chief Howard Tommie came up to me and said, “I believe I’d like to go to BYU. Is that O.K.? I assured him it was. After the performance on the Miccosukee Reservation, Chief Buffalo Tiger said, “You know, I think I could arrange my schedule to go to BYU if it’s still possible for me to go.” So the two Chiefs and their two assistants and the Princess of the Seminole Tribe went to BYU. They agreed to come to the Mission Home when they returned and report their trip. As they individually came to the Mission Home after their trip to BYU, I asked them questions concerning their ancient traditions. I discovered that they didn’t know very much about them Chief Howard Tommie, of the Seminoles, said that he was raised as a Baptist–his Father was the Baptist Minister on the Reservation–and he didn’t know anything about their ancient traditions, really. His wife spoke- up and said, “Well, I know something. I was raised by my Grandfather, and he told me that Jesus came to see us once. I asked, What did Jesus do?” And she said, Well, I don’t know what Jesus did. All I know is that He is going to come again. I said, Do you know what happened to Jesus when he came to see your ancient people? And she said, Yes, and with a wave of her hand, he went up into the sky.
After visiting with the Seminole representatives who went to BYU, I waited for Chief Buffalo Tiger to come in, but he didn’t come. When I called his office his secretary said· he didn’t come because he did not want to. Shortly thereafter I went to Buffalo Tiger’s office in the Everglades, 40 miles west of Miami, and spent the morning with him. During this interview I asked him many questions, the first of which was what he could tell me about his ancient religion. He said he couldn’t tell me anything about their ancient religion. He said, A man at BYU said Indians have a religion, but I don’t understand that. I’ve lain on my bed at night and looked at the ceiling and said to myself, ‘What do you mean we have a religion? It was President Kimball, in speaking to the Indian Chiefs. at the BYU Indian Conference in February 1972, who said the Indians have a religion. Buffalo said, I can tell you about my ancient traditions.” So I asked him to tell me about them.
The first thing he said was, “Jesus came to see us once.” Then he said, “Jesus taught us many things. I asked, “What did Jesus teach you? He said, “First of all, he taught us how to cook, and then proceeded to tell the story of how they learned to cook on big iron pots that weigh about 800 pounds and have a big steel bail over the top of them. The pots are about an inch thick, and they’ve had them so long that the Tribe doesn’t know where they came from, but they still use them for cooking. They suspend them from a tripod and build a fire under them to cook in. He said, “He taught us how to cut up the vegetables and the meat. Then Jesus tasted it and said it was good, and then we tasted it and said it was good, so we cook that way ever since.” And they still do in many areas there.
I asked, “What else did Jesus teach you?” And he said, “Well, he taught us that if our children would be obedient to their parents, they would live a long time.” So I knew that Buffalo was aware of one of the teachings in the Ten Commandments and could have no other source for that information than the tradition that was handed down through the tribe. I asked him again what else Jesus taught them. He said, “Well, Jesus taught us when to plant and when to harvest, and as he waved his arms he said, “We plant and harvest same month each year ever since.” I asked him what else the Savior taught them, and he said, “I don’t want to offend you,” as he leaned over and patted me on the knee. After I assured him that what he had to say would not offend me, he said, Jesus is going to come again soon.” I said, “Oh? Is that right? When’s He coming? “I don’t know exactly when,” he said. I’d have to talk to the old men of the Tribe–but I know that He’s going to come soon. And when He comes, all the White Men are going to be killed. I said, Why do you say that? And he said, Because that’s what Jesus said when He was with us, that the wicked were going to be killed.” I said, “Why do you say that the White Men are wicked?” To which he replied, White Men sleep with other men’s wives, and he stood up and patted himself on the chest and said, “Indians–we clean. We be with Jesus.” So, I said to him, “Well, Buffalo, I only have one wife, and I’m clean. And he looked me square in the eye and said, Indians–WE be with Jesus!”
By then it was twelve o’clock and my appointment was over, so I said, “Buffalo, I’d surely like to spend some more time with you. I have a film to show you and I’d like to discuss this film with you.” He said he was sorry, but he had a luncheon appointment and another appointment at 1 o’clock with a man from Miami. But he said, “You come back and check with me before you go back into town. Rather than go to lunch, I decided that I would continue my fast, as I had been fasting. When I came back to Chief Tiger’s office in an hour; his secretary said, “Buffalo is waiting for you. I said, “What happened to the man from Miami?” She said, “He called and cancelled his appointment. I knew that the Lord had opened the way for me to spend the afternoon with Chief Buffalo Tiger.
When I got into his office, Buffalo said, “I’m free the whole afternoon.” I said, “That’s wonderful. I’ll go get my film.” So I got my projector from my car and showed him the LDS film prepared by the BYU entitled: A Chosen People.” (Full video may be seen at the end of this blog). This film is a true story of the Cree Indians who lived on the LDS Church ranch in Alberta, Canada. This film shows how the Cree Indians in Western Canada came into contact with the Church.
Their Old Chief dies and goes to heaven but comes back to life to tell what he saw there–that their ancient religion is in a book. The LDS Bishop in that area introduces them to the Book of Mormon, which is that book. When we got to that scene in the film, Buffalo Tiger stood -up and very excitedly said, “Where’s the book? Where’s the book? I want the book!” I told him, I have the book out in the car for you–I brought you one.” I had already had his name inscribed in gold on the cover.
When I brought it in from the car, he asked his secretary to clear off his desk, “I want to put this book on my desk.” Then as I looked at Buffalo Tiger, (I still held the book in my hand), I said, “Buffalo,” (he stood there looking at me, and he reached out hand for the book), “I want to give you this book. I was sent by a Prophet of God to deliver this book to you. This book came from your ancient Chiefs and it has your ancient religion in it.” Tears poured down his cheeks, and he took the book very reverently and thanked me and said, “Now I know what the man at BYU meant when he said Indians have a religion.”_ And I said,”Yes, this is your religion. This is your book.”
After that visit, I didn’t hear from him again for three years, until after I had been released as President of the Missionary Home in Salt Lake City. Sister Rawson and I went back to Florida to visit with these two Indian Chiefs to continue our friendship. When we meet Chief Buffalo Tiger, I asked him if he could remember what he had said to me when he parted some three years before. (In June 1972 when I handed him the Book of Mormon which he had his secretary put on the desk, he said, “Would you be my friend?” and he held out his hand to me. I took his hand and said, “Yes, I will be your friend, and I am your friend.” It was quite a dramatic and moving moment, and it touched both of us. I knew then that I was a special friend, and there was a bond between us that was not going to be changed.) So, I said to him that day with Sister Rawson, “Buffalo, do you remember what you said to me just before I left you three years ago?” And he stood up and held out his hand to me and said, “Yes, I remember. I asked you if you’d be my friend.” In June 1976, Buffalo Tiger called me on the telephone from the Everglades, and said, I would like to meet President Kimball. Can you make the arrangements?” I told him 1 thought I could. In June of 1977 when President Kimball was in Orlando, Florida, we arranged the meeting.
For an hour, prior to the meeting, I asked Buffalo if he would tell me any ancient teachings he could remember about his people. He spoke how the Savior after His visit to the Indians anciently ascended up into heaven. I then corroborated that by reading to him out of 3 Nephi where the Savior ascended up into heaven following his visit. He told me their teaching that his people were to be alive when the Savior came again and that the wicked were to be destroyed. So I read to him Jacob 3:3 where the Lord through Jacob explains why the Nephites, after the Lord’s first visit, are going to be killed–the White Men are all going to be killed, and only the Lamanites will be left on the earth. This probably is where their tradition originated. (1)
I asked him what else he knew about the Miccosukee traditions, why their
people are so special. And he said, “Our people are special because our wives love their husbands, and our husbands love their wives–and we love our children. I knew then that he knew something about the Book of Mormon which he didn’t realize, and I read for him Jacob 3:7 which says: “Behold, their husbands love their wives, and their wives love their husbands, and their husbands and their wives love their children. When he heard this, he was astounded. I said, “Buffalo, the more you tell me of your traditions, the more you prove to me that you really are the people that should have this book, and that you know that I’m telling you the truth because what you tell me from your traditions is what is written in this book.” He said, “Yes, I realize that.”
Then Buffalo had the opportunity of meeting and visiting with President Kimball for an hour and a half. It was at that time that President Kimball first heard Buffalo’s statement that he could not tell us more about his traditions because their teachings were buried in New. York. When President Kimball asked how they were preserved, Buffalo said they were written on thin sheets of gold.(2) President Kimball, of course, was immediately interested and wanted to know if we could publish the story. As I had learned of it earlier, the President wanted to know if I had written it down, which I had not. He then asked me to gather all the information about the tradition that I could and get it written down. Then he made arrangements for me to meet again with Buffalo Tiger to get the complete tradition and story, and told me to notify all the Indian Tribes that we had found their ancient teachings in New York. President Kimball asked me to search out additional information especially about the Last Battle at Hill Cumorah and report to him my progress, which I did. During the next two years I made a number of trips back to see Buffalo Tiger and each time seemed to lose ground. Although he had promised President Kimball that he would make available all the information I wanted, I received none, Buffalo always indicating he could not tell me anymore. I learned later this was because he had taken an oath to keep certain historical and religious information secret because of its sacred nature.
In April 1979, I learned from a friend, Sister Letteriello, that she could not obtain any additional information beyond what I had already in my possession. She said that I must find an Indian medicine man who would know all the history of his people. In May 1979, President Ritchie Marbury, of the Idaho Boise Mission (who did not know of my assignment), called me and said he had something to tell me. He said, “I should have called three months ago and it’s bothering me so much I finally had to stop my work and call you.” He then said, “We have recently baptized in my home ward in Albany, Georgia, an Indian medicine man. He is a Cherokee, does this mean anything to you?” I told him this information was an answer to prayer. As a direct result of several meetings and telephone conversations with this medicine man, I was able to gather most of the material presented in this report.
The Cherokee Chief and medicine man has asked that this information he has revealed be forwarded to President Kimball. It must be understood that the descriptions and narratives contained herein are special and sacred to him. He has taken a “Death Oath” for the protection of these sacred histories, promising that he would never divulge them. The time will come that they can be made known, but he feels that the time is not now. He feels very strongly that he betrayed a trust and a confidence that was placed on him as a leader of his people. He has not given this information for publication purposes, but rather for safe-keeping. All the information given has been carefully organized in the sequence presented here to help the reader understand it best, but it has been left in the words of the medicine man as much as possible.
It has been a great pleasure bringing to light an understanding of what the heart of the Cherokee Chief and medicine man wanted to say, but sometimes could not find the right words to say. It is hoped justice has been done to this much difficult task and assignment. I would like to thank two special friends for their valuable help organizing and preparing this report: Paul Enciso, a Lamanite member of the Church who helped me better understand the Indian ways and Dr. Charles D. Tate, Jr., former Editor of BYU Studies and now President of the Missouri St. Louis Mission, who helped edit it into final form. Many thanks also go to Lori Mickelsen for typing this report. I have tried as best I could to fill the assignment given me by President Spencer W. Kimball.
J. Murray RawsonNotes(1) Note: 3 Nephi 16: 13-16; 20:10-22; 21: 11-15,18; D&C 87:5, all state
that is the Gentile nation, who scatter the Indians, do not repent, they will be vexed and cut off. Further, that the Indians will inherit the American Continent and build the New Jerusalem. (See JS 17:300-301).(2) After the statement about their record being buried in New York had been made to me in June 1972, I left the Miccosukee Reservation and drove over to the Hollywood Reservation to ask Chief Howard Tommie if he had ever heard anything about their ancient teachings being buried in New York. When I got into his office, his assistant Chief Don Osceola, came in and I asked them both, “Have you ever heard of the tradition about your ancient teachings being lost? Howard said, Yes–they’re buried up in New York, and the assistant Chief said, “They’re buried up in New York by a tree.” I showed them the picture of the painting of Moroni burying the plates on our “Jesus Christ–Mediator of All Mankind,” pamphlet. It shows Moroni putting the plates down into the stone box–he’s kneeling down–and a tree at the left of the box. They really got excited about that.A SPECIAL REPORT on the RELIGIOUS KNOWLEDGE of the CHEROKEE INDIANS By: J. Murray RawsonHOW WE KEPT OUR HISTORY
Many, many years ago there lived a particular chief who had a very wise counselor in a medicine man. One day the chief was saddened because he knew that it was very important to figure out a way in which the history of the Cherokee people and his clan might be left for them, so that they would not deviate from the True Ways, some already having started.
Approaching the medicine man, he asked, 1101d Wise One, how am I to leave the history and teachings of our people so that all will remember things pertaining to our past and our ways of life?” The medicine man answered him, 1160 and purify yourself, then face the wind.” The Old Chief did as instructed.
First of all, he went to the river and washed to prepare himself for the purification. While he did this, he had others of the tribe go and prepare the inside of the sweat-lodge• .It was very hot within. He went into the sweat-l odge and stayed there for two days and two nights, going without food and water during the whole time.
Following the second night, he left the lodge and went to the river
to wash and cool off. He then ascended a nearby hill called by the name of Where the Eagle Rests. He remained on this hill three days and three nights. While there he sang and prayed to the Creator of All Things, hoping that he might be shown through a vision how he might be able to rest his troubled heart from the concern that worried him.
On the seventh day, his spirit left his body and went to the sky world. There Brother Wolf and Brother Bear met him. They took him to the chief of the chiefs of the sky world.
In this meeting with the Creator Chief, the chief of the Cherokee was shown and told much. He received specific instruction from the Creator Chief, on a way to preserve the history of his people.
When his spirit was returned to his body, he went to see the medicine man once more. The Wise One patiently waited for the Old Chief to relate his experience. The chief told him of the experience he had, what he had seen and the instruction·he had received, and that the work was to be implemented by the medicine man. The Wise One being very understanding and wise did as the chief had instructed him to do.
The first true words of the people, then, were put on wood; then in time they were placed on rocks; further in time, they were written on paper-leaves; later again, they were written and scribed on gold, copper and silver sheets. This was done because the wood did not last long
enough, and the rocks broke, and the paper-leaves deteriorated. Therefore, it was decided that only gold, copper, and silver talking-leaves (scribed with pictures) would be used.
As time pressed onward, it was found that very few of the people were gaining a knowledge of the sacred ways of the Old Ones, as well as their history, because the metal talking-leaves were kept confined due to their sacredness. It was suggested that some of the people were using the wise teachings and history for their benefit only. This was a matter of great concern for the chief for it is apparent that he had used the historical information in a wrong manner. by a wolf. Therefore, as a punishment, he was attacked.
Prior to his death from this attack, the chief was asked by the wolf why he had taken it upon himself to use the old sacred ways for selfgain, the chief knowing that that was wrong. Consequently, the wolf had attacked him, so that the chief would feel some remorse in anguish prior to his death.
Nevertheless, the chief was granted one wish for the good that he had done wolf.
The wolf, asked the chief if his wish was to have life again, as a The chief replied in the negative. Again the wolf asked if he would care to have life as a bear, to which the chief’s response was once more in the negative. The chief, reasoning that all living things had to come to an end, and die, said he would much rather remain on the earth as a river. Because in so doing, hi could travel far and wide, seeing his people grow day by day. He could be a provider for them, of food and life ( water.) By being a river, he felt that he would be able to contribute to their well being to right all the wrong he might have caused them.
The chief died and was turned into a large river, which passes by the homes of all his people to this very day. The river stretches throughout the land and empties from one sea to another. It is called Lake Hope (lake Erie).
This is how the Cherokee kept and preserved their history. Examples existent today are all the rocks still left to the sight of everyone to see, as well as the numerable other ways of the ancient writings that have been found.
CHEROKEE CREATION LEGEND
The Cherokee legends that have been kept alive from generation to generation from time immemorial the story of the spiritual being
who created the earth, sun, moon and stars, as well as the governing of
their orbital sanctuaries in the universe pattern of their creation.
This being is called 11Yohawa11 but was later changed to “Yowa” in reverence to his name.
It is a belief of the Cherokee that Yowa created the world in seven days, and that in Nutalequa, or in the first new moon of autumn with the fruits all ripe, God made the fi rst. man of red clay, an Indian.1 The Cherokee also believe that God made woman from one of the ribs belonging to the first man. Although it is not known why, the general belief exists that all people, prior to the time of the great flood, were Indians, or to be exact, Red People.
The Oyatageronon, or Cherokee Indians, believe that in the beginning
all living things lived together above in the sky world, which was above the sky vault. One of the chief concerns among the dwellers of the sky wo ld were the crowding conditions of both the people and the animals.
One day someone inquired of the Great Father, chief of all things, what existed below the sky vault. He said there existed water below the sky vault. One of the animal children, Little Water Beetle, by name Beaver Grandchild, asked if he could go down and perhaps see what he could learn. As he flew down from the sky world, he darted in every direction over the surface of the water, but could find no firm place to rest. He dived to the bottom of the water world and resurfaced with some mud, which began growing. As it increased, it extended itself on every side, becoming the island we call “earth.” It was then fastened to the sky with four giant ropes; however, no one remembers who did this.
At first the earth was very flat, soft, and wet. The animals were very anxious to go down to earth, so that no one would be pushed off of the sky world. Prior to their leaving the sky world, and due to their anxiety of wanting to leave the sky world first, they sent out different birds to discover if the earth was amply dry to be lived upon. These became very tired as they flew around the earth-island because they could find no place where they did not sink into the soft mud. This news left the people and animals in the sky world very discouraged.
When more time had elapsed, it was decided that the great buzzard should be sent down to see if the earth had dried sufficiently. This was the grandfather of all the buzzard brothers and sisters. He flew very close to the ground, only to discover that the earth was still very soft. As he reached the area of the Cherokee country, his giant wings began to stroke the ground, because he too had become weary and extremely tired in his earth bound episode and investigation. It is said that the valleys that existed in the Cherokee country became mountains due to the grandfather buzzard’s striking his giant wings upon the ground. Seeing that many of the valleys of the soft earth were being turned into mountains, the people and animals of the sky world reasoned that the entire earth would become mountainous, unless they called for the return of grandfather buzzard to the sky world. It seems that to this day the heart of the Cherokee country is full of mountains.
Finally, the earth was dry, and all the animals came down from the sky world. The earth was still dark; therefore, they took the sun and set it in a track to cross the firmament daily. It ran from east to west. At first, the sun was so close that all the animals almost burned up. The red crawfish had its shell scorched a bright red, so that its meat was spoiled. Because of this, the Cherokee will not eat the meat of the red crawfish.
To remedy the closeness of the sun, the chief medicine man put the sun another hand’s breadth higher in the air; however, it was still too hot. The sun was raised another hand’s breadth, and another, and yet another, until it was raised just under the sky arch. It had finally been raised to just the right placement; therefore, it was left in the highest place, or as the medicine men and women call it, the seventh height, because it is seven hand breadths above the earth. Therefore, the sun routinely travels daily along its track, and at night it returns to its starting place.
Another world yet exists beneath the one the Cherokee people presently dwell upon. It is similar to the Cherokee world, except that the people live on an opposite basis. When the Cherokee are experiencing summer, those on the world underneath experience winter; and similarly, winter in the Cherokee world means summer in the world beneath. The streams that run
down from the high mountains are the trails by which this underworld can be reached, and the springs at the heads of these streams are the doorways which one can enter. No one is allowed to go to this other world without first being 11 purified, 11 and without fasting from four to seven days. The intruder into the other world must be guided by one of the people-dwellers who live in the other world. Entrance into the other world must be done during a certain time of the season of the year. One can tell the season in the other world by the water temperature in the streams. In the summer it is cooler than the outer air, and in the winter it is wanner.
It is not known who told the animals and the plants to keep awake for seven nights when they were first made. Perhaps it was the Great Father Chief. However, as the young men fasted and kept awake, they prayed for their medicine to work. The plants and animals tried to do this and nearly all were awake through the first night. The following night, however, several went to sleep as drowsiness set in. As he nights continued, others were overcome with drowsiness and fell asleep. On the seventh night only two animals were found awake, the owl and·the panther. (The owl represents wisdom and swiftness and the panther represents darkness.) Perhaps there might have been another two who also remained awake. To these animals, the Great Father Chief gave the power to see at night, as well as to prey upon those who had fallen a-sleep·and who must sleep in the nights forever.
To the plants with living spirits–the cedar tree, the pine tree, the spruce tree, and the holly and laurel–it was given to remain green always, as well as to be the best plants for making medicine, for their obedience in remaining awake for the seven nights. To the other plants it was said, “Because you have not endured to the end, you shall lose
your hair every winter.” And so it is.
In the “Ark of the Covenant”, the first law speaks of the creation of man and about the “Tree of Life”. In accordance to this, the ancient Cherokee belief is that the Cherokee used to live in the high heaven with the Great Father Chief, before they came to live on the earth, which earth is a testing ground and a proving site for mortal man. It is a temporary place for man to dwell.
One day the Sky Chief had a son whose jealousy over his mother’s un born child caused him great anxiety, and inevitably caused him to err.
This jealousy was aroused by his thinking that his mother would love the newborn more than she love. In the sky there existed a tree that gave life, called the “Tree of Life”. It was a brilliant tree that gave light to all the sky world.
The jealous son decided to cut the tree down; it fell from the sky world, leaving a large hole in the sky world. ·Because the brilliance of the light was not present any longer, the mother went to the place of the tree and found it not existing. She found that the farther the tree fell from the sky world, the more intensely the darkness increased. The Sky Chief came to the place that his spouse, the mother of his son, was and saw the same as she. Asking his spouse what had happened, she replied that she did not know what had happened; however, he accused her of chopping down the Tree of Life, and condemned her, pushing her into and through the hole that was left in the skyworld by the tree. She and all of her seed after her, were recipients of the same condemnation because of this deed.
However, there existed birds below the sky world at this time, who caught her while she fell, and carried her to the land upon the earth. Because the planet was full of water, the birds had to call upon the musk rats, who were swimming in the water. At that time, all the animals could speak the same language, so they could all communicate with one another.
Therefore, the birds told the musk rats that they carried a woman who was with child, and needed to place her on land. The musk rats then went into the water to speak with brother mud turtle. The mud turtle surfaced and inquired what the matter was. The birds told him that they had a woman who was with child and who also needed a place to dwell upon. The mud turtle then went down into the water and took a piece of mud and brought it to the surface and formed the first land. The birds then placed the woman on the land. In her due time, she walked into the waters to bear her child. Upon returning out of the waters, she carried a baby, and thus the belief that this is how the sea was formed: For the waters now had become the sea.
When the Sky Chief realized that it was his son who had cut down the Tree of Life so that it. fell and created a hole in the sky world, he took his son to the hole and pushed him through it, and told him that he would be condemned for the transgression, forever. The Cherokee call this son by the name of Baboe (which to the Cherokee chief and medicine man sounds like one of Baal’s names, more particularly, the Ekron name of Baal-zebub}. This story is recorded on the first tablet of crystal, which has existed for the last seven generations assuredly, which is inside the Arc of the Covenant. Undoubtedly, it is perhaps beyond those generations in age.
According to the myth keepers of the Cherokee, before the world was sufficiently dry to support people, plants, and animals, these future inhabitants all lived together and spoke a common language in the sky world.
In regard to the bearing of children, it is said that after man was created on the earth, there lived a brother and a sister, who together dwelt in the land. One day the brother struck the sister with a fish (which represents life–which is to say, the power of life-giver), and she bore a child. Every seven days she would bear a child until there was the danger that not enough space would be available upon the land for all the new arrivals from the sky world. It was then determined that a woman would only bring forth a child once every year, and this is how the bearing-period of children came into existence.
First must be understood that in the realization of creation of First Man and First Woman, the Indian People believe that they are the parents of all present existing human families. Because First Man was created out of Red Earth, this identifies him with the Red Race of today, the Indian People. Similarly, Buddha is an Oriental to the people of that race; God is White (perhaps Caucasian) to the people of that race; and the Creator God is Indian to the people of the Red race. When the Creator visited the Indian, he called them “My Children” and said that the Great Father had sent Him to them, as He had also been sent to First Man; therefore, reasoning that the Great Father of Red People must also be Red Man, therefore, an Indian. (Explanation note of theory by the interviewer)SACRED BELIEFS OF THE CHEROKEE
The Cherokee protested the completion of the Tellico Dam in Tennessee (1979) because they realized that the waters filling the dam would back up sufficiently to flood both their sacred burial grounds, and a sacred cave where they kept ancient sacred religious articles. It took about two or three days by foot to arrive at this sacred cave, which contained metal plates, upon which the history and story of the tribe had been written.
There, also, one could find paper-like materials kept in metal cylinders. In another cave there are goldish-looking metal plates, which are held together by what seems to be a wire or d ng. These the medicine man can open and read.
When the early missionaries went among the Cherokee People, they were astonished at the similarity between the Cherokee religious traditions and the Biblical accounts. These missionaries tried to destroy as many of the books made of gold, silver, copper, and stone as they could. They also burned the books that were made of paper-like materials, thus erasing any knowledge of the people’s old and true ways. Although many of these records were destroyed, others were kept in sacred places to keep many of the Old Laws alive for the benefit of the Cherokee.
They are regarded as being jn safe places, as the time is not yet come for the Great Young Warrior King to return to tell the Cherokee to bring them out, so that the Creator can once again use them in the sacred and holy ways to recount the religious views of the people. When he returns, he shall tell the Cherokee to bring out all of these sacred treasures so that the ancient true-ways of the people may return to them, and they may live in peace and harmony once more.
The Cherokee believe, too, that one of their sacred books is buried in New York.2 These particular records they know were in the possession of the
Old White Chief at the last battle, and were buried at the hill where this last battle took place: the “Hill Where the Blood Ran Red All Day, 11 or 11 Death Mountain.” They are buried on the east side somewhere near the base, to be preserved.
All the medicine men and holy people knew about the records, for they themselves buried the Great White Chief at the time, knowing that he had had the records. However, it is unknown who actually buried them.
What makes these records so very important to the Cherokee is that they contain their ancient religious history and are considered to be very sacred. They contain the teachings of ancient prophets that walked among the people, as well as the sacred covenants they once received when they walked in the knowledge of the Great Laws given to them by the Creator, who was Yowa. Presently, many Indians are trying to locate the place of these records, so that they can obtain a more accurate account of their ancient teachings.
If these records are not found, the tribes (such as the Iroquois, Penobscot, Algonquin, Pequot, Cherokee and other northeastern tribes) will await their return. This is why it is so important for the young Great Warrior man to come, as he shall reveal where the ancient records
are buried. The tribes were told to stay true and to wait for the records to be returned to them.
These records will be readily identified without question by the tribe,
because they were told that their hearts would tell them so. At that time, they will accept the records brought to them and will know that the true church will exist because of them. Most of the various Indian tribes in the United States and Canada await the return of the ancient true religion they once had. It is through these ancient records that they will positively know that the true religion (or church) will return to them. This is what the holy teachers and other certain people who belonged to a secret religious society taught them. These holy teachers were those who wrote the records.
Some of these records were kept from the time before the crossing of the forefathers from across the great waters. Other records were written by the forefathers after their arrival upon the land. Some of the stories contained in the records tell that Yowa visited the Indians, and in that visit Yowa walked and talked with, and taught the people his ways. It is said that when he appeared there was a blinding light, a voice from heaven spoke, and a shining star appeared.· The records also contain the story of the destruction of some very wicked temples, because some of the holy temples had been desecrated by the people.
In addition to the true ways that Yowa taught the people, he also taught them how to cook, when to plant, when to harvest. He also taught that if the children would be obedient·to their parents they would· live a long time.
When Yowa came, he had special powers to heal the sick. He taught them peace and life–this is why he came to teach the people the right way. He promised the people that he would return. He also chose twelve men to carry on his ministry among the People.
It is expected that the ancient record to the tribes must come through the religious leaders, such·as the medicine men, who are spiritual leaders in their tribes. The people will then receive it if the medicine m n agree unitedly, as the Indians are already looking for the religious instruction which is now lost. They want and expect an Indian leader to teach them; therefore, they await this record to come to them through an Indian. This record’s teachings will return the old religion to the tribe and initiate the waited-for new religion. ·However, the tribe is not prepared for the change-over and this may be a hardship.
The knowledge of metal making has been lost; however, the knowledge and use of gold was an art that was passed down from father to son. As the time comes, all of the records will be brought to the Indians• At that time, the tribe will see itself as·being, or belonging to the Higher Order–that is, the same order to which Yowa belongs, by which order he also ministers. The Higher Order has the power to administer in all the affairs of Yowa to his children, while the Lower Order ministers only in the power delegated to men, in their affairs. Anyone who rejects the teachings of the records will be banished, outcast, or suffer death. However, when a young light-skinned warrior brings the records, his teachings will be rejected; but in the end the people will accept him.
Prior to the return of Yowa, the people walking upon the land of pro mise, and all over the world, will be ungodly and wicked. They will be in need of higher powers to protect them. It is also known that a war will break out between the black people and the white people, and that this situation will bring all Indians together to protect one another {they will go to the mountains for their protection). Therefore, when a young warrior is come, there will be a cleansing at the last battle. The light-skinned people (or whites) will come to the Indians for their protection. But first, a young warrior must come forth.
When the birth of a new nation, a new religion, is come, there will then exist also one brotherhood, like in the beginning. There will also be a sacred city built in the middle of the country, perhaps in Missouri., The Cherokee also believe that in the latter-days the people will need to go to the hills to be protected from the great evils and destruction’s that shall visit the land and sweep the earth. Other races of people will also come to the hills. A great young warrior chief will come forth to lead the Cherokee people there. It is the belief of many tribes that this light-skinned young chief will wear red, with the sacred marking of the bent cross on his clothing. The protection of the hills will be necessary, because it is said that the heavens will open and protect the Indian people, with other people who shall join them. They will be protected from the pitch that will be sent to the earth, then fire shall rain over that, consuming and destroying all wickedness: For the earth shall be cleansed by fire. Only then will the people all leave the refuge of the hills and begin to live as in the old days. There are fourteen sanctuaries which will protect them.
In some of the legends of the Cherokee, one will recognize their know ledge. of the Great Flood which covered the whole earth. When De Soto met the Cherokee for the first time, he was astounded to learn that they knew about the flood and an ark which saved the sacred family from drowning.
It is said that all the people living at that time were Red People. Before the time of the Great Flood there were preachers, doctors and prophets, who taught the Cherokee to obey Yowa, as well as their parents. The people were also warned of an impending flood, which would destroy all wickedness from the face of the land, if the ways of the people were not mended (corrected). The people were also taught that the earth would receive this destruction, by water, only once. In the last days of the earth, the people were told, the earth would once again receive destruction, but then by fire. It was said that Yowa would send, in the last days a shower of pitch, and then a shower of fire, which would burn everything, causing a cleansing, like the Great Flood. For there must first be a washing of things, then there must follow a purification of things.
The reason the earth needed a washing (prior to the Great Flood) was because wickedness was spreading throughout the land, so that the people were becoming an enemy to the laws of Yowa. At length, a great messenger was sent to the people from above to warn them of the impending flood if they would not turn away from their wickedness. Yowa then told a man to make a house that would float on the water.
Also, this man was to take his family and some of the different kinds of animals into it. He was told to take the sacred books and some of the holy teachers as well. Yowa then sent the rains, at the allotted time, so that it continued for forty days and forty nights. Simultaneously, water began gushing out of the ground, so that in time the house was raised upon the waters and floated away.
After a length of time had passed, this man sent out a raven from the house to discover if the land had dried sufficiently to leave the floating house. A dove returned with a leaf in its mouth (this is also the Cherokee symbol for peace). It was not long after the dove had returned that the man found the house resting on dry ground, on the top of a huge hill. This was in the spring of the year. All who had ridden within the house–the family, teachers and all the animals that he had taken–left it and began to make a new life. They became farmers and tilled the ground of the new world.
It generally surprises people to know that such Biblical characters as Aquahama (Abraham) and Wasi (Moses), with their stories paralleling their Biblical counterparts, actually exist in the legends of the Cherokee. The task was comparatively easy to convert the Cherokee to Christianity within a period of about thirty years. It was never known if the missionaries were teaching the Cherokee stories and doctrinal principles from the Christian books (Bible), or from the Cherokee sacred beliefs. It all seemed to be one in the same.
The Cherokee have always believed that on another planet, a heavenly
and holy planet, there exists a Heavenly Mother, who lives with our Heavenly Father. (This belief is very common among all tribes.) The word “heaven” has always existed in the Cherokee language. It is not a word that was brought to them through the Christian missionaries. The Cherokee have always been a religious and humble people because of their conviction and faith in the one true God.
The one supreme being was called Yohawa, but later changed to just Yowa to keep the name in holy reverence. The name was never said, except by certain priests who were permitted to say it aloud. Yowa was a unity of three beings, called The Elder of the Fires Above (Cho-ta-auh-ne-le-eh)–perhaps synonymous to the Holy Trinity of the Christian faith. Other Cherokee people called him the Great Spirit or the Creator, because of the legends which have kept the belief alive of the spiritual being who created the earth, the sun, and the moon and stars.Fire was commanded to take care of the needs of mankind, using smoke as its messenger. Because of the conversion of the Cherokee to the Christian faith, there arose sentiments and division among the people of the tribe. While many of the Cherokee worshiped the sun, moon, stars, and other gods, most of the Cherokee people believed in the teachings and of the existence· of the Three Beings Above, who had created all men and their surroundings.These would also judge all men according to their deeds of good or wrong. They also fixed the time and manner of death. The names of these three beings were Uhahetaqua (the Father God), who is the great head of all power; Atanoti (the Son God), who is Yowa, the Creator; and Usquahula(the Spirit God). These three beings are said to be always unanimous in thought and action. They sit on three white seats above and are the only objects to which all worship and prayers are directed. The angels are their messengers who come down to earth to attend to the affairs of men. The Cherokee people believe that angels can also be people with God-given powers, who are true in heart, and are able to administer to the needs of the people, such as knowing how to cure sick people and how to administer the ordinances of the Old Way–baptism, marriage, and the death rites.
Yowa is the name of the Great King God. His name is very sacred. He was a man, and yet he was also a spirit. He was a great and glorious being. He was so highly revered that never was his name used in common talk. Only the high-high priests, or the chief council medicine men could use his name, or say it (in reverence). If anyone was heard saying or using his name in a wrong way, that person was put to death. If anyone used or said his name without proper permission, or out of his jurisdiction and authorship, that person was also put to death. Certainly, this was one name that could not be misused.
The Great King commanded the people to rest every seventh day. The people were not to work on this day. It was a day of devotion for speaking about the Father God, his son and the spirit. It is believed that the number seven has become a holy number to the Cherokee, coming from the commandment of resting on the seventh day.
There are many evidences of the sacred number seven among the Cherokee: there are only seven clans: The Bird Clan, the Paint Clan, the Deer Clan, the Wolf Clan, the Blue Clan, the Long Hair Clan, and Wild Potato Clan.
Each clan has a chief. Also, the council house of the Cherokee is a seven-sided building, with each chief of the seven clans having a designated section in one of the seven council house chambers. In the middle of the council house, burns a fire kindled with seven different kinds of wood. One can recognize it in the seven heights or steps to the heavens. The seventh heaven is the highest, where one can reside with Yowa.
Still strong in the beliefs of the Cherokee is the remembrance of one called Iitza. The events of his life and death tell that Iitza died on a cross on Skull Mountain. He wore a red robe, which was made by a Cherokee woman. Upon his head he wore thistles or thorns, and died for the Cherokee people. It is believed by .the Cherokee that Iitza is Jesus and was Cherokee. This great chief, son of sky world, climbed a hill called Death Face Hill (which is also the same called Skull Mountain). There he hung for the Cherokee people, his side opened by an arrow.
The numbers four, seven, twelve and fourteen are sacred numbers. The colors Red, Black, White and Yellow are the four holy colors. Each has a meaning, and a variety of symbolic meanings.
The “Eternal Flame of the Cherokee Nation” at Red Clay State Park in Bradley County, Tennessee, United States. The plaque reads: Eternal Flame of the Cherokee Nation This fire is a memorial to those people who suffered and died on the infamous “Trail of Tears.” It also commemorates the reuniting of the Eastern and Western Cherokee Nations here at Red Clay. Aug. 7, 1837 — Apr. 6, 1984
Red, for instance·, represents God, High Maker, and Red People, to mention a few. Black represents Yowa, Voice Thunder,. Truth and also the Black people. White represents the Holy Spirit and White people. Yellow represents the peace of God’s love and warmth, and also the Oriental people.
The colors blue, purple and green are also sacred. The blue represents the Spirit of God; it can represent Yowa the being; it may also represent the Holy Spirit.Thus it may be said that it represents the Three Holy Beings, who are One in purpose. The color blue also means, “be true.” Purple has synonymous meaning to the color blue. However, it also implies that all three spirits are not far distant from one who is seeking them. Green is the color representative of life and Mother Earth.
Now, if a person is traveling and comes· across a large hill, and observes that three smaller hills lay in a perpendicular pattern on the large hill’s east side, so that the three smaller hills form the top bar of a “T” to the large hill’s main body, let it be known that on this mound lay Holy People, Wise Men and Holy Teachers resting. This place should not be desecrated. One will be sure of this if on the large hill one will see four or seven trees existing. The four trees will incidentally remind the person that “this place” is sacred ground. Seven trees will remind one that “this place” is a most holy place. Records of metal plates could be buried there, due to their sacred nature.
However, when one comes across “crossed-arrows,” this will indicate that one is close to an Indian-treasure of gold or silv er. This symbol will appear on a tree or rock. It also will indicate that the treasure was secured there, close to 2000 feet from that spot. As one searches and finds in the general area an “eye” or the “profile of a face” looking or facing in a specific direction, that will be the direction of said treasure.
The Cherokee Chief and medicine man remembers as a boy that his grandfather, who was a high-high priest, took him to a cave, wherein he saw many sacred and religious items. He also saw at the time he entered the cave the Ark of the Covenant. He saw the crystals that were contained within. He saw records made of metal, some being gold, silver and copper in appearance.
The Ark had been located near a place called Gattenburg, Tennessee, before it was moved to the area that was flooded by the dam, the place of ancient Cherokee burial mounds. From there it was moved into Georgia, where now it rests within the confines of a cave. It is accompanied there with other religious and sacred articles. He has also indicated that he had seen some people touch the Ark of the Covenant and be thrust down because of their negligence in touching it.
He remembers as a boy that he went to a cave where the Ark of the Covenant was located. In this place was held an annual ceremony for the same. Certain people were charged with the maintenance of the Ark and its surroundings. They would go to spread the sacred tobacco around it.
Specific people would pronounce prayers, while others who were allowed
to do so would clean it; and they would cover it, with a tent-like structure (representing a very small tent figure).
Aside from northern Georgia and Tennessee, where there are places with gold and other sacred artifacts, Georgia and North Carolina also have locations where one can find some tablets deposited. Perhaps the last ceremony held with the Ark was in Kentucky about in 1973.
On May 12, 1972, J. Murray Rawson was interested to know if Buffalo Tiger knew where the ancient teachings of his people, the Miccosukee were located. Buffalo Tiger responded that the records were buried in a hill in New York (which corroborates the Cherokee chief and medicine man’s story). However, to corroborate this statement, Brother Rawson went to the headquarters of the Seminole Tribe to see if the people there might tell a different story. He approached Chief Howard Tommy with the question: “I understand your ancient teachings have been lost.” He and Don Osceola (who was sitting there) nodded their heads. Chief Tommy said, “Yes, they are buried up in New York.” Don said, “They are buried up in New York in a hill by a tree.
The 3rd Indian belief is that the Creator placed His energies into the fire, to give life {thus creating the sun by his might). In turn, the smoke became the symbol for the spirit of life. Tobacco, when lit, will give off a white smoke (symbol for purity), therefore, taking the prayers of a person to the Giver of Life, as it ascends and disappears (as the messenger spirit of life).EARLY CHEROKEE HISTORYIt is the belief of the Cherokee People that they came to the land of the New World from the direction of the East Ocean riding on a white cloud. There seems to be in the legend the existence of some type of round instrument which directed the voyage. Although not totally clear, it seems that the instrument which directed the voyage was ball-shaped and contained another like it within itself. It contained a liquid, making the floating devices within to congregate at times to give direction to the eyes of the beholder. Like the Iroquois, the Cherokee believe that the ancient people landed in what is the Yucatan Peninsula (Mayan Indian area). From there, they migrated northward then again into a southerly direction. This is the route followed after they left the south lands of the Yucatan.
The migration. northward took the Cherokee (actually “The People”, because they believe they were one people at that time, and they had not yet divided into groups) into the area of what is now New York, near the place of waters called Lake Erie. As they arrived in this area which is now northern New York, they found a light-skinned people who already possessed the land. The Cherokee People befriended these light skins and dwelt among them. These light skins were a mighty and a great people.
The Cherokee believe that they were the true forefathers of all the Indians, who had come from the East across the waters riding in white clouds.
Peace and harmony existed among the people throughout the land so that everyone lived well. In time dissension occurred among the people, and inevitably the two peoples began to despise each other. All the ceremonies were disrupted and their beliefs questioned: Some believing in one thing, and others believing in another. The confusion became so intense that all the good feelings and peace and harmony which existed could not be found among the two peoples.
In due time the two groups “knocked heads” (to quote the Iroquois). After the battle, it was found that the Iroquois Nation (the Cherokee sprang from this group) was defeated and placed under subservient conditions, their women being raped and placed under slavery supervision by the Bark Eaters (as the light skins were called). They also performed sacrilegious services and sacrifices, cutting out the hearts of the people. The Iroquois Nation suffered greatly at the hands of the Bark Eaters, and prayed unendingly for deliverance for the space of many, many years.
It was mentioned by the chief that perhaps the clouds are the white sails of the ships which brought them here. It was also mentioned that the word Cherokee was somehow associated with the Hebrew word for cloud or sail. Cherokee is not at all associated with any Hebraic word. However, the Aramaic language possesses the word Sharak, which means “East.” Also, the word Sharakiya refers to the East Wind.
Al Sharkiya means the “hot desert wind” but literally means: “The Easterner. (Information received fro·m Dr. Shlomo Karni, professor of Electrical Engineering, University of New Mexico, and Private Linguist, native speaker of the Aramaic & Hebrew languages by Paul Enciso)
This description of the so-called “Liahona” is the first rendition I have come across outside of the Pueblo Indian legends. The Pueblo Indians of New Mexico relate a story of a man who is in search of his “other brothers” who originated from the same land he did, and came to this land after the great destruction. However, he is led to his brothers by the means of an “awl” which “pointed in the direction of whither he should go. The story says that he was able to communicate with the “awl ” in all circumstances and receive both direction and instruction from the instrument, so that he was able to locate his brothers safely in the new land of promise. (Note given by Paul Encisco.)
Statue of Hiawatha (Longfellow’s Hiawatha) carrying Minnehaha at Minnehaha Park in Minneapolis, Minnesota. Image by Mulad. A plaque at the site says: Hiawatha and Minnehaha by Jacob Fjelde Erected in 1911
To Read J. Murry Rawson’s report on the Ark of the Covenant titled, “THE CHEROKEES AND THE ARK OF THE COVENANT”
A brief comment on the subject of the Ark of the Covenant. Perhaps there will be those who will quickly ridicule, or make light of the possibility that the Ark of the Covenant is in possession of the Cherokees, as described in the information given. It is understandable that anyone might think this a hoax. However, studies of the Ark of the Covenant show that it disappears after the destruction of the temple. When the temple was rebuilt, the Ark of the Covenant was not present, so that it could not have been destroyed in the second destruction (because it was not there to destroy). However, the assumption is that it might have been kept in hiding (and some believe it is hidden under the Dome of the Rock.) But when the Ark of the Covenant was taken from the Israelite’s, everyone who took possession of it wanted to get rid of it because of the many plagues and disasters which came to those who possessed it. Why then, would anyone want to take the Ark of the Covenant from Israel after having experienced such great difficulties with it? It is concluded that it must have been taken to a safe place and kept there by the remaining Jews in Jerusalem, since the Ten Tribes had already vanished prior to the second destruction of Jerusalem. It is also known that the captives of Israel did not carry the Ark of the Covenant with them at the time they were led away.The Book of Mormon tells that the people of the Mulekites left Jerusalem at its destruction. They were direct descendants of the Jews, Mulek being a son of King Zedekiah. The possibility exists that there were some of the Mulekites who were charged with the care and keeping of the Ark of the Covenant and brought it with them as they sailed from the East.
Thus the possibility also exists that the Cherokee Ark of the Covenant may very well be the real one. Certainly, no one has heard of it after its disappearance from the temple, and it was not to be found at the destruction of the temple (where it had been kept for safe-keeping.) Perhaps no one found it, though many tried to, because it had been brought to America and cared for by the descendants of the Jews who had been charged with its care and keeping.
Now one other thing that comes to mind: If the crystals are written in a form of Egyptian characters, this would seem to coincide remarkably with the time of making the Ark of the Covenant. The children of Israel had just left Egypt, where they had resided for about half a millennium. The Cherokee Chief and medicine man, not being versed in the non-Cherokee doctrines and histories of the Israelites, certainly has provided some details of information unequaled any place else. (By Paul Enciso)
The Ark of the Covenant dates back to times of antiquity. Cherokee legend clearly describes its accompanying the ancient Cherokee as they came across the Atlantic Ocean. Therefore, the Ark of the Covenant came from the East, originating from the same place as the Cherokee, they having received it from Yowa, therefore, alluding to its sacredness.
The approximate measurements of the Ark of the Covenant are described to be about three-and-a-half feet by two-and-a-half feet, standing about one-foot high, looking somewhat like a cedar chest. Atop its four corners are found four winged personages. The wood is very smooth, and everything about it seems to be exceptionally well preserved, even in perfect condition. There are four staves, with what appears to be brass handles on each of these. These staves are located on the outside of the Ark, going through goldish/brass colored type rings. On the exterior of the Ark one notices the decor of gold and silver, with twelve stones fastened thereto, arranged in a circle. In the center of this circle of stones·sit a red stone– the Holy Stone and two other stones beside it, one to its left and the other to its right side.
These stones basically represent the Twelve Laws of the Cherokee Nation, and remind those who see them of the sacred covenants they have made and been entrusted with. One of the two stones beside the Holy Stone is interpreted to mean that one should not believe in any other God, but only in the beliefs and traditions of the Old Way, which is Amiiwah; and the other is interpreted to mean that one must believe in Iitza (being inter preted, Jesus Christ) with all of one’s heart and soul, that He did visit the Cherokee people, and walked, talked, and taught them His teachings.
Inside the chambers of the Ark are twelve crystals containing the Twelve Laws of the Cherokee Nation. These crystals are of a lightish brown (amber) and white hue. They are long, flat-like glass-slabs that look somewhat like diamond. Their approximate measurements are about eighteen inches by twenty-four inches each. They are not metal, but a
transparent crystalline type stone. These crystals do not appear to be of American Indian style, but seem to resemble a form of Egyptian character writing. Some crystals have large characters on them, while others are inscribed with smaller ones.
The characters on each stone reveal stories pertaining to the First Law, Second Law, etc., to the Twelfth Law of the Cherokee Nation. The First Law speaks about the Creation of Man and the Tree of Life. These sacred crystals and the Ark of the Covenant play a very important part in the true religious ceremonies of .the Cherokee.
The Ark of the Covenant is protected in a cave and is guarded, protected, and cared for by specially selected men. If the Ark is to be moved, prayer and fasting are required before, during and after the move, as well as right before the Ark is re-established. Performing a special ceremony for purifying everything associated with the Ark is essential.
The Cherokee do so in order to keep the spirit of Yowa in the Ark, as well as to keep Yowa with the people.
It is said that to see the Ark is to see a part of the living and loving God. There is a cloud of mist that surrounds the Ark. Only three medicine men can touch the Ark, and only three are allowed to remove the sacred crystals from its chambers. Only seven of the lower medicine men are allowed to lift the Ark to move it. If any one else touches it, without being specifically called to that duty, he shall die. This was the instruction and law given by Yowa. To speak of the Ark is forbidden. If any of the medicine men speak of it, they risk losing all their sacred powers, and perhaps even their lives. An Oath of Death helps keep the secret reverence of the Ark.
Also, according to the Iroquois, the Ark of the Covenant is surrounded by a barrier. No one is allowed to touch the Ark under penalty of death, except for the Chief Grand Council Medicine man.
Belonging to the company of the Ark of the Covenant is found an article called the Foot Wash. It measures approximately four feet in length, so that a person can stand inside of it. It has a small handle on it; however, it has a stand as an accompanying instrument for the purpose of burning incense. This stand has an approximate height of four to five feet (more probably five feet). Seven types of woods are used for the incense burning, which acts as charcoal for the igniting of the raw, green tobacco that is placed over it.
Among the articles belonging to the company of the Ark of the Covenant is also found an altar with four protrusions, which are fashioned after the manner of rams’ horns, and made from a gold-like substance. There is a dark copper-like slab with a wall built around it. On top of this wall was placed another slab, so that a four-cornered altar was constructed.
The altar is taken apart every year, so it must be rebuilt every year for the religious rites to be performed on it. Because no one is allowed to go near enough to the Ark to touch it, a guard stands at each of the four corners. At the site of the altar a high priest stands behind the altar, and two lower priests, or medicine men, stand on each side of the altar.
The Ark of the Covenant is totally encompassed by a white veil, made from a type of cloth that is unique in appearance. No one knows where this cloth came from, or who made it. The fourth veil, which encompasses the Ark, has a bit of gold on it, and comes to a point over the Ark, somewhat like a square tent with the roof coming to a point. There are, then, four veiled walls surrounding the Ark, with each side having seven types of circular holes. Colors are also used. Each color represents the four types of peoples found in the world: Red, black, white and yellow, also red, green, brown, blue and light/dark purple. The red is for fire; green is for Mother Earth; white is for the Spirit; the dark/light purple is the representative for the Lord (Royalty). The other colors represent life, fertility, the earth, etc. The red circle is always in the middle, while the others form a circle around it. They also surround the square where the Ark is located. On the roof-top of the tent are red painted slots (or holes).
When the Ark sits in the temple, there is a hole immediately over the Ark in the roof-top to allow light to shine into the room where the Ark is located.· The light, however, is not allowed to shine directly on the Ark of the Covenant.
As part of the religious rite that is performed, and when such a religious rite continues through the evening hours, particular lamps are displayed that belong to the company of articles belonging to the Ark of the Covenant. These lamps are filled each with one of four kinds of animal oil (whale, bear, etc.). The lamps are not touched; however, a type of goldish-brown light is emitted from them during the night hours of the ceremony The Cherokee believe that Yowa is in the Ark, so that spiritually, they feel His power that allows the lamps to emit light to them for the religious rites being performed.
As mentioned before, no one is allowed to touch the Ark of the Covenant. If anyone should, the guards are instructed to take that person’s life.CHEROKEE TEMPLE ORDINANCES OF THE COUNCIL HOUSE
The Cherokee Council House (which serves as a temple edifice as well) has seven walls; built in the fashion of a septagon. Each side is representative of the seven Cherokee clans, or family groups. Each side also has an entrance, and a specific place for the chief to sit. The high chief with his two counselors sit in the middle of the council house (or temple). This high chief is also known as the grand council head chief. There is also a sub-grand council head chief, and a medicine man, who is referred to as the “right-hand man.” Next in order sit the clan chiefs, the sub-clan chiefs, and then all the other members of the offices of each clan, or family unit, who sit behind one another in rank. Each one has a delegated seat in the Council House. Lastly the members of each family group can also sit in council and listen to the words that are spoken. Meantime, while the elect officials speak, no one else will irreverence the occasion by their speech.
About one hundred yards away from the seven-sided council house (or temple), the actual temple sits atop a mound. Because today there exists no village, as existed anciently, the Ark is brought and set upon what would be a holy house, made with four sides. The Ark is set there with all of the necessary articles for a religious ceremony.
It must be remembered that during the ceremonial use of the Ark of the Covenant, it had to be situated near a place where water existed so the ordinances of baptism for the living and proxy-baptisms for the dead could be performed. In attending this ceremony, which was usually held for up to four days–depending upon the size of the people gathered for the ordinances to be performed–everyone was expected to walk or go by horseback into the farthest remote areas wherever the Ark was taken and placed.
The walls of the holy house built to perform the ordinances associated with the Ark of the Covenant had to be white. The entrance had to face east, and the exit west.
The pre-requisite for anyone going through the veils of the temple was marriage. One was also required to go through the ordinances of the temple with one’s mate. Those entering the temple must wear light colored clothing, although not necessarily white.
In entering the holy house (temple), one must pass through four veils in order to obtain a view of the Ark of the Covenant. There are altars between each veil passage-way, where incense is burned. In order to pass from one veil to the another, certain passwords and hand-grips must be given. (These hand ‘grips were shown to J. Murray Rawson). The passwords were said to be the names of the old Tribal leaders, and of Yowa.
Regarding the marriage ceremony, Indians (Cherokee) must be married before the Tribal Council. This marriage is for this life only. If Indians are worthy, after the first ceremony, they can then go to the holy house and be married for eternity by the medicine-man and witnessed by all the council chiefs. This marriage cannot be broken or changed. There is no divorce. However, transgression of the eternal marriage covenant will revoke it.
When a spouse and his mate enter the temple house, they first enter through the east and go through a white veil, which is called the first veil.Upon entering, the woman washes the man’s feet, and then his hands. In return, the man washes his woman’s feet and then her hands.
By knowing what ordinance the two are there to perform, the woman will then proceed to go with her husband through the various steps, or rooms. There are four steps that must be performed prior to arriving to the Ark of the Covenant, assuming (hypothetically) they both are there to receive the ordinance of marriage sealing for eternity.
The second room is the incense room. In this room, one can pray and burn incense. It is not unusual for one’s prayers to be answered there. If the medicine-man finds one worthy in this second room, he, or the high priest officiating, will give his decision and recommendation for that person to continue to the third room, where the altar is located. In this third room, the Altar Room, one is allowed to bring his sacrifice, and there sacrifice a bird, or some other type of small animal.
Because only a certain number of people are allowed to enter this Altar Room, certain restrictions are applied. Therefore, after all the sacrifices are received of the high priest there, each person in the room is allotted a specified amount of time to ask questions, to receive guidance and revelation. The offerings are then burnt, at that point, while special prayers are recited. Simultaneously, the person going through the ordinance fervently prays hoping his prayer to be answered, and that he may receive a blessing of the Lord.
As one is found worthy, the medicine man will send him onto the fourth room, wherein he must pass through the fourth veil. In this fourth room the Ark of the Covenant is located. The passageway into the fourth room, through the fourth veil, is also called the “gateway.” Passage is gained only through the use of certain passwords. The officiator returns the same words as have been given to him by the person going through the temple.
The passwords, basically, are the answers to these questions: “Who are you?” and “What do you believe in?” The person then gives the officiator a name for the first password, and tells him that he believes in “Amiiwah”, meaning the Laws of the Long House. Those laws are very similar to the Ten Commandments, and very specific. Therefore, these laws teach one to keep clean, pure and chaste, morally, so that one’s body is pure to progress (spiritually), and also pure to progress symbolically (physically) into the fourth room.
Continuing, the medicine man will ask the person seeking passage through the “gateway” if he has kept the laws of his conviction (Amiiwah), and the person will answer him. Again he will ask the person another question: ‘Who is your master?” The person will then respond that his master is Ananyo’o–which means God. The person is then permitted to pass onward, to another high priest (or, brother), who asks him another question. The person will then respond according to the questions asked, which questions are determined by the purpose for which the person is going through this holy house. The person should be totally worthy to participate in the sacred rite.
Because there is no baptismal place inside the room were the Ark is located, a person understands that proxies to be performed for the departed (baptisms for the dead) must be done outside of the holy house. Nonetheless, while in this room,·the participant will go before the Ark to pray, asking for certain blessings to be imparted to the deceased.
Another type of ordinance that could take place at this time, aside from proxy baptisms, would be sealings. One type of sealing that could be asked to be performed in front of the Ark would be a marriage sealing. One would do this by kneeling in front of the Ark, being careful not to touch it.
Therefore, according to the prayer(s) being offered, the medicine man will recognize the purpose of the participants. He will then ask questions pertaining to the same.
In the marriage ceremony, after the proper questions have been asked, the couple wishing to be married (sealed for eternity) will then go before the seven clan chiefs to ask their permission to be married. If one of the clan chiefs refuses permission, then the participants would again need to start from the beginning, asking the permission of all the clan chiefs until they are united in favor of granting permission.
The man then will proceed to the high priest, who will ask why he has brought the woman to be sealed to him. He will also be asked why he loves her; why he wants to be married to her; and why he wants to be sealed to her.
Of course, the significance of sealing a man and a woman together
is to bind them for eternity after death, and not just for this life.
After the marriage prayers are said, the couple is counselled and reminded of their faithfulness, trust and loyalty to one another. This then becomes the contract between the two, wherein each person describes his contract to the other person, detailing what each would expect in that marriage. This marriage contract can be revoked only upon transgression of the marriage covenant–the oath.However, a divorce cannot end this marriage contract if the couple should decide they want to annul and end the marriage. The marriage is binding for all eternity.
After each participant has spoken his and her.wishes of the marriage contract, then their wrists are cut and their blood exchanged. This was the custom in the old days; however, nowadays, the fingers are pricked with a needle, then they are joined together so that the blood exchange takes place. in like manner. These words are then spoken between the couple:·”Your blood is now my blood, and my blood is your blood; and now we are one, and no one will be able to break this marriage.”
The high priest and the other councilmen present will then approach the couple and will place their hands upon the heads of the married couple and will pray over them, asking for certain blessings upon the man. In the traditional way (the Old Days), these prayers used to be done by raising of both hands high into the air as certain blessings would be pronounced. Today that practice is done away. Rather, the placing of one’s hands upon the heads, shoulders, or some other part of the body is sufficient.
Entering into and going through the sacred ordinances of the temple ceremony has deep meaning to the Cherokee. Every person who will enter the temple to go through the four steps, passing each veil–from the first through the fourth–must know the exact passwords and responses to the questions that will be asked. Each. must repeat the same words and substance; each must be acquainted with ceremony and the purpose of his/her going through the ceremony.
If one is going for the purpose of being baptized for the dead, then one will also need to go to a river nearby, for which purpose its waters have been blessed. The person will be immersed into the river waters. This type of baptism is similar to the baptism for oneself.
Prior to being baptized for the.dead, the proxy must be worthy. The proxy must have fasted for four days and four nights, going completely without drink or nourishment for that period of time, in order to purify the body before performing the proxy baptism. This purification process also requires that the proxy go into a sweat-house, or sweat-lodge, and take a sweat bath. This allows one to sweat out the bad or evil spirits that may reside inside one’s body. The proxy is required to attend to a sweat bath at least twice a day during the four day ordeal. The person entering the sweat-house will wear light colored clothing, although it need not necessarily be white. This light colored clothing is necessary because the person will be entering into the temple.
During baptism–the proxy baptism, or baptism for oneself–one wears hardly any clothing. The reason for this is that anciently when buckskin was worn, it became wet and heavy and uncomfortable to wear.
It is the ancient belief, and right, that if two people who were married but not sealed according to the sealing ceremony, and one of the two had passed on in death, the survivor being worthy to enter the temple could invite a worthy brother or sister (as the case may be), or a blood relative, to stand in as proxy for the deceased companion. However, if no blood relative could be found, then the survivor wishing the ordinance of marriage sealing would have to fast and pray until someone was found, worthy enough, to stand in as the proxy. The religious rite would then take place, so that the sealing ceremony in the marriage covenant would take its binding power upon the living and the dead–this could happen even when they were unable to enter into the temple, because one or both were unworthy when they were both alive.
Both of the participants, the surviving spouse and the proxy standin would need to go through the ceremonial ordeal described earlier. The contract would be read by both people, the pricking of the finger and the exchanging of blood·, with the word exchange, as well a the final blessing being pronounced upon the two–all being done in the name of the Father God, the Son God and the Spirit God.As this was done, one of the four holy pipes would be presented to the Lord in the fashion of the four cardinal points. The pipe would then be taken to the woman and be placed on her forehead (and that was done in the name of the Father God), then the pipe would be placed on her left shoulder (which was done in the name of the Son God), and lastly, the pipe would be placed upon her right shoulder (which was done in the name of the Spirit God). The same rite would be performed upon the man, bringing the pipe to touch
his forehead, his left shoulder, then the right shoulder in the same order and fashion as had been administered to the woman. This wedding was then celebrated with a feast.
It should be noted that Cherokee Indians also have two special hand grips that are both sacred and secret. These hand-grips were mentioned earlier. One is called the ‘‘brotherhood grip” and the other is called the “death covenant grip” which only certain people in the tribe receive. J. Murray Rawson was asked if he wore a “shield” with special marks on it. The response that was given pertaining to the Cherokee People was: “We wear a shield with marks on it.”
There also exists a secret assassination group in the Cherokee Nation who will kill anyone who breaks the laws of the holy ways of the Old Law covenant, which are sacred.
AN HONOR TO DIE
The Cherokee people have always believed in a life after death. They have never cremated their dead. Instead, their ritual has been to clothe the dead-body with purity-symbolism, then bury it beneath the ground.
The Cherokee have a great belief in spirits; and that a person’s spirit was thought to retrace his place of abode after having passed from this life onto the next.
In the ancient life-style, the Cherokee people felt it an honor to die because they felt that the deceased had earned their reward. Everyone took it upon himself to live a righteous life, perfecting it at every turn, so that when the manner of time for one’s life had become completed, it was also time to leave and travel into the next life. Then, the privilege of dying was a happy occasion, one that was looked forward to one that had earned the honor.
Of course, there was some sadness at the loss of a loved-one. But it was understood that death was but a passing from this life to the next; it was the “order of things” which a person had to accomplish from the step in this life, in order to achieve (and receive) into the step of the next life. There are seven steps to heaven, and admission to the highest heaven was the one a person wanted to eventually achieve.
The ancient custom had the ordeal of placing the body in state for a period of seven days, in a place where it wouldn’t be touched by anyone.
At the end of the seventh day, there was a large festivity honoring the deceased, as though the deceased were present. The body was placed in a circle, where the People paid tribute to the deceased by dancing all around it, while the customary festivities of the time took place. Now, the custom of the festivities sanctions respect and tribute to the deceased. Therefore, the people there took the time to remember the departed, and all communication was done in honor of the deceased. This continued until everyone had had the opportunity of participating.
After the festive period had ended, the body was prepared by placing a white buck-skin, or a white piece of cloth, over the body. After the proper rites had been administered to the body, it was then laid in a sepulcher and buried beneath the ground. The grave was covered with stones.
The one exception to this mode of burial was for infant-children. When the infant or small child of a family had passed away, the body of the child was placed inside a crock, or clay container, large enough to accommodate it. The lid was placed on the vessel, and it was buried.
The bottom of the container was broken in a manner as to leave a hole in the bottom. It was believed that the child could then get out of this vessel through this hole as he continued his journey in life.
On top of the grave was placed the Cherokee Cross. This cross was a perpendicular stick that was raised with three horizontal bars at the top end. The top part of the cross then made the symbol of a “T.” The second bar was placed exactly below this first (top) bar, and the third bar was placed exactly below the second bar, each spaced a little from the other, the two bottom bars being parallel to the top bar, as the decreased in their length. This was the true cross-symbol of the Cherokee that was placed at all the burial sites representing the Godhead.
The medicine men and medicine women taught and explained that after death, the good and the wicked would be separated. The good benefactors would be taken to a path that would lead them to happiness, where there would always be light; but the wicked and disobedient would be urged on a path which would lead them to a deep chasm, where light would be absent. The very wicked would go directly to a lake of fire.
Perhaps every Indian tribe respects the cross-symbol they received as a token from the Creator. Some are “plus” cross-symbols, while others are single T-figures, or T-figures with three-bars, as described here. These symbols represent the Godhead, Life, special sacred markings, and they were also the marks found on the hands and feet of the Creator when he visited the people. (Note of explanation by the interviewer)
THE WAR OF BARK EATERS AND WHERE THE BLOOD RAN RED ALL DAY (Hill Cumorah Battle)
In those days after the Cherokee People had gone northward into the northern end of what is called New York, befriending a light-skinned race of people and living among them for a period of time in peace and harmony, there came a decree of war among the groups so that all peaceful conditions had come to a halt. After the Bark Eaters ( light-skinned race) had defeated the Iroquois Nation (from which the Cherokee come), life became unbearable for the prisoners.
In those days when the Cherokee were a God loving people, living in peace among themselves, they lived as one people, dwelling in half-moon shaped council houses. They had gone from living in caves to living in log-cabins. They still kept the sacred records of metal, some of which had come across the ocean waters with them; and others which they had continued keeping and making, inscribing upon them as the leaders of the people had done before.They had possession of the Ark of the Covenant, which they also had brought with them from their place of origin, across the eastern waters.
After many, many years of praying for deliverance from their enemies, the Iroquois were delivered by Ananyo’o (God). They escaped one night by getting into canoes and heading into what is now know as the Oswego River (which empties into Lake Ontario). As they were making their escape, some were seen by the Bark Eaters, so that they were pursued and over-run at the river. A battle followed, wherein the Iroquois were the victors. They thanked Ananyo’o for their deliverance, and they became a righteous and strong people once again. Once again they were a blessed people because of their strong belief in Ananyo’o.
Because the Bark Eaters had become such a great threat to them, the Iroquois decided that they should battle the Bark Eaters while their strength was great. Therefore, they “knocked heads” once again with the Bark Eaters, beating them drastically, so that the Bark Eaters were reduced to a small number. Although the art of creating metal weapons has later been forgotten and lost, it is remembered that victory of this great battle was due much in part to their use of metal weapons against the Bark Eaters.
Once again, peace dominated in the land for many, many years. These were years of much progress among all the people. The Bark Eaters became strong in number, again becoming a threat to the Iroquois Nation. The two congregated again for another battle. There was division among the people,
as well as dissensions. In this battle the Bark Eaters were victorious and quickly put the Iroquois into bondage. They had almost been annihilated, their numbers and strength so diminished. As a result, many of the captives migrated southward. From this point spring forth the Cherokees.
The Cherokee say that the reason the Bark Eaters became so victorious over the Iroquois was corrupt declination of the Iroquois people. They had actually become worse than the Bark Eaters. The Iroquois began not only to kill and sacrifice the Bark Eaters, but also to eat them. They had become a sacrilegious people, full of all manner of wickedness. They also began fighting amongst themselves. This continued so that there was no peace in the land and the Bark Eaters began reviling against their captors, and were victorious over them in battle.
Therefore, the Cherokee continued moving southward from the northern area of what is now New York, and went still further south after the terrible battle that took place (between themselves and the light-skin race) in the area that is now North Carolina. The Cherokee Nation had access to and dwelt upon the lands known today as Virginia, West Virginia, Alabama, Kentucky, Tennessee, Georgia, North Carolina and South Carolina.
After these great battles, it was heard that a holy man walked among them. This holy man was known as Etowah, who had come to give the People the Great Law. He taught peace. This was the essence of the religion.
It is at this time that one finds that the Cherokee acquire the same laws of the Iroquois, for thus had Etowah given the Great Law, that all might benefit from obliging it. Etowah was a holy man, always dressed in white. He remained with the People long enough to teach them his ways, so that they could be instructed sufficiently in the law of love and peace. Etowah was responsible for the great peace that existed in the land once again among all peoples. Because of the peace that existed in the land, he told the people that he would soon be leaving, inasmuch as there were no more wars being fought. He promised that he would return to them and that he would send teachers among the people to remind them of Him and His Law. He bade farewell to a peaceful people. Then the following happened prior to Etowah’s disappearance:
Etowah got into a canoe that was without any oars, or instruments of any kind to row. The canoe went outward into the water. Clouds developed overhead and stood exactly over Etowah. Then these clouds descended toward Etowah, until they had totally covered him and the canoe. He was then taken up by these clouds.
This event was witnessed…by those who were there. It happened near a place called The Mountain of Muskoro, near Lake Erie. This place is located near a town called Via Roosevelt Town, in New York. (It was very difficult to understand the recorded word preceding “Roosevelt'” It could have been two other words as well: Vale or Vay.)
Many years appear to pass at this point before other prophets appear. however, after Etowah leaves, other prophets come down from the clouds.
Among them is one called DeeJayWanTeh, who is a leader of three chiefs. They separate and go throughout all the land, spreading peace and harmony. They prophesy, preach, and teach. It is said that after the great battles had been fought in years previous to the preaching of these three chief-prophets some of the descendants of the light skin people who escaped and went southward returned with a great number of their own people to fight the Battle- of the Skull. This is the War of the Bark Eaters, or the battle Where the Blood Ran Red All Day. Many great injustices were performed in the place of Death Mountain (as the Iroquois call it). It was after this great and terrible battle that the people separated and became tribes.
Within the walls of the Iroquois Long House in New York is told this story. Originally, all members of the Iroquois Nation lived in the area now known as New York. The Cherokee were forced south into North Carolina, where they changed their name. Later, some of them were forced further south into Florida, where they became known as Seminoles and Miccosukee.
( Note: The original chief Osceola was married to a Negro woman, who was taken from him by Federal soldiers. In retaliation, he murdered General Parker. This action forced the Seminoles to flee into the Everglades in 1857.)
In the days when all the people lived in peace, and throughout many years after Etowah had visited the people, when all the people lived in log-cabins, in half-moon shaped houses, there existed three kinds of Indians.
There was the black tribe; the white tribe; and the red tribe. This all came about after the times of great peace in the land, many, many years ago when all the tribes were one people. The people were very godly then,
until a day came when a red brother saw a black brother kill a white brother.
This deed was done for money. After seeing this crime committed, the red brother went to the court of the land, but because no one was able to believe this, it went untreated.
Throughout the land, more and more occurrences of devious and wicked deeds were heard of. The black tribe left the red and white tribes. They felt that this would put a stop to their hurting anyone further. Over the years, as the people became numerous and power structured (actually jealousy played an important part), the blacks began to make war on the white and red tribes, so that the day came when the white and red tribes gathered together to make an all-out war upon the black tribe. Surely, now this would really stop the black tribe from doing further harm to the white and red tribes. After the battle was fought, the white tribe remembered to thank the Creator; however, the red tribe did not.
The red tribe continued with their massacres: cutting and chopping the black tribe into pieces. The red tribe would tear out the hearts of the black tribe, and cook and eat them after. It seemed useless for the white tribe to try to have the red tribe stop this barbaric treatment.
The white tribe eventually decided to remove themselves deep into the woods and hills, where they would later build. cities and temples of stone to protect themselves. For many years the white and red tribes lived peacefully in many ways. However, because the red tribe wished for more lands and women, they began to fight against the white tribe, perhaps because their possessions seemed to be more lucrative. This was many years before the last war would be fought.
One day the red and white chiefs got together and decided: “Let’s stop this (tittle-tattle warfare) and fight one big war, to see who will be the BIG CHIEF of all our people’s ways.” It is said that the tribes of the white nation came as far as North and South Carolina to fight. It is believed that there are still places to be found·in North and South Carolina indicating forts and home sites of the white tribe.Inevitably, the day came for the large battle to be fought. Because of their like for the white tribe, many members of the red tribe were found fighting amongst themselves. As the war continued, the chief of the white tribe was seriously wounded.
It is said that this chief of the white tribe was the prophet [Mormon] who was sent to teach the people, and is believed to have then died with the people who were involved in the great war that was fought on that day.It is believed that this chief of the white tribe also had some records made of metal. Some metal plates (records) were buried on. the east side of the base of the Mount of the Battle of the Skull.
Nonetheless, the red tribe was victorious in this last battle. They won the battle on top of the hill called “The Place of the Hill Where the Blood Ran Red All Day.”
As the war was nearing its end,. those of the red tribe who were fighting along side of the white tribe, turned to fight against the white tribe, in order to protect their image and loyalty to their red brothers. The red brothers who had fought on the side of the white tribe did everything possible to grant the surviving white tribe ample time to escape to the south.It is told that the old white chief who died was placed to rest near a lake with big trees. After this deed was done, the war was over. Near the place of Via Roosevelt Town, New York, if one goes up the river (perhaps the Oswego River) for about five miles, where an island is located, there one will find a marker–a rock, which will give an impression of a skull figure (rock-face-of-death). It is believed thatthe white chief prophet who came down from the sky is buried there after his death at the big battle. He had come down from the sky on clouds.
This too is forbidden to be spoken of, because of the “Death Oath” that was entered into. Oaths are very important to the Indian, and they must be lived-up to. They cannot be taken lightly, but must be dealt with seriously and severely, if necessary.”A SPECIAL REPORT on the RELIGIOUS KNOWLEDGE of the CHEROKEE INDIANS By: J. Murray Rawson.
The Phoenicia Ship Expedition from 2009 and 20020, has now demonstrated unequivocally that Lehi’s voyage could have left the Arabian Peninsula and sailed around Africa to the Americas rather than attempting to cross the Pacific Ocean which is the earth’s largest ocean at its widest point, as proposed by Mesoamerican theorists.
The History Channel released a documentary called Who Really Discovered America, which explores a number of possible incursions into the Americas by the ancients. In the film they discuss the Book of Mormon account of the voyage of Lehi and his family. Unfortunately, they consulted with Mesoamerican theorists in concluding that Lehi’s voyage would have taken them from the Saudi Arabian peninsula to the western shores of Mesoamerica. This resulted in oceanographic research which showed, using ‘drifters’ (floating buoys that transmit their positions to satellites orbiting earth) that the route would have taken at least 580 days! That is only four months short of two years. They then rightfully conclude that a ship could make such a long voyage, but the occupants could not store enough food and water for such a lengthy trip, and thus the Book of Mormon and Church upon which it is based, is summarily dismissed as being impossible. Watch the clipfrom the History Channel. Thus, because of using Mesoamerican theories, the Church and the Book of Mormon are discredited by the History Channel.
Little did they know that leaving from Oman and landing in Florida across the Atlantic would only take 4-5 months and those believers of the Heartland model of geography, believe that is the correct route the Lehite’s took to sail to N. America.
The Phoenicia 600 B.C ship replica
Those who attended the FIRM Foundation’s Conference a few years ago were treated to a first-hand account by Keith Johnson of an incredibly important expedition for Book of Mormon enthusiasts. Keith, one of two members of the Church who joined the expedition, sailed for three weeks from the Comoros Islands to Mozambique, gleaning invaluable information relating to Lehi’s voyage in the process. The idea for what is now known as the Phoenicia Ship Expedition, began when several non-Mormon explorers learned of portions of ancient Phoenician ships that had been recovered from the mud of the Mediterranean sea at Marseille, France, called Jules Vern VII, and determined to see if they could confirm the writing of Herodotus in 550 BC who claimed that the Phoenicians (who he also called Israelites) were making circumnavigations of Africa since 600 BC (Lehi’s era).
This astounding voyage has now demonstrated and corroborated the research proposed by Rod Meldrum in 2006 that Lehi’s group may have left the Arabian Peninsula and sailed around Africa to the Americas rather than attempting to cross the earth’s largest ocean at its widest point, as proposed by Mesoamerican theorists. The expedition embarked on this ocean-going journey in a re-created wooden sailing ship patterned after the remains of ancient Phoenician vessels that were sailing the oceans around Lehi’s time, near 600 B.C. The expedition has unequivocally demonstrated that a circumnavigation of Africa is not only possible; it is the most likely route for Lehi’s voyage coming from the Old World to the New. The expedition, which left from Oman on the Saudi Arabian peninsula Oct. 26, 2009, reached its final destination less than one year later on Oct. 12, 2010 as it arrived at the Port of Sidon near Beirut, Lebanon in the Mediterranean.
Route intended
The Phoenicia Ship Captain Philip Beale, tried desperately to sail north and east toward the Mediterranean from their position just east of Puerto Rico, but the prevailing winds in the Atlantic continued to blow the ship within miles of America!
On the journey between South Africa and the straights of Gibraltar the ship came within a few hundred miles from making landfall in North America! They intended to sail north along the western coastline from Cape Town, South Africa toward the Mediterranean, but the prevailing winds in the southern Atlantic blew them in a northwesterly direction, veering thousands of miles away from the African continent and toward the Americas. Once they crossed the equator into the North Atlantic the winds continued to blow them to within a couple hundred miles of Puerto Rico, off the southern tip of Florida in North America!
The assumption that Lehi’s family crossed 10,000 miles of the open waters of the Pacific Ocean to land on the west coast of South America is one that must now be re-examined or discarded. Never before has this level of evidence been available to demonstrate by actual experiment the route most likely to have been taken by Lehi’s family to the Promised Land. Such profound new evidence potentially validating and verifying the Book of Mormon journey has never before been demonstrated and is truly unprecedented in Book of Mormon geography research. You could track this expeditions progress and see photo’s of the ships construction and learn of the ancient sea-faring Phoenician people who left their homes in the Mediterranean Holy Land near Lebanon, Syria and Palestine by ship to circumnavigate Africa in search of trade goods. You can read more about their history by clicking HERE.
Such a high level of actual evidence is mostly lacking for routes proposed by Mesoamerican theorists. In fact, the History Channel documentary called Who Really Discovered America actually dismissed the Book of Mormon because of the satellite buoy “drifters” that follow ocean currents, beaming data to scientists who study their movements. Dr. Nikolai Maximenko, Physical Oceanographer with the International Pacific Research Center estimated that an ocean voyage bearing east from Saudi Arabia across the Indian and Pacific oceans “would have taken 580 days…that’s more than a year and a half!” Dr. James Delgado with the Institute of Nautical Archaeology then summarizes the problem; “I don’t think there is a question of ships making it. A vessel can make it with dead people.” With that, the entire premise of the Book of Mormon was dismissed. How disappointing that they were misguided by information from Mesoamerican theorists when, had they used the research from the Heartland Model geography, they would have found ample evidence and now even direct validation, that such a voyage was not only possible, but probable.
An article titled Sailing with Nephi, in Meridian Magazine by Mesoamerican theorist Warren Aston, discusses an expedition by another ship patterned after a much later 800 AD vessel with a deeper keel which helps it to better sail against contrary winds. In contrast to the Phoenicia, this ship set sail in February from the Arabian Peninsula in an easterly direction towards their final destination of Singapore, off the southern tip of the Malay Peninsula of Southeast Asia. The ship, deemed the ‘Jewel of Muscat’ after the port city where it was constructed, completed its journey across the Bay of Bengal arriving in Singapore, Southeast Asia, July 3rd, 2010. During the voyage they experienced contrary winds and currents that slowed their progress significantly from reaching their destination, which was only made possible by the ships ability to ‘tack’ against the winds. This is something the earlier design of the 600 B.C. Phoenicia could not have done effectively, due to its shallow hull design. The Phoenicia literally was “driven forth before the wind toward the promised land” (BoM 1 Nephi 18:8) just as described by Nephi.
Aston, a Mesoamerican theory adherent, assumes the route of the Jewel of Muscat for Lehi’s voyage as he states that this ship launched in February of this year, “sailing eastwards across the Indian Ocean toward Singapore in much the same direction that Nephi likely did.” According to Aston, Nephi “headed in a different direction” from the Phoenicia expedition. He provided no indication why he believed this to have been the route, nor any evidence to support it. Contrary to Aston’s assumptions, the Book of Mormon provides some critically important clues about when they embarked on their journey. It was a time of harvest of fruits and honey.
“And it came to pass that on the morrow, after we had prepared all things, much fruits and meat from the wilderness, and honey in abundance, and provisions according to that which the Lord had commanded us, we did go down into the ship, with all our loading and our seeds, and whatsoever thing we had brought with us,… “ (BoM 1 Nephi 18:6)
The summer rainy season along the coast of the Saudi Arabian peninsula occurs in the spring and summer. Date palms bear their fruit after these rains and are harvested from late June through early October. Flowering plants bloom, enticing bees to produce honey which is harvested in June and November. Lehi’s family harvested fruits and honey just prior to embarking on their epic journey. To do so would require they leave during late summer to early fall. The prevailing winds along the southern Saudi Arabian peninsula alternate from blowing northeasterly in the spring and summer, to southwesterly in the fall and winter months. Were Lehi to cast off for the land of promise after gathering fruits and honey, the winds would naturally have been blowing from the northeast toward the southwest. A sailing ship would have, of necessity, been blown by the wind south along the coast of Africa, rather than east toward India. The natural Indian Ocean currents move in a counterclockwise rotation southward along the east African coast as well, making it the most logical direction for travel in a sailing ship.
This route also allows for periodic stops along the coast of Africa to acquire fresh water, food and a break from the monotony of weeks at sea. The Phoenicians actually planted crops for future expeditions along this route. While rounding the tip of South Africa, about 115 miles from the Cape of Good Hope the good ship Phoenicia encountered a mighty storm that ripped the main sail in pieces amidst 6-7 meter high massive waves. After repairs were made and the ship resupplied, they left South Africa March 22, 2010 headed north along the west coastline of Africa. It was then that the route took a dramatic turn…to the northwest. The ship was being continually blown northwest, carried by the ocean currents and surface winds that circulate counterclockwise in the southern Atlantic, often making nearly 100 miles a day! They continued north over the equator where they then entered the clockwise rotation of the northern Atlantic which continued to cause the ship to veer further and further west until they found themselves only 300-400 miles off of the coast of Puerto Rico. Had they not been so determined to fight against the currents and continue north, at the rate they were traveling, they could have made landfall in the America’s in four days. Instead they continued north, making their furthest westerly point on June 12th. By this time they were about the same latitude as Florida and they began to gain the north easterly currents that then swooped them back east toward the Azores in the mid-Atlantic. From the Azores they sailed north in order to catch the south easterly currents that eventually took them south to the straits of Gibraltar and finally across the Mediterranean Sea to their destination.
The longest leg of their journey, from South Africa to their most westerly point near North America took 74 sailing days, less than three months at sea. They did make two stops on this leg at St. Helena Island and Ascension Island, which may have been stops for Lehi’s group as well, since they were being led by the Lord through the Liahona. The ship, about 60-70 feet in length with a crew of between 9 and 18 could accommodate enough fresh water and food for such a journey. There would have been no requirement to cross the mighty Pacific Ocean, the largest on the planet at its widest point against the known currents just so that they could land on the west coast of Central or South America somewhere as speculated by some LDS theorists.
Some have claimed, incorrectly, that there is a scriptural requirement for a west coast landing. However, nowhere in the Book of Mormon does it state that they sailed east in their ship or that they landed on the west coast of the promised land. This assumption is unfortunately based on a false report that Joseph Smith claimed that Lehi “…landed on the continent of South America in Chile, thirty degrees South Latitude” and has been thoroughly refuted by Church scholars (See Robert J. Matthews article on the subject at BYU Studies). This account has been shown to have been written in the handwriting of Frederick G. Williams in the margins of the Bernhisel Manuscript. It was a false report that was then promulgated time and again by faulty research, claiming that Joseph was its author. That this claim, thought to be made by Joseph Smith, has been shown through historical documentation to have been falsely attributed, is further evidence for the need of solid historical documentation for all claims regarding the mind of the prophet. More on this will be discussed in the upcoming book, Joseph Knew.
Read additional information about the artifacts and archaeology showing why we think Apalachicola, Florida may have been the very place where the Hopewell Culture began and where Lehi actually landed near 589 BC. Additional Blog Article Here
Watch Philip Beale’s fantastic presentation at the FIRM Foundation Conference Below You can subscribe here:
There exists many differences of opinion about the landing site of Lehi in the Promised Land. There has been general agreement that Lehi probably began his exodus from Jerusalem to Khor Karfot, Oman before sailing to the New World. Both the Mesoamerican Theory and the Heartland Theory are in agreement here. Which way did he sail? Those who believe in the Mesoamerican theory (M2C) think Lehi sailed east towards India and to the Pacific into Chile or Guatemala. Those of the Heartland Model (HM) feel Lehi sailed west toward the tip of Africa and then into Florida.
In other words, those of M2C (Mesoamerica Two Cumorah Theory) think Lehi landed somewhere on the west coast of South/Central America and the HM (Heartland Model) think they landed near the Panhandle of Florida. Those of M2C also feel Lehi landed amongst a large population of Mayans or ancient Natives. They also believe the Mayan civilization absorbed the Lehites and that is why today you find only Asian DNA amongst those people of South America. Those of us in the HM feel that Lehi landed amongst a few native hunter gathers in North America at Florida, We HM also believe there has been found Hebrew DNA in the Natives near the Great Lakes. National Geographic The DNA of those in the western USA and Mexico and Central America don’t show Hebrew DNA.
As the scripture says, “this land should be kept as yet from the knowledge of other nations; for behold, many nations would overrun the land, that there would be no place for an inheritance.”2 Nephi 1:8. This is why the Vikings and others were not allowed to remain upon the land by the Lord. We would expect a smaller group that Lehi would greet. I can’t imagine how Nephi could be a King amongst just a few of Lehi’s people, if there was a large contingency of natives on the land previously.
Page 30 Annotated Book of Mormon Click to Enlarge
“The Book of Mormon explains that Lehi’s sailing party left a coastline they named “Bountiful” in the Old World. Nephi’s descriptions lead us to believe they left the Arabian peninsula, probably in modern-day Oman or Yemen. They crossed the “many waters” and landed at the promised land: “And it came to pass that I, Nephi, did guide the ship, that we sailed again towards the promised land. And it came to pass that after we had sailed for the space of many days we did arrive at the promised land; and we went forth upon the land, and did pitch our tents; and we did call it the promised land.” (1 Nephi 18: 22-23) This description is so vague that it leaves readers with many possibilities for the landing site. We know from Moroni’s statements to Joseph Smith that the Book of Which way did he sail? is a record of the ancient inhabitants of “this country” meaning the United States, and of “this continent,” meaning the American continent, but that says nothing about where Lehi’s group originally landed.
Page 35 Annotated Book of Mormon Click to Enlarge
As the scripture says, “this land should be kept as yet from the knowledge of other nations; for behold, many nations would overrun the land, that there would be no place for an inheritance.”2 Nephi 1:8. This is why the Vikings and others were not allowed to remain upon the land. We would expect a smaller group that Lehi would greet. I can’t imagine how Nephi could be a King amongst just a few of Lehi’s people, if there was a large contingency of natives on the land previously.
Nephi does tell us the approximate season of the year when they left the Old World, and knowing when they left tells us something about which direction they would have sailed. He states: “After we had prepared all things, much fruits and meat from the wilderness, and honey in abundance, and provisions according to that which the Lord had commanded us, we did go down into the ship, with all our loading and our seeds, an whatsoever thing we had brought with us, every one according to his age; wherefore, we did all go down into the ship, with our wives and our children.” (1 Nephi 18:6). In the Oman area (see map on p. 30 above), there are two honey harvests each year, (spring and fall) but most fruit is harvested in the fall. That they gathered much fruit just prior to leaving suggests a fall departure. Nephi’s account continues, “…we did put forth into the sea and were driven before the wind…” (1 Nephi 18:8), which suggests that the ship was not traveling contrary to, but in concert with the Northeast monsoon winds that prevail at this season of the year and would have driven the ship southwest, along the eastern coast of Africa (see map on p. 35 above). This route would have rounded the cape into the Atlantic Ocean and followed the currents and winds across the Atlantic to the Caribbean. Once there, the route picks up the currents that Columbus utilized when he left Spain and sailed to the Canary Islands off the western coast of Africa having the ship proceeding westward.” Annotated Book of Mormon by David Hocking and Rod Meldrum page 30, 35, 535
*The Amazing Replica Phoenicia 600 BC Ship, has been Purchased by some special people from the Heartland Group. See below.
Lehi’s VoyagePhoenicia 2020 Expedition
I want to acknowledge that our friend Wayne May feels strongly that the Mulekites entered the St Lawrence seaway, traveled west on the Great Lakes, and ended up in today’s Montrose, Iowa. I believe the Mulekites traveled a similar route above as Philip Beal traveled in the Phoenicia, as the Mulekites likely traveled up the Mississippi River to the Des Moines Rapids near Montrose, Iowa and stayed there in Zarahemla until Mosiah found them in about 200 to 300 BC. Either choice is fine as none of us knows for sure. As Wayne always says, “I report, you decide”
Back to Lehis Travel Route
16 FACTORS- APALACHICOLA, FLORIDA AS THE SITE OF LEHI’S LANDING!
Navigational Proof: Phoenicia 2009 Expedition (See map above) Blog Here
Navigational Proof: Phoenicia 2020 Expedition (See map above) Blog Here
Length of voyage: 4-6 months vs. 14-18 months around the Pacific route.
Time of Year: Leave in Sept or Oct. Full Harvest. Land in March or April?
Archaeology: 500-700 BC Mounds and Relics. Pierce Mounds, Florida.
Bees and Honey: Only place in the world for Tupelo Honey. Apalachicola, FL.
Similar Latitude: Seeds would grow. 30° 26′ 17″ N (Tallahassee, FL) 30° 04’42” N (Cairo, Egypt) 31° 46′ 48″ N (Jerusalem) 19° 43’ 26” N (Mexico City) 15° 30′ 0″ N (Guatemala)
Wind Currents: Leaving Oman in Sept (honey & fruit ripe), wind currents flow toward horn of Africa.
Promised Land: Book of Mormon speaks of a Land of Liberty. (36 others) USA, not Mesoamerica
Abundance of Food: Oman and Florida both called “A” Land Bountiful
Same Land as Jaredites: [Cumorah and Ramah]
Food prehistoric people needed: Deer, small mammals, Turtles. Bison, Mammoths, Bear, Elk further north.
Signs of Hebrew writing or relics: Bat Creek Stone, Holy Stones, Hebrew Earthworks, etc.
Access to Rivers: Chattahoochee only river source brings ice into the gulf.
Cumoros is off the south-east coast of Africa, to the north-west of Madagascar, where Lehi would have been. It’s capital city is MORONI. I doubt it is a coincidence.
The Phoenicia 2009 ship captain Philip Beale said, the ship was moving backwards but the compass said they were going forward at a few points near the tip of Africa where the currents change. 1 Nephi 18:23
Pierce Mounds in Apalachicola, FL- Most Likely Land of Lehi’s Inheritance
The mounds were named for Alton Pierce, an early owner of the site. Much of the site is now on private property and inaccessible to the public. I personally visited these 13- Pierce mounds with Mike and Betty LaFontaine and a few of their friends on Oct 2017 with George Mahr the owner of the property. We saw and walked and dug around the surface of these mounds which also included a sizeable temple mound and a shell midden more than a mile long, shared with a bustling village the area around what is now Magnolia Cemetery. Daniel Seinfeld of Apalachicola Times wrote the following: “The people who lived there were prosperous and powerful, influencing trade traffic to the north along Apalachicola River and to the east and west along the Gulf Coast. They were spared the hard work of farming by an abundance of seafood and game as well as wild fruit and nuts. There is evidence they imported cornmeal to broaden their diet. Skilled potters who produced both fanciful and utilitarian objects, they buried their dead with precious objects including silver, copper and pearls. The settlement was founded around 500 BC. Around the same time, the Scandinavian Iron Age began, the Chinese developed the handheld trigger crossbow, and burnt brick and donkey-powered grain mills were used for the first time in Greece.
World population had reached 100 million, 15 million of whom lived in the Western Hemisphere. “The (Pierce Mounds people) hauled soil in baskets or sacks or dragged it on hides or cloths to pile it up and build mounds,” White wrote. “They made both beautiful and plain pots, paints, points, pipes, musical instruments, and other artifacts, and used many in special ceremonies that also involved burnt offerings to accompany burial of their dead. “Wolves, panthers, other cats, but maybe even grub worms too were among the animals they considered important for more than just food. They hunted, fished, gathered nuts, chopped down and burned trees, made canoes, played chunkey and other games,” she wrote.
Editor’s Note: This sounds just like a people called the Nephites in my opinion.
Daniel continues, “At the time these first mounds were built, Greek engineers invented the catapult and the Acropolis was planned. Socrates lived and was executed for corrupting the youth of Athens. London was a collection of thatched huts boasting a wooden pier and surrounded by a mud wall.” Daniel Seinfeld of Apalachicola TimesDaniel Seinfeld of Apalachicola Times continues, “[Nancy] White writes that the settlement at Turtle Harbor persisted until shortly before “the European invasion of Florida” in the 16th century. Why the Pierce Mound people left is unclear. Complete Archeological report from Nancy White here! Treasures taken from the site are in museum collections as far away as London, along with unpublished records and drawings from early excavations. Much of White’s research on Apalachicola’s prehistory took place in libraries. “This shows the value of the immensely difficult and complex labor of digging into unpublished field notes and maps, museum accession data, courthouse records, and other original sources,” she wrote. ” Today many think research is something done online. But there is a wealth of unpublished, dusty old paper out there with information that can greatly change or help interpretation.” Artifacts at the British Museum were probably purchased, a common practice during the 19th century. The museum’s collection includes a clay pipe and four stone artifacts, obtained in 1869, from a dig at “Turtle Harbor near Apalachicola” and stone and shell tools and pottery, acquired in 1875, are “from mounds near Apalachicola.” Pottery from Pierce Mounds is showcased at the Smithsonian.
An Ancient Tourist Attraction
Just as ancient cities today hold a charm and fascination, White believes that over time, the attraction of the Pierce Mounds grew. Certainly, it was a center of commerce and drew visitors from far away but it may also have been a place for religious pilgrimages, an ancient tourist attraction. “The earlier mounds may have become sacred places for later people to come to pray, worship ancestors known or thought to have been (buried) there, or just feel a sense of the spiritual beyond everyday life, or a sense of territory and patriotism,” White wrote. European settlers in Apalachicola collected many artifacts, a practice that continued well into the 20th century. Indeed, on the east end of the cemetery, it appears the remains of a mound or midden is currently being bulldozed for fill, she wrote.
In 1888, H. L. Grady of Apalachicola collected artifacts that his heirs apparently donated to what would become the Florida Museum of Natural History. C.B Moore, a well-heeled and colorful archaeologist, carried out the first organized excavation at Pierce Mounds. He published a spectacular account of the dig in 1902. Moore excavated many Native American sites in the Southeast, around the turn of the 19th century, often traveling to them in his steamboat the “Gopher” accompanied by a lifelong male companion who was his personal physician. By the time Moore visited the site around 1898, the temple mound had been mined for fill. He described 99 burials from Mound A, including skeletons, weapons, jewelry and pottery In the 1940s, Gordon Willey, whose work laid the foundation for New World archaeology, visited the Pierce Mounds and performed additional excavations. By the 1990s, Willey was retired but continued to write. Among his works was a mystery novel, “Selena,” a story in which an elderly archaeologist becomes embroiled in sexual antics and murder in a fictitious Panhandle town. White said the Pierce Mounds are featured in the story as the “Bull Mounds.” William Sears, another archaeologist, excavated here in the 1950s, followed by Dan Penton who visited in 1972 and again in 1996. White said Penton told her the Muscogee Indian nation still considers the Pierce site sacred and tobacco offerings are made there. In 1975, architect Willoughby Marshall hired Robert S. Carr to examine historic sites for “Apalachicola: Economic Development through Historic Preservation.” Carr quotes from a manuscript by local memoirist, Dwight Marshall, who said the railroad construction cut through “some of the Indian mounds near the cemetery. They dug up skeletons of Indians that were a foot taller than the average man of today and also other items of pottery. The Smithsonian Institute sent some men here on the Steamer Gopher…” In reality, Moore was sponsored by the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia so it’s unclear how much of Marshall’s account is accurate.
Cool Springs Mound is missing
In 1994, the US Department of State tried and failed to buy part of the Pierce site, both for historical preservation and to conserve surrounding wetlands. Shortly afterwards, a team from the Florida Department of Historical Resources’ Bureau of Archaeological Research visited the Pierce site. White and her students inspected the artifacts DHR recovered and her work on the mounds began. She has located the sites of all but one of the 13 mounds, named Cool Springs Mound, a 7.5-foot high and 90 feet in diameter mound located as of 1902 on the western outskirts of Apalachicola. Now, it is probably in the neighborhood just east of Magnolia Cemetery. What will happen to the Pierce Mounds is unclear. In 1974, Pierce Mounds was added to the National Register of Historic Places but the designation provides no protection.
“The beauty and monumental nature of the Pierce mounds complex remains impressive today, even with the damage to so much of the site,” White wrote. “It is crucial that Pierce be preserved as much as possible, for so many reasons, from heritage conservation to ecological issues to scientific research potential.” Apalachicola resident George Mahr, who owns the undeveloped remains of the Pierce site, invited White to work there and supported much of her research. He hopes either to develop the land preserving the archaeological site or to sell the land for conservation purposes. He has fenced the site in an effort to preserve it but said the problem of trespassers in the area is a constant challenge. White asked to remind everyone these mounds are a burial site and it is illegal to disturb, possess or sell human remains in Florida. If the remains are from someone who has been dead for more than 75 years, activities at the site of a suspected grave may not resume until the state archaeologist has been notified of the unmarked burial. To notify the state archaeologist, call Daniel Seinfeld at 850-245-6301 850-245-6301 or email him at [email protected]
“Truncated pyramids are associated with all the large Mississippian towns in the Mississippi River Basin . . . hence their anthropological name. The earliest “Mississippian” town in traditional Creek territory, Ocmulgee National Monument, began construction of a rectangular, pyramidal mound (Mound A ~ the Great Temple Mound) around 900 AD. However, at least four pyramidal mounds in Georgia predate the one at Ocmulgee by around 1200 to 800 years. They are at (1) Kolomoki Mounds [300-700 AD] in SW Georgia, (2) the Mandeville [800 BC-600 AD] in SW Georgia, (3) 9FU14 sites on the Chattahoochee River in SW Metro Atlanta and at (3) the Leake Site [300 Bc – 650 AD] on the Etowah River in NW Metro Atlanta. The Kenimer Mound [550-700 AD] also probably predated Ocmulgee’s Mound A [800-900 AD] by about 300 years. However, it is a pentagonal pyramid.” Daniel Seinfeld
It makes sense that the climate found in Jerusalem would be the same as the climate found in the New World. Seeds would grow, same type of beasts for the Law of Moses etc. There are only two seasons south of the Tropic of Cancer. Seeds grow in similar Latitude. 30° 26′ 17″ N (Tallahassee, FL) 31° 46′ 48″ N (Jerusalem)
“The Nephites could not possibly have lived among the Mayans” by Jonathan Neville
A comparison of LiDAR data showing the ancient Maya site of El Zotz covered in trees (left), and with the trees digitally removed. Credit: Ithaca College
“Moroni’s America” by Jonathan Neville has the position- “If you believe in the New York Cumorah, you will likely view this LiDAR discovery as additional evidence that the Nephites could not possibly have lived among the Mayans.
I think the text shows Lehi’s colony landing in the promised land, planting their own seeds, finding animals and ore in the wilderness, all while completely unimpeded by any existing civilization. (1 Ne. 18:23-5). I think Lehi’s observation that “this land should be kept as yet from the knowledge of other nations” was accurate; i.e., that there were no “other nations” in the promised land where they landed, “for behold, many nations would overrun the land, that there would be no place for an inheritance” (2 Nephi 1:8). I do think think there were some indigenous people who went with Nephi when he fled (2 Nephi 5:6), but I infer they were unorganized hunter/gatherers that did not qualify as any sort of “nation” and were impressed by the Jewish immigrants’ technology, language, etc.
In my view, it is difficult enough to believe that Lehi’s family, a relative handful of immigrants from a distant culture speaking a different language, could have arrived and started planting crops on unclaimed land in Mesoamerica, encountering no resistance, but it is even more difficult to believe Lehi’s descendants could have managed to rule as kings and chief judges over even a part of a Mayan civilization, and that in the midst of this Mayan civilization, King Mosiah could have escaped with the Nephites into the wilderness and found a much larger group of illiterate people (the people of Zarahemla) who possessed exactly one engraven stone.
Now that we are learning from LiDAR that the Mayan civilization was even larger, more densely populated, and more sophisticated than we previously realized, the Book of Mormon seems even less plausible in that setting. IOW, the grander the Mayan civilization, the less likely it is that Lehi landed anywhere near that civilization.
This view is based on the text and has nothing directly to do with the New York Cumorah, but it does confirm my bias in favor of the New York Cumorah. _____
M2C position. If you believe the M2C position that Cumorah is not in New York and that the entire Book of Mormon took place in Mesoamerica, you will likely view this LiDAR discovery as additional evidence that the Nephites must have lived among the Mayans.
The basic M2C concept is described in the Meridian Magazine article. It is the idea that the Nephites were absorbed into Mayan culture. That’s why there is no Israelite DNA in Central America, no traces of Nephite languages or the law of Moses or Christian beliefs and practices, etc. M2C proponents believe there were bottlenecks (both DNA-related and cultural) that screened out Nephite cultural influence.” Jonathan Neville blog here
“Within recent years there has arisen among certain students of the Book of Mormon a theory to the effect that within the period covered by the Book of Mormon, the Nephites and Lamanites were confined almost entirely within the borders of the territory comprising Central America and the southern portion of Mexico—the isthmus of Tehuantepec probably being the “narrow neck” of land spoken of in the Book of Mormon rather than the Isthmus of Panama (See Alma 50:34; 52:9; 63:5; Mormon 2:29; 3:5). This theory is founded upon the assumption that it was impossible for the colony of Lehi’s to multiply and fill the hemisphere within the limits of 1,000 years, or from the coming of Lehi from Jerusalem to the time of the destruction of the Nephites at the Hill Cumorah. Moreover, they claim that the story in the Book of Mormon of the migrations, building of cities, and the wars and contentions, preclude the possibility of the people spreading over great distances such as we find within the borders of North and South America. “If we are willing to accept the Bible record, which is confirmed by the Doctrine and Covenants, the entire civilization of the earth was destroyed in the flood except Noah and his family (See Gen 6; 7; 8; Moses 7:36–43). Moreover, this destruction took place less than 5,000 years ago, and today the population of the earth, notwithstanding wars and destructions, is estimated [in 1954] at over 2,000,000,000 souls [2018 population estimated at 7,600,000,000, has nearly quadrupled in just 64 years].
The population of Europe, based upon the best records available, is vastly increased over that at the time of the discovery of America; yet upon this hemisphere are to be found hundreds of millions of people, descendants of European and Asiatic ancestors who knew nothing of this land before the discovery by Columbus. The rapid increase of posterity is known to every genealogist who has traced the record of the early settlers in this western country. “This modernistic theory of necessity, in order to be consistent, must place the waters of Ripliancum and the Hill Cumorah some place within the restricted territory of Central America, notwithstanding the teachings of the Church to the contrary for upwards of 100 years. Because of this theory some members of the Church have become confused and greatly disturbed in their faith in the Book of Mormon. It is for this reason that evidence is here presented to show that it is not only possible that these places could be located as the Church has held during the past century, but that in very deed such is the case. It is known that the Hill Cumorah where the Nephites were destroyed is the hill where the Jaredites were also destroyed. This hill was known to the Jaredites as Ramah. It was approximately near to the waters of Ripliancum, which the Book of Ether says, ‘by interpretation, is large, or to exceed all’ – Ether 15:8. Mormon adds: ‘And it came to pass that we did march forth to the land of Cumorah, and we did pitch our tents round about the hill Cumorah; and it was in a land of many waters, rivers, and fountains; and here we had hope to gain advantage over the Lamanites,’ (Mormon 6:4)” –
Joseph Fielding Smith, Doctrines of Salvation, Edited by Bruce R. McConkie, Vol. 3 [1999] 232–243.As stated on page 441 SPECULATION ABOUT BOOK OF MORMON GEOGRAPHY
Moroni’s America
“In an effort to explain the discrepancy between the enumerated (small) population and the large population implied by having wars and building a temple, proponents of a Mesoamerican setting suggest that–
“When the Book of Mormon peoples entered the not-empty New World, they entered a land that was not only populated, but which already boasted highly developed civilizations. The Book of Mormon does not explain Mesoamerican peoples—but Mesoamerican peoples help explain the Book of Mormon… With such a small Lehite population entering an established region with a significantly larger population, the most logical direction of cultural borrowing would have been from the established indigenous population to the small population that had originated in Jerusalem.[i]
This suggestion contradicts the text, in my opinion. I agree with the likelihood that the Nephites encountered indigenous people, but far from “cultural borrowing” from any “established indigenous population,” Nephi keeps the law of Moses and is soon teaching his people how to build a temple, make weapons, etc., as we’ll see in the next section.
Father Lehi’s statement about “other nations” directly contradicts the idea that the Nephites landed among “highly developed civilizations” that existed in Mesoamerica. On the other hand, Lehi’s statement is compatible with the various hunter/gatherer groups identified in the archaeological evidence in the southeastern United States at the time. Such groups would naturally be attracted to new arrivals who brought with them productive seeds for food, advanced technology for weapons and buildings, a written language and other benefits.
Another possibility for the relatively large population during Nephi’s lifetime is that Lehi brought servants along with him. I consider this likely.
Erastus Snow noted that, “The Prophet Joseph informed us that… Ishmael was of the lineage of Ephraim, and that his sons married into Lehi’s family, and Lehi’s sons married Ishmael’s daughters…these descendants of Manasseh and Ephraim grew together upon this American continent.”[ii]
In his analysis of Lehi’s group, John Sorenson noted that “Nothing is said about Zoram’s ancestry, but it seems statistically likely, given his bureaucratic/military role in Jerusalem, that he was a Jew, while both Lehi and Ishmael counted descent from Joseph.”[iii] This would make all of Lehi’s group “Israelites, principally the descendants of Joseph,” which is how Orson Pratt described them in his 1840 pamphlet.[iv] However, Joseph Smith made a correction to this language when he wrote the Wentworth Letter. Joseph wrote, “They were principally Israelites, of the descendants of Joseph.”[v] It is possible that Joseph Smith was referring to Zoram after all, clarifying he was not a Jew. He may have been referring to those who accompanied the Mulekites (presumably Phoenicians). But it is also possible that he was referring to others who accompanied Lehi.
Here are John Sorenson’s comments on that topic.
Were there servants? No mention is made of male or female servants, yet it is possible that there were some. At first glance, 1 Nephi 2:4 would seem to rule that out, since reference is made only to Lehi’s taking “his family.” Yet Near Eastern usage would not rule out including servants under that heading without specifically distinguishing them. Lehi’s “great wealth” would seem to have called for at least female servants in the household. Nephi’s hesitancy about even adding Zoram to their party would not apply in the case of family retainers, who would have known no other life than service to Lehi and Sariah and had no alternative place in society in the land of Jerusalem even if they dreamed of defecting. I do not consider it likely that there were such people along, but the door should not be shut on the possibility, for they might account for some genetic variety in the colony as well as providing additional hands for the construction of the ship when they reached Bountiful.
Finally, I note that Lynn M. Hilton has proposed in an unpublished paper that Laman and Lemuel took dark-skinned South Arabian women as second wives during the sojourn in Bountiful, thus accounting for the skin color attributed to the Lamanites in the promised land in America. That the party had social interaction with local inhabitants in Bountiful on the south Arabian coast does seem likely, even inevitable. Among other things, Nephi claims “neither did I build the ship after the manner of men” (1 Nephi 18:2), implying that he had knowledge of other ships which almost certainly would have existed on that coast. However, Jacob 3:5, which credits the Lamanites with a tradition of strict monogamy, goes against the Hilton suggestion, but Lehi could have picked up families, or single people who married Lehi’s servants. We simply don’t know.
I think it is likely Lehi brought servants. The journey from Jerusalem through the wilderness would have been arduous for any small group, but also dangerous. Lehi was a wealthy man, and likely accustomed to desert travel; in the context of the times, he would have had servants to assist him in his work, as well as to assist the household. Furthermore, it seems unlikely that Lehi would have sent all of his sons back to Jerusalem, leaving Lehi and Sariah and their daughters alone in the wilderness, if he did not have servants. Perhaps he also sent servants to accompany his sons on their trips to Jerusalem.
Joseph Smith said the group was “principally Israelites,” so some of them were not. Apart from Zoram, the record gives no specifics on the identity of these non-Israelites. Had Zoram been the only exception, would Joseph have used the term “principally?” The term refers to rank or importance, not merely numbers, so even a significant number of non-Israelite servants would leave the group “principally Israelites.”
Mesoamerican advocates have considered but rejected the notion that Lehi’s party included servants or people from Arabia,[vi] but I think that approach reflects a desire to show that Lehi landed among a sophisticated Mesoamerican population. In my view, that idea contradicts the text.
To summarize: I think Lehi brought servants and landed in a mostly uninhabited area in Florida, among a small population of hunter/gatherers who lacked a well-organized society.” Moroni’s America pages 84-85
[i] Brant Gardner, Traditions of the Fathers, pp. 153-4.
[ii] Erastus Snow, “God’s Peculiar People,” Journal of Discourses, 23:184, available online at http://bit.ly/Moroni38.
[iii] John Sorenson, “The Composition of Lehi’s Family,” in By Study and Also by Faith, (Neal A. Maxwell Institute), available online at http://bit.ly/Moroni39.
[iv] Orson Pratt, A[n] Interesting Account of Several Remarkable Visions, p. 15, available online at http://bit.ly/Moroni40.
[v] The Wentworth letter was published in the 1 March 1842 Times and Seasons. The Historical Introduction in the Joseph Smith Papers explains that the letter echoes some wording from Pratt’s pamphlet. The letter is available online at http://bit.ly/Moroni41.
[vi] E.g., Brant Gardner, Traditions of the Fathers, p. 156.
*Heartland Research Agreed to Purchase the Phoenicia for Display on the West Bank of the River Sidon at the Zarahemla Temple Site in Montrose, Iowa.
December 13, 2021, inspired and special members of Heartland Research, John Lefgren and Mike and Betty LaFontaine, negotiated with the shipowner Philip Beale, the terms for purchasing the Phoenicia, a faithful replica of a ship which made two voyages in 2009 and in 2020 of over 30,000 nautical miles.
It was demonstrated in this replica 600 BC Phoenician style Ship which Captain Beale built and sailed, validating the possible sea route of bringing Mulek, the Prince of Judah, from Jerusalem to Zarahemla in the 6th Century before Christ. (Tunisia to Florida in 2020), along with the voyage of the same Phoenicia in 2009 making a voyage possible of bringing Lehi and his family from Oman, to Florida, as Captain Beale demonstrated in his voyage to circumnavigate a trade-route around Africa similar to Herodotus in 500 BC. (The 2009 Phoenicia traveled from Oman to near Florida and finally to Lebanon). These friends of the Heartland Group have done the world a service.
As of 2025 the Phoenicia Ship has been taken apart and put in containers and sent to Utah its new home. We are looking for a permanent site in Utah and we will reassemble the Phoenicia. We will let you know when that occurs or call Rian Nelson 801-931-9031.
There are current 2026 updates at the heartland Research website phoenicia.rocks
To read and download a special 26-page book called “Sidon to Sidon” See below
“Zelph a Man of God” by Ken Corbett. Zelph is standing at Valley City, Illinois where the skeleton of Zelph was found at Russell Naples #8 Mound. The Prophet is Onandagus.
I love the Iroquois Nation and I especially love the Onondaga Tribe of whom Zelph was a member. Zelph’s prophet during the time frame of the Book of Mormon was Onondagus according to the Joseph Smith Papers here. With my love of the Prophet Joseph Smith and of Zelph, I call the Onondaga Nation, Joseph Smith’s Lamanites.
You may remember about the Founding Fathers that appeared to Wilford Woodruff in the St George Temple asking for baptism? Just one week later 85 Famous Indian Chiefs were also baptized in the St. George Temple on Aug 29, 1877. Of the 85 total, 74 were of the Iroquois Nation and 11 were from the Algonquian Nation of North America. See Blog here.
There is a belief that the Iroquois Nation played an important role in the life of Joseph Smith. He lived in an area with many Iroquois chiefs and may have even met many of these great men. Ganargua Creek (Mud Creek) was a primary stopover point for the Iroquois on their trade routes. Joseph Smith also had an interest in the creek after hearing a speech from Seneca Indian Chief Red Jacket at Palmyra in 1822.
Many historians believe that Iroquoian ideas of federalism, and balance of power directly influenced the US system of government. Benjamin Franklin admired native American government structures. In 1744, Canassatego advocated in Washington the federal union of the American colonies. See Here
The Iroquois or Haudenosaunee (People of the Longhouse) are a historically powerful northeast Native American confederacy. They were known during the colonial years to the French as the Iroquois League, and later as the Iroquois Confederacy, and to the English as the Five Nations, comprising the Mohawk, Onondaga, Oneida, Cayuga, and Seneca. After 1722, they accepted the Tuscarora people from the Southeast into their confederacy and became known as the Six Nations.
Handsome Lake
“The Onondagas: These have special interest… this warrior, Zelph, was an Onondaga, as well as a “white” Lamanite, and that the Onondagas (of New York), consequently must be of Lamanite lineage.” J.M. Sjodahl, An Introduction to the Study of the Book of Mormon
“Contrary, then, to widespread assumptions during Joseph Smith’s lifetime that the Onondaga migrated to the New York region, it becomes clear that they originated here as a small, narrowly localized amalgamation of a few villages near Onondaga Lake, during the century before Columbus’ discovery of America” Beauchamp’s Aboriginal Place Names of New York;
“How America Was Discovered is a story told by Handsome Lake (Seneca Prophet), and documented by Arthur C. Parker, about a young minister who meets the one he perceives to be the Lord, who then asks him to go to a new land and bring with him cards, money, a fiddle, whiskey, and blood corruption. In return the young minister will become rich. The young minister sought out Christopher Columbus, and with the help of his crew, traveled to the Americas. They turned back to report what they had seen, which caused an immigration of people from Europe to the Americas. Along with the people came the five things that aided in destroying the natives. The end reveals that the “Lord” in the gold castle was actually the devil, and that even he knew what he had caused was wrong.” Rudes, B. Tuscarora English Dictionary Toronto
The Onondaga at the great white pine tree in Syracuse NY on the shores of Onondaga Lake is where the message of peace was planted and the hatchets were buried. Similarly, the Lamanites , “…buried the weapons of war, for peace.” Alma 24:19 Article here:
When serving as Mission President to the Seminole Indians in Central Florida, Murray J. Rawson was teaching a group of the tribe about the Book of Mormon when he was interrupted by their Chief, saying: “We had a war long ago with a light skinned people around the Great Lakes. We conquered them but we had so much respect for their warrior chief that we buried him at the mouth of the Oswego River that is in New York State. We don’t discuss this very much because it is an embarrassment to us. President Rawson then asked why this is an embarrassment, and the Chief replied, “ Our history is written on metal plates and buried in a hill in New York, but we don’t know which hill!” (Talk given to missionaries in training at the MTC, Provo, Utah 1979, by President Murray J. Rawson). https://bookofmormonevidence.org/cherokee-temple-ordinances-2/
This chart shows which major Native Chiefs were alive during Joseph Smith’s liftime.
Iroquois Treaties
1613 Two Row Wampum or Tawagonshi Agreement (Dutch and French)
1677 Covenant Chain Treaty (English)
1784 The Treaty of Fort Stanwix between the United States and Native Americans. Rome, New York
1788 Phelps & Gorham Purchase with the Iroquois for lands in New York State east of the Genesee River
1794 Treaty of Canandaigua affirming lands rights in New York State east of the Genesee River
1797 Treaty of Big Tree with the Iroquois for lands in New York State west of the Genesee River
The Iroquois have absorbed many other peoples into their tribes as a result of warfare, adoption of captives, and by offering shelter to displaced peoples. Culturally all are considered members of the clans and tribes into which they are adopted by families.
The historic St. Lawrence Iroquoians, Wyandot (Huron), Erie, and Susquehannock, all independent peoples, also spoke Iroquoian languages. In the larger sense of linguistic families, they are often considered Iroquoian peoples because of their similar languages and cultures, all culturally and linguistically descended from the Proto-Iroquoian people and language; however, they were traditionally enemies of the nations in the Iroquois League.[2] In addition, Cherokee is an Iroquoian language. The Cherokee people are believed to have migrated south from the Great Lakes area in ancient times, settling in the backcountry of the Southeast United States, including what is now Tennessee.
This blog will be in two parts below. First I will speak about the Onondaga Nation from an LDS perspective. In other words, I will share with you things about the tribe that would be interesting to most members of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. In part two, I will speak mostly from a generic point of view. In other words tell you facts and history about the tribe from a non religious point of view.
“Note: It was in a vision by the “Spirit of the Almighty” that Joseph Smith learned who Zelph was, his role in the great extermination battle at Hill Cumorah, the “last great struggle of the Lamanites and Nephites (Mormon 6:9-15, 8:2-3), how he died and the geography he was associated with, “serving under Onandaga who was known from the Hill Cumorah, or eastern sea to the Rocky mountains. He was killed in battle by the arrow found among his ribs, during the last great struggle of the Lamanites and Nephites.” This information did not come from Joseph Smith’s imagination, it was not his opinion, he said it came from God. J.M. Sjodahl made the following conclusion on the Zelph Mound in his book on Book of Mormon geography The Onondagas: These have special interest… It appears from this, that this warrior, Zelph, was an Onondaga, as well as a “white” Lamanite, and that the Onondagas [of New York], consequently must be of Lamanite lineage. It also appears that at least some of the mounds in the Ohio Valley were erected by the descendants of Lehi” (J.M. Sjodahl, An Introduction to the Study of the Book of Mormon 1927, 266-67).
Author L. Taylor Hansen wrote intriguingly of a site in New York State: “On the authority of some older inhabitants of Onondaga, it is stated that on a ledge of rocks, about a mile south of Jamesville, (Near Syracuse and Oneida Castle)is a place which used to be pointed out by the Indians as a spot where the Great Spirit once came down and sat and gave good advice to the chiefs of Onondagas. That there are the prints of his hands and his feet, left in the rocks, still to be seen. In the former years the Onondagas used annually to offer, at this place, tobacco and pipes, and to burn tobacco and herbs as a sacrifice to the Great Spirit, to conciliate his favor and which was a means of preventing diseases. From the different accounts and Joseph’s own written testimony, we may at least conclude that Zelph was a descendent of Book of Mormon people, and that he died in battle in northern America. His remains were interred atop one of the mounds made by ancient North American people. Joseph attributed some of these mounds to the Nephites. The revelation which Joseph received concerning Zelph was poignant enough to convince Joseph that Zion’s camp had been traveling through Nephite territory, and that the remains they had handled were “proof” of the Book of Mormon’s divine authenticity. The “south countries”, south of Lake Erie, referred to by the Lord in Doctrine and Covenants 75:8, 17, are likely the same as the Nephite “south countries”. (Mormon 6:15; 8:2)
Perhaps the name Zelph is a masculine version of the Hebrew “zalaphah”, meaning “Raging Heat” – a fitting name for a zealous warrior. (Brown – Driver – Briggs – Gesenius Hebrew – Aramaic Lexicon, 2152, pg 273) The name of the great Onandagus (or Onendagus) mentioned by Joseph, sounds very similar to Onondaga, one of the five nations that composed the Haudenosaunee Confederacy. Haudenosaunee means “the people of the long house”. These native peoples of New York are known to have built houses of timber. (Alma 19:17-18; 26:28-29) Another people of the Haudenosaunee are the Oneida, which is strikingly similar to the Book of Mormon place name “Onidah”. (Alma 32:4; 47:5) It is also likely no coincidence that the Lamanite title of deity, “Great Spirit” is a native North American appellation. (Alma 18:4-5)” Book of Mormon Covenant Lands According to the Best Sources By W. Vincent Coon
ANOTHER PROPHET OF THE ONONDAGA THE ONONDAGA, by virtue of their geography, were in every sense the central tribe of the disproportionately powerful Iroquois League or Confederacy who, including the Mohawk and Oneida to the east, and the Cayuga and Seneca to the west, controlled much of present New York State for centuries. Onondaga was not only the capital of these “Five Nations” – the figurative “Great Council House,” but its people held tie-breaking power in confederacy votes, and are called the “firekeepers” of all the Iroquois to the present day. “The Iroquois Confederacy,” explains Dr. James A. Tuck, was originally composed of five nations which were drawn together in a league under the influence of Deganawidah, called the “Law Giver,” and Hiawatha, a reformed cannibal who persuaded the terrible wizard, Atotarho, a chief of the Onondagas, to bring his people into confederation thus completing the “longhouse” which ran from the Mohawk to the Genesee Rivers. In return for joining the Confederacy the Onondaga were made “Keepers of the Wampum,” a position which they continue to enjoy, and Atotarho was made the head chief of the League of the Five Nations, a position also held by an Onondaga sachem since the very beginning of the League. [Tuck, 5] Living so close as I do to the Onondaga Nation Territory (established following the American Revolution), I feel particularly inquisitive about one aspect of a well-documented incident that took place on Tuesday, June 3, 1834 while Joseph Smith and some two hundred followers comprising the bulk of “Zion’s Camp” were traveling incognito through central Illinois on their way to support beleaguered Mormons in western Missouri. The episode was evidently first recorded by my great, great-grandfather’s youngest brother, who wrote the following in his diary . . . Tuesday 3 [June 1834] visited the mounds. A skeleton was dug up . . . Joseph, said his name was Zelph a great warrior under the Prophet Omandagus. An arrow was found in his Ribs— His name was Zelph a warior under the Prophet Omandagus Zelph a white Laman[i]te . . . . . . Said he was a man of God and the curse was taken off or in part he was a white Lamanite /was known from the atlantic to the Rocky Mountains/ . . . [Reuben McBride diary, 3 June 1834, in Godfrey 1989, 34, citing “LDS Church Archives”] “Uncle Reub” was then but thirty years old (for a few more days) and a Mormon of just less than a year. He had been recruited personally in western New York that March by Joseph Smith, with others, as a volunteer “to go up to redeem” as Reuben’s granddaughter would tell it many years later. Her version of the curious excavation should probably be set down here . . . June 2, they crossed the Illinois River and camped on its banks. The following day three of the company visited the mounds. A skeleton was dug up. Joseph said his name was Naphi [sic], a great warrior under the Prophet Omandagus. An arrow was found in his ribs. Suffice it to say this caused his death.
Joseph Smith’s seemingly Latinized adaptation of “Onondaga” recurs with various spellings in most of the accounts. (It reminds me of his Latin-sounding “Egyptus” name for a woman who “first discovered” the land of Egypt in Joseph’s Book of Abraham 1:23; 1835 or later.) “Onondaga” was a name that Joseph would have heard frequently in the Indian lore which B. H. Roberts felt must have influenced Joseph during his early days in Palmyra. For Roberts’ general comments, see MP 371 (Seaver, my pp. 1499-1500). Indeed, in order to reach Palmyra in company with Lucy Mack Smith and his siblings when they emigrated from Vermont, Joseph had to traverse the important township of Onondaga (Spafford, 372), through which the original Genesee and Seneca Turnpikes still run today; I cannot buy groceries or get a haircut without first crossing the pioneer path of young Joseph Smith.
Wilford Woodruff emphasized that Joseph learned about Zelph and “Onandagus” in a vision. “Three persons dug into the mound,” wrote Woodruff in his now-famous journal, & found a body. Elder Milton Holmes took the arrow out of the back bones that killed Zelph & brought it with some of the bones in to the camp. I visited the same mound with Jesse J Smith. Who the other persons were that dug in to the mound & found the body I am undecided. Brother Joseph had a vision respecting the person. He said he was a white Lamanite. The curs[e] was taken from him or at least in part. He was killed in battle with an arrow. The arrow was found among his ribs. One of his thigh bones was broken. This was done by a stone flung from a sling in battle years before his death. His name was Zelph. Some of his bones were brought into the Camp and the thigh bone which was broken was put into my waggon and I carried it to Missouri. Zelph was a large thick set man and a man of God. He was a warrior under the great prophet /Onandagus/ that was known from the hill Camorah /or east sea/ to the Rocky mountains. The above knowledge Joseph received in a vision. [Woodruff 1:10; “Onandagus” and “or east sea” added between the lines]
LINGUISTIC ORIGINS OF “ONONDAGA” No matter how one spells this name, it strikes me as difficult to separate from that of the modern Native Americans representing the remnant of the Iroquois living at the center of New York State, the Onondaga (or, as people would have said in Joseph Smith’s environment, the “Onondagas”). To get some feel for how the Onondaga got their name, I will turn once again (as with Oneida, in MP 88 [Case]) to an undisputed authority: William Martin BEAUCHAMP (1830-1925), archaeologist and historian, “became, among white men, the greatest authority on the history and institutions of the Iroquois. In a sense he was the successor of Lewis Morgan in this field. His interest in the Indians . . . was increased by his friendship with Albert Cusick, an Onondaga in orders in the Episcopal Church. From him he received much valuable information. In 1904 he was himself adopted into the Eel Clan of the Onondaga as Wah-Kat-yu-ten, the “Beautiful Rainbow.” He was the author of many books and papers . . .” Beauchamp was an Episcopal priest, and lived nearly all his ninety-five years in Onondaga County. His father was a local printer who founded the Skaneateles Democrat in 1840, and William learned the love of writing from an early age. Some of his best work, nonetheless, was done after the age of seventy, and he was “one of the first (1897-1902) to discover Eskimo influence and culture in New York State dating from a very early period . . .” (—DAB). Beauchamp’s extensive papers and ethnographic photographs and drawings are preserved at the New York State Library in Albany (71 cubic feet, microfilmed in 1994 as an alternative format, 35 reels). Included in his collection are some seventy-five manuscripts or typescripts of Iroquois legends recorded by Dr. Arthur C. Parker.
The following analysis of “Onondaga,” perhaps the most authoritative summary available, is transcribed in its entirety below from Beauchamp’s Aboriginal Place Names of New York . . . On-on-da´-ga, on the mountain, and thence people of the mountain or great hill. To express people in full Ronon was formerly added. Among themselves the Indians now pronounce i[t] On-on-dah´-ka, but in talking to white people they usually give the long instead of the broad sound to the third vowel. The name was first known to the whites in 1634. The Relation of 1656 says that “Onontae´, or, as other[s] pronounce it, Onontagué, is the principal dwelling of the Onontaeronons.” In the Relation of 1658 is an explicit and correct definition: “The word Onnonta, which signifies a mountain in the Iroquois tongue, has given name to the town called Onnontae´, or, as others call it, Onnontaghé, because it is on a mountain, and the people who dwell there call themselves Onnontaeronnons from this, or Onnontagheronnons.” In his Essay of an Onondaga Grammar Zeisberger uses gachera for on or upon, and gives ononta for a hill, or mountain, and onontachera as upon the hill. The latter meaning he gives to onontacta. Spafford said: “Onondaga is purely an Indian word, signifying a swamp under or at the foot of a hill or mountain.” This is erroneous, but he added: “Onondagahara, a place between the hills. I wish the people of Onondaga Hollow would take a hint from this, and let their village be ‘Onondagahara,’ and that on the hill ‘Onondaga,’ the capital of the county of Onondaga.” In the earlier edition he said: “Onondaga on the authority of Mr [Beauchamp, p. 147 ends] Webster, interpreter to the Oneidas, signifies in the dialect of the Indians, a swamp under, or at the foot of a hill or mountain.” Mr Clark referred to this and made special inquiries about the word. He said: “From the best information we have attained we set it down as the ‘residence of the people of the hills,’ the word swamp having no connection with it.” The successive towns were at first on the hills near Limestone creek, but the name followed the later sites on lower lands. The Oneida and Oswego rivers once had this name, and Onondaga lake and creek retain it. O-nun-da´-ga, on the hills, is Morgan’s name for the creek. [Beauchamp, 147-48. The works by Spafford (Gazetteer of the State of New-York) and Clark, which Beauchamp cites above, can be identified in the Sources Cited list at the end of this Bibliographic Source. Beauchamp’s other references above are to “Relations des Jésuites. Quebec 1858,” “Zeisberger, David. Essay of an Onondaga Grammar. Pa. Mag. of Hist. & Biog. Phila. 1889,” and “Morgan, Lewis H. League of the Ho-de-no-sau-nee, or Iroquois. Rochester 1851.”]
GEOGRAPHIC ORIGINS OF THE ONONDAGA
For centuries, the origins of the Iroquois, of which the Onondaga are the central tribal group or nation, were debated (described in Tuck, 11-18). Early theories contemplated, particularly, migrations into what is now the New York-centered region from points north, or even from the extreme West (suggested ca. 1901), beginning at Puget Sound and settling into agriculture-based villages in the Mississippi Valley. By the mid-twentieth century, however, advanced archaeological investigation and analysis had begun to favor an on-site theory, whereby the Iroquois culture developed from the earlier Owasco and collateral cultures in this very region. In 1971, Professor Tuck summarized the results of a series of Onondaga area excavation projects of 1965-67 designed to answer the question of Onondaga origins. The study included detailed identification of specifically differentiating, local artifact characteristics, along with “non-material” aspects such as the social, dietary and economic Onondaga traits which the artifacts, site locations and related ethnography displayed (Onondaga Iroquois Prehistory; A Study in Settlement Archaeology). A continuity of specific factors from Owasco to Iroquois communities, traced locally over many centuries, allowed Dr. Tuck to state, “beyond the slightest doubt that Onondaga Iroquois culture was, in fact, the result of a long in situ development in central New York.” (Tuck, 204, with extensive technical data and discussion). The Onondaga came together in the narrow area where they were found by the early European settlers, and where they are still centered today – in Onondaga County, New York. Tuck explains that, in the early fifteenth century [A.D.], a symbolic alliance between two communities was probably consummated for reasons of mutual defense. This can be interpreted as the founding of the Onondaga Nation, at least in an informal way. At what point a feeling of common identity or [Tuck, p. 215 ends] assumption of a common name came about cannot be said, but these things must not have been far behind the other developments indicated by the archaeological record. [Tuck, pp. 215-16] “Moreover, we . . . see,” notes Dr. Tuck, that there was nothing very mysterious about the development of Onondaga culture, and presumably all Iroquois culture as well, and that the Onondaga were simply one manifestation of a pattern of cultural development—including agriculture, stockaded villages, warfare, certain ceramic and other technological traits, and even [Tuck, p. 19 ends] tribal confederations—which was becoming widespread over the Northeast at the time of European exploration and colonization and whose roots lie much farther back in time than any migrationary theory will allow. Hence all but an in situ hypothesis of Iroquois origins must be finally set aside. [Tuck, 19, 21 (p. 20 is a diagram of site locations)] Contrary, then, to widespread assumptions during Joseph Smith’s lifetime that the Onondaga migrated to the New York region, it becomes clear that they originated here as a small, narrowly localized amalgamation of a few villages near Onondaga Lake, during the century before Columbus’ discovery of America. Significant among early Onondaga communities was the group whose antiquities around Pompey, New York, were discussed by DeWitt Clinton in MP 101.
Page 400 of Mormon Parallels below
CLINTON, De Witt. A MEMOIR ON THE ANTIQUITIES OF THE WESTERN PARTS OF THE STATE OF NEW-YORK, Read Before the Literary and Philosophical Society of New-York. By De Witt Clinton, President of the said Society. Albany: Printed by E. & E. Hosford, 100, State-Street, 1820. 21½ cm. 16 pp. The principal copy examined bore on page [3] a very old oval embossed stamp of the American Antiquarian Society, Worcester, Massachusetts. It lacked the title page, for which another copy was examined. AI 793. NUC and OCLC show three or four different printings of this talk (1818, 1820, 1825) plus reprints in 1916 and 1970, all of which mention the subsequent reading of this paper before the Society. The title of the New York, 1825 edition (reprinting transactions of the Society) provides useful information: A Memoir on the Antiquities of the Western Parts of the State of New-York, Addressed to the Honourable Samuel L. Mitchill, a VicePresident of the Literary and Philosophical Society of New York . . . by Dewitt Clinton . . . Read Before the Society November 13th, 1817 (adapted from OCLC). Dated at the end, “Albany October 7, 1817” (p. 16), this Memoir is interesting not only for its content, but also for its authorship and presentation.
In late 1811, De Witt CLINTON (1769-1828), while serving simultaneously as mayor of New York City and lieutenant governor of New York State, had presented a Discourse at the New York Historical Society (which he had helped to found in 1804) based on his travels in the region later known to Mormons as the old Nephite-Lamanite battlegrounds near Canandaigua and elsewhere; for discussion, see Vogel 1986, 26, 28-29, 63, 111. IMAGE AT RIGHT: Portrait of De Witt Clinton (Barber and Howe, frontispiece; engraved by Daggett, Hinman & Co.). Now newly installed as governor of the state (1817-21; 1825-28), Clinton here offers “A MEMOIR, On the Antiquities of the Western parts of the State of New-York, addressed to the Honourable SAMUEL L. MITCHILL, a Vice President of the Literary and Philosophical Society of New York, Professor of Natural History in the University of the State, &c. &c.” (caption title, p. [3]). It was this same Dr. Mitchill who in 1828 would direct Martin Harris, bearing the transcript of characters from the golden plates of the Book of Mormon, to meet Prof. Charles Anthon. For Mitchill’s letter to Clinton, presuming “. . . that America was the cradle of the human race,” see MP 338 (Priest, American Antiquities). Mitchill was so pleased with the present Memoir, apparently, that Clinton was invited to read it before the Literary and Philosophical Society in person, November 13, 1817. It is a brief but serious presentation of observations made on site by Clinton himself and by other individuals whose discoveries Clinton describes. While most of the text considers remnants of military and burial artifacts, the opening and closing portions emphasize Clinton’s main point, that civilizations more advanced than more recently-known Indians had previously flourished across New York State. In 1986, Dan Vogel presented a scholarly study of Indian Origins and the Book of Mormon, in which it became manifestly clear that Americans of the 1820s were acutely sensitized to this view of earlier, advanced civilizations who once lived upon their land. “In 1816,” wrote Vogel, the Philadelphia Port Folio reported that “it is a very general opinion, prevailing in the western country, that there is ample proof that the country in general was once inhabited by a civilized and agricultural people” who were eventually destroyed by the Indians. “Late in the nineteenth century,” Vogel added, the director of the Smithsonian’s Bureau of Ethnology, J. W. Powell, assessed the popularity of these beliefs which by that time had been superseded. “It is difficult to exaggerate the prevalence of this romantic fallacy, or the force with which the hypothetic ‘lost races’ had taken possession of the imaginations of men,” he wrote. “For more than a century the ghosts of a vanished nation have ambuscaded in the vast solitudes of the continent, and the forest-covered mounds have been usually regarded as the mysterious sepulchers of its kings and nobles.” [Vogel 1986, 64, 65, citing for the two quotes above, respectively, “Of the Aborigines of the Western Country,” pt. 1, Port Folio, fourth series, 1 (June 1816): 458-59; and J. W. Powell, ed., Twelfth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1890-1891 (Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1894), xlixlii.]
Mesoamerican Theory
CONTRAST THIS with prominent Book of Mormon defender John L. Sorenson’s disquieting notion that “Joseph Smith could not have known in 1830 from published books or his contemporaries that an ancient civilization had existed anywhere in the Americas. To all settlers of the western New York frontier, an ‘Indian’ was just a savage.” (Sorenson 2002, 262) On the contrary, much if not most of the supposed concrete evidence of advanced Native civilizations came to writers like Dr. Mitchill and Governor Clinton from local New York landowners who came upon deliciously intriguing artifacts and structural remains while plowing their fields, hiking through hills or digging wells. Indeed, we are warned in a note printed on the back of this pamphlet’s title page: “AS the progress of cultivation extinguishes the remains of antiquities mentioned in this memoir, the view of the writer, in publishing it, is to awaken enquiry to a subject of great importance, before the means of investigation are entirely lost.” (p. [2]).
Clinton presents a clear image of American battles of annihilation both before and following the arrival of European colonists. The battles are described as often having culminated in the destruction of previous, superior Native cultures which had taken final refuge in forts at the tops of hills, including the general region of the hill known to Mormons as Cumorah. The following extracts include summary selections from each of Clinton’s relevant examples: HAVING had some opportunities for personal observation and not a few for enquiry, I am induced to believe that the western parts of the United States were, prior to their discovery and occupation by Europeans, inhabited by numerous nations in a settled state and much further advanced in civilization than the present tribes of Indians. Perhaps it is not too much to say that they did not fall far short of the Mexicans and Peruvians when first visited by the Spaniards. [p. 4] The first area which Clinton describes is the township of Pompey (pronounced “POMP-ee,” in Onondaga County, central New York State): A town covering upwards of five hundred acres must have contained a population greatly transcending all our ideas of credibility . . . This town was on elevated ground, . . . and was well calculated for defence. . . . There are three old forts distant about eight miles from each other, and forming a triangle which encloses the town; . . . and they were, in all probability, erected to cover the town and to protect the inhab-[p. 5 ends]itants against the attacks of an enemy. . . . On the line of the north side, the town was probably stormed. There are graves on each side close to the precipice; sometimes five or six persons were thrown promiscuously into the same grave. If the invaders had been repulsed, the inhabitants would have interred the killed in the usual places; but from the circumstance of there being graves near the ravine and in the village, I am induced to believe that the town was taken. [pp. 5-6 (noting “gun barrels, axes, hoes and swords . . . all over these grounds . . .”] THE traditions of the Indians agree in some measure with the French relations. They represent that their [p. 8 ends] forefathers had several bloody battles with the French . . . There is a hill in Pompey, which the Indians will not visit, and which they call Bloody Hill. . . . The old fortifications were erected previous to European intercourse. The Indians are ignorant by whom they were made; and in the wars which took place in this country, it is probable that they were occupied as strong holds by the belligerents; and it is likely that the ruins of European works of a different construction may be found in the same way that Roman and British fortifications are to be seen in the vicinity of each other in Great Britain. It is remarkable that our ancient forts resemble the old British and Danish. [pp. 8-9] The Bloody Hill site (near my home, dated by modern archaeology to ca. 1420 A.D.) has been excavated carefully in modern times, yielding comparatively superior ceramic artifacts. Significantly more Native sites are now recognized in Pompey, beyond the few which Clinton knew or was able to visit. (Tuck, 104-119 et passim, with detailed analysis of relationships between various communities and time periods.) The hills are indeed high for this region, and offer calendar-scene vistas. I feel sorry for poor Ethan Smith, in his seventies, traversing the steep inclines of Pompey Hill and having to bury his wife Bathsheba during the brief period while he was the Congregational pastor here, 1834-35; for background, see MP 392 (Ethan Smith, The Blessing of Abraham Come on the Gentiles . . . ) The selection which follows pertains to an area located at the opposite side of the county . . . IN the town of Camillus, in the same county of Onondaga . . . there are two ancient forts . . . One is on a very high hill, and its area covers about three acres. . . . The ditch was deep and the eastern wall ten feet high. In the centre was a large lime stone of an irregular shape, which could be raised by two men; the bottom was flat and three feet long. It contained, in the opinion of judge Manro, unknown characters plainly figured on the stone to the extent of eighteen inches in length and three inches in breadth. . . . The second fort is almost half a mile distant on lower ground, constructed like the other, and is about half as large. . . . several places in this town, on high ground . . . [displayed soil erosion characteristics typical of] very ancient settlements . . . [p. 10 ends] . . . Judge Manro found, in digging the cellar of his house, several pieces of brick. In various places, there were large spots of deep black mould, demonstrating the former existence of buildings and erections of different kinds; and judge Manro, seeing the appearance of a well, viz a hole ten feet deep . . . [containing] a great quantity of human bones which pulverized on exposure to the air. This is strong 404 evidence of the destruction of an antient settlement. The disposal of the dead was unquestionably made by an invading enemy. I ALSO observed on Boughton’s hill [present-day Victor, New York, about ten miles southwest of the Hill Cumorah], in Ontario county, where a bloody battle is said to have been fought, black spots of mould at regular intervals and yellow clay between. The most easterly fortification yet discovered in this region, is about eighteen miles east of Manlius square, with the exception of the one in Oxford, Chenango county, hereafter mentioned. . . . To the west [p. 11 ends] there are great numbers. There is a large one in the town of Onondaga, one in Scipio, two near Auburn, three near Canandaigua, and several between Seneca and Cayuga lakes, there being three within a few miles of each other. [pp. 10-12] Clinton describes, with a small diagram, an ancient fort in Oxford, Chenango County on a rise of land with an excavated ditch atop the bank of which had later grown a tall pine tree, since fallen but appearing to have lived hundreds of years, pp. 12-13. “Probably this work was picketed in, but no remains of any wooden work have been discovered.” (p. 13. Oxford lies between Bainbridge and Norwich, New York). IN the town of Ridgeway, in Genesee county, there have been discovered several ancient fortifications and burying places. About six miles from the Ridge road, and south of the great slope or mountain ridge, an old burying ground has been discovered within two or three months, in which are deposited bones of an unusual length and size. Over this ground lay the trunk of a chestnut [sic] tree, apparently four feet through at the stump; the top and limbs of this tree had entirely mouldered away by age. The bones lay across each other in a promiscuous [i.e., random] manner; from which circumstance, and the appearance of a fort in the neighborhood, it is supposed that they were deposited there by their conquerors; and from the fort being situated in a swamp, it is believed it was the last resort of the vanquished, and probably the swamp was under water at the time. [p. 14] “ON the south side of lake Erie, there is a series of old fortifications, running from the Cattaraugus creek to the Pennsylvania line, a distance of fifty miles; some are two, three, and four miles apart, and some within half a mile. Some contain five acres. The walls or breastworks, of earth; . . . ,” p. 14. Clinton then concludes in broader terms, as he first began this pamphlet
A long time ago when the Creator placed us upon Mother Earth, each family was asked to to go out of the village and tell about the animal they have witnessed. When they reported what they saw, that became the “clan” of your family.
The women who are our life givers were given the important responsibility of carrying on the clans and the citizenship of the Haudenosaunee. At Onondaga, there are nine “clans” which are; wolf, turtle, beaver, snipe, heron, deer, eel, bear, and hawk.
Only an Onondaga woman can provide Onondaga children. Only an Onondaga woman of the turtle clan can provide Onondaga turtle clan children, etc. Therefore, children are very proud of their clans as it automatically gives them a link to their female ancestors back to the beginning of our people.
The clan system lives throughout the Haudenosaunee. People of your clan but of different nations are still considered to be part of your family. This is important as when you travel through the different nations of the Haudenosaunee. You know that there are people willing to welcome you to their lands as being part of their family.
The role of clans also plays a part in marriage. When a young person looks to marry, they look to individuals from other clans. Even if you are not of “blood relations”, they are a part of your clan family. Since clan members no longer all live in one longhouse, mothers, grandmothers, and aunts watch to make sure that its a good match.
Our clan system is also important in our way of life. When you are in need of help in tough times such as sickness or death, it is the duty of the members of the other clans to help. The Creator gave us this method of helping each other to make sure that we care one another to make us strong which has helped us survive as a people for countless centuries. We look to our relations in the other clans for help.
Gift from the Creator
Statue of Hiawatha (Longfellow’s Hiawatha) carrying Minnehaha at Minnehaha Park in Minneapolis, Minnesota. Image by Mulad. A plaque at the site says: Hiawatha and Minnehaha by Jacob Fjelde Erected in 1911
Elders remind us that the Creator gave us all a special gift. That this gift is an element that benefits the community. That finding that gift and using that gift makes the Creator happy. People who boast or do not utilize their gift saddens the Creator. Gifts come in all forms from leaders, speakers, hunters, singers, midwives, dancers, runners, lacrosse players, farmers, fishermen, healers, astronomers, crafters, builders, cooks, teachers, comedians, and so on.
Those skills helped the Onondaga community survive in the past when we lived in communal homes as well as present day 21st century Onondaga where people use these skills to work in the Onondaga community as well as the neighboring Syracuse, NY community. Now Onondaga community members work as teachers, doctors, lawyers, teachers, iron workers, engineers, chefs, etc. We are thankful that the Creator has given us so many gifts to share with each other.
The original Reservation of the Onondagas, as defined by a treaty made at Fort Stanwix on September 12, 1788, embraced parts of the towns of La Fayette, Camillus, Geddes, and the city of Syracuse, and all of Onondaga. A second treaty signed November 18, 1793, ceded to the State the most of the town of Onondaga and all north thereof, leaving to the Indians not only their present Reservation and tracts on the east and south, but a narrow strip of land on the west bank of Onondaga Creek extending southward from or nearly from the city limits. This strip was divided near the center by Webster’s mile square, lying immediately southwest of Onondaga Hollow, and was purchased by the State by treaty dated July 28, 1795. On February 25, 1817, the Reservation was again reduced, the State purchasing twenty-seven lots, or about 4,000 acres, on the east side thereof, now included in the towns of La Fayette and Onondaga. At the same time Webster’s 300 acres, lying within and just west of the center of the north edge of the present Reservation, and now owned by white settlers, were confirmed to Ephraim Webster and his heirs. The fourth and last reduction was made February 11, 1822, when the Indians sold to the State 800 acres of their land from the south end of the Reservation and now in the town of La Fayette, leaving their once extensive possessions with an area of 6,100 acres. These various treaties are fully mentioned in pages 172-179.
Wampum Belt
On February 28, 1829, a treaty made at Albany provided for the payment of all annuities at Onondaga, part having hitherto been paid at Canandaigua. The Onondagas now receive from the State of New York money and goods to the value of $2,430 annually Probably more than this sum, or its equivalent, is every year distributed among the dusky inhabitants of the Reservation, where each of the Six Nations of the Iroquois League is represented.
The origin of the Onondagas as well as that of the Iroquois is enveloped in tradition. According to David Cusick (2) a legend which was current among all the tribes ran thus:
The holder of the Heavens took the Indians out of a hill near Oswego Falls, and led them to and down the Mohawk and Hudson Rivers to the sea. There they became scattered; but their great leader brought six families back to the junction of the Hudson and Mohawk, and then proceeding westerly He planted the Five Nations, the Mohawks, Oneidas, Onondagas, Cayugas and Senecas, by leaving a family at the location of each, giving them names, and slightly changing the language of each. With the sixth family He proceeded on between mid-day and sun-set, to the Mississippi River, which part of them crossed upon a grape vine, but the vine breaking those on this side traveled easterly to the neighborhood of the ocean, and settled upon the Neuse River, in North Carolina. This last was the Tuscarora tribe.\
Continuing the same author says:
About one hundred winters since the people left the mountains,–the five families were increased and made some villages in the country. The Holder of the Heavens was absent from the country, which was destitute of the visits of the Governor of the Universe. The reason produced the occasion that they were invaded by the monsters called Ko-nea-rau-neh-neh (Flying heads), which devoured several people of the country. The Flying Heads made invasions in the night; but the people were attentive to escape by leaving their huts and concealing themselves in other huts prepared for the purpose. An instance:–There was an old woman who resided at Onondaga; she was left alone in the hut at evening, while others deserted. She was setting near the fire parching some acorns when the monstrous Head made its appearance at the door; while viewing the woman it was amazed that she eat the coals of fire, by which the monsters were put to flight, and ever since the heads disappeared and were supposed concealed in the earth. After a short time the people were invaded by the monster of the deep; the Lake Serpent traverses the country, which interrupted their intercourse. The five families were compelled to make fortifications throughout their respective towns, in order to secure themselves from the devouring monsters.
Cusick mythically narrates other interesting stores of the Stonish Giants, who invaded the Onondaga fort, devouring the people in every town; of Atotarho, the hostile chief, who resided there, his head and body ornamented with black snakes, his dishes and spoons made of enemies’ skulls; of the tree of peace reaching to the clouds of Heaven, which was planted at Onondaga, and under which the council fire was kindled and the chiefs deliberated and smoked the pipe of peace, all of which gave the Onondagas supremacy as the center of government; of the invasion of their fort by a great mosquito, which was pursued and killed by the Holder of the Heavens near the salt lake Onondaga (3), the blood becoming small mosquitoes; of the founding of witchcraft by the Nanticokes and the burning of fifty witches near the Onondaga fort. At a period of perhaps 300 years before Columbus discovered America Cusick credits the Onondagas with 4,000 warriors.
Another theory, one upon which more reliance can be placed, is that the Iroquois, as a family, developed in Canada, having with the Hurons their center of population at or near Niagara River, whence the various tribes migrated east and west, and settled. But this migration left the Onondagas in Jefferson county, N.Y., and early tradition points to the southwest corner of that territory as the probable place of their origin. They evidently came south, however, about the year 1600, for in 1615 Champlain attacked their fort in Fenner, Madison county (see p. 42). during the remainder of the seventeenth century they had their villages in the town of Pompey, or adjacent territory, and at a point about one mile south of Jamesville, on lot 3, La Fayette, they burned their fort when the French came against them in 1696. This is the town described by Wentworth Greenhalgh in 1677, as follows:
The Onondagoes have but one town, but it is very large; consisting of about 140 houses not fenced; it is situate upon a hill that is very large, the bank on each side extending itself at least two miles, cleared land, whereon the corn is planted. They have likewise a small village about two miles beyond that, consisting of about 24 houses. They lye to the southward of the west, about 36 miles from the Oneydas. They plant abundance of corn which they sell to the Oneydas. The Onondagoes are said to be about 350 fighting men. They lye about 15 miles from Teshiroque (Oneida Lake).
Soon after the destruction of their town, or about 1700, the Onondagas located in Onondaga Valley, just southwest of the present village of that name, and there on Webster’s mile square, west of the creek, Sir William Johnson built a fort for them in 1756. It was this Indian village that John Bartram visited and described in 1743, as follows:
The town in its present state, is about 2 or 3 miles long, yet the scattered cabins on both sides the water are not above 40 in number; many of them hold two families, but all stand single, and rarely above 4 or 5 near one another; so that the whole town is a strange mixture of cabins, interspersed with great patches of grass, bushes, and shrubs, some of pease, corn, and squashes, limestone bottom composed of fossils and sea shells.
Bartram continues with a description of their council house, which is reprinted on p. 103, and then gives his first night’s experience therein, as follows:
At night, soon after we were laid down to sleep, and our fire almost burnt out, we were entertained by a comical fellow, disguised in as odd a dress as Indian folly could invent; he had on a clumsy vizard of wood colour’d black, with a nose 4 or 5 inches long, a grinning mouth set awry, furnished with long teeth, round the eyes circles of bright brass, surrounded by a larger circle of white paint, from his forehead hung long tresses of buffaloes hair, and from the catch part of his head ropes made of the plated husks of Indian corn; I cannot recollect the whole of his dress, but that it was equally uncouth: he carried in one hand a long staff, in the other a calabash with small stones in it, for a rattle, and this he rubbed up and down his staff; he would sometimes hold up his head and made a hideous noise like the braying of an ass; he came in at the further end, and made this noise at first, whether it was because he would not surprise us too suddenly I can’t say; I ask’d Conrad Weiser, who as well as myself lay next the alley, what noise that was? and Shickalamy, the Indian chief, our companion, who I supposed, thought me somewhat scared, called out, lye still John. I never heard him speak so much English before. The jackpudding presently came up to us, and an Indian boy came with him and kindled our fire, that we might see his glittering eyes and antick postures as he hobbled round the fire, sometimes he would turn the Buffaloes hair on one side that we might take the better view of his ill-favored phyz, when he had tired himself, which was sometime after he had well tired us, the boy that attended him struck 2 or 3 smart blows on the floor, at which the hobgoblin seemed surprised and on repeating them he jumped fairly out of doors and disappeared. I suppose this was to divert us and get some tobacco for himself, for as he danced about he would hold out his hand to any he came by to receive his gratification which as often as any one gave him he would return an awkward compliment. By this I found it no new diversion to any one but myself. In my whim I saw a vizard of this kind hang by the side of one of their cabins in another town. After this farce we endeavoured to compose ourselves to sleep but towards morning was again disturbed by a drunken Squaw coming into the cabin frequently complimenting us and singing.
In April, 1779, Colonel Van Schaick, in command of 150 men, invaded the Onondaga country, burned this village and council house, and drove the Indians from the vicinity; but only temporarily. Soon afterward they moved a little farther south and settled in the picturesque valley of their present Reservation, where they have lived in peace and security for upwards of one hundred years. Here they built a council house, the successor of which, rebuilt about 1875, is familiar to many visitors to that interesting settlement. Just west of it is a small council house which formerly stood across the road, north of the long structure, on or near the spot where now rests the remains of Ka-ny-tie-you, one of the founders of the Pagan religion.
This Reservation, topographically, is one of the most picturesque sections of the county. Broken into lofty hills and fertile valleys it abounds in varying and attractive scenery, and presents to the scientist and farmer a variety of interesting characteristics. More than 1,000 acres are stony and mountainous, and afford little of value except a poor grade of pasturage, but nearly all the remainder is either well adapted to agricultural purposes or covered with good and sufficient timber for fencing, fuel, etc. Unfailing springs of pure water abound, especially on the hills. The bottom lands are very fertile, and are quite generally cut up into small farms, most of which are cultivated by the Indians. Corn, potatoes, vegetables, and small quantities of grain are raised, while both small and large fruit, particularly strawberries, are produced with profit. The majority of the farms, however, produce but little more than is needed for home consumption. It is only within the last quarter-century that the Indians have noticeably thrown off the stoical habits and customs of their forefathers and adopted, though even in a rude manner, the elevating methods of modern civilization. A number of their ancient traditions, observances, and tribal associations are still quite as strong and active as in the happy hunting days of old, but the examples and efforts of the whites, combined with the progressive influence of a few local enthusiasts, are slowly but surely introducing a new spirit of competition in agriculture.
The Onondaga Creek flows northerly and northeasterly through the principal valley of the Reservation, and receives in its course four tributaries. These streams afford excellent drainage. The main road, running along the east side of the valley from Syracuse, enters the northeast corner of the Reservation at Onondaga Castle post-office, sometimes called the “entrance gate,” and runs thence southwesterly through the tract to Cardiff, with a thoroughfare branching off above the council house to South Onondaga. Near this principal highway, on land of Solomon George, stands the somewhat celebrated six-bodied elm. The north entrance to the Reservation is about five miles south of the southern limits of Syracuse.
The Onondagas have always held the proud distinction of the principal tribe of the Iroquois confederacy. In 1810 they numbered on this territory about 200 souls. At that period every or nearly every tribe of the League was represented among the inhabitants, and this condition exists at the present time. According to Spafford’s Gazetteer of 1824 the present village, in which the council house is located, known as Onondaga Castle, contained “about fifty Indian houses on a street near a mile in length, and about 150 souls–fifty less than ten years ago. Their houses are built of hewn logs, the spaces filled with masoned mortar-work, and are comfortable enough–quite comfortable enough for Indians, though they would not do for our Christian missionaries at the Sandwich Islands, in South Africa, and the Lord knows where!” The total strength of the Onondagas at that time was about 500, of which some 350 lived at Buffalo Creek, Allegany, and Upper Canada; in 1835 the tribe on this Reservation had dwindled to about 100 souls. In 1860 there were on the Reservation fifteen frame houses, twelve frame barns, eighteen horse teams, and one yoke of oxen. Very few of the Indians talked in English, and many of them dressed after the fashion of their face–the women in short skirts, with beaded leggings, short over-dresses of various colors, silver earrings, and brooches and other ornaments around their neck. The population numbered about 350, of which thirty-eight were Christians. A school house in very poor condition and poorly kept stood just south of the present M. E. parsonage. The chiefs were strongly opposed to the children attending it, and were equally strong in their opposite to Christianity, which accounts for the large number of Pagans. At this time the influences of civilization were beginning to be felt.
The Reservation now (1896) contains seventy frame houses, twenty-six frame barns, twenty-six horse teams, eleven single horses, seven yoke of oxen, from three to five grocery stores, one blacksmith, two shoemakers, several carpenters, two ministers, and about 495 inhabitants, more than one-half of whom are Christians. Paganism is rapidly passing away under the influences of the excellent State school and the three churches. The chiefs, although mostly Pagans themselves, take great interest in the education of the children and aid as far as consistent with their office in advancing the cause of Christianity. The English language is used almost entirely, the younger element using it exclusively.
From the arrival of Father Le Moyne in 1654 to the present time (1896) the Onondagas have been visited by zealous and conscientious missionaries, whose early efforts to Christianize these dusky natives are fully detailed in preceding chapters. But the Indians held tenaciously to their Pagan doctrines until the latter part of the eighteenth century. During the early years of this century Bishop Hobart exerted a powerful influence among both the Oneidas and Onondagas, administering confirmation to more than 500, while over 1,000 were baptized by ministers of the church. Rev. Eleazer Williams was one of the early missionaries here, visiting the Reservation first in 1816, when he was hurried to the council house that the Indians might “hear the words of Him who dwells in the heavens.” At this time they were mainly Pagans, earnest disciples of the peace Prophet, but had learned a little about Christianity from Rev. Samuel Kirkland. “Father” Ezekiel G. Gear, of Onondaga Hill, was also an active and useful missionary, beginning about 1817, and once, on a raised platform at their village, he baptized several Indians and publicly received some others who had renounced Romanism. Among the converts from Paganism was Abram La Forte, who was long a faithful communicant, but ambition and isolation proved too much for his principles, and he relapsed. After many years of Pagan leadership he finally reverted to Christianity, and died at the Castle in October, 1848, aged fifty-four. He was well educated, finishing at Geneva Academy, and first taught a school on the Reservation with considerable success for about three years. Later he became the acknowledged leader of the Pagan party, opposed the Christian religion and schools, and bore a conspicuous part in councils and as master at sacrificial rites. Known as De-hat-ka-tons, he was a son of Captain La Forte, or Ho-ha-hoa qua, a noted Onondaga chief who fell at Chippewa in 1814, and was the father of Daniel La Forte, now principal chief, and of Thomas a Wesleyan missionary.
The Episcopal mission among the Onondagas was thus established by Bishop Hobart in 1816, and Revs. Clarke, Williams, and Gear officiated for many years. In 1829 the Methodists appointed exhorters to visit the Reservation, and their missions have been continued ever since with varying success. In September, 1867, Rev. George Morgan Hills (4), of Syracuse, came among the Indians, and with Bishop A. Cleveland Coxe re-established the Episcopal mission and procured a chapel, which was consecrated September 27, 1870. A mission house was also built and a school instituted, and soon afterward Rev. J. P. Foster became the missionary in charge. Their present church, known as the Church of the Good Shepherd, was originally built by the Wesleyans, who re-organized their mission about 1893 and two years later erected an edifice. Their minister is Rev. Thomas La Forte, a brother of Daniel, the principal chief. The Episcopal minister is Albert Cusick, who was ordained as deacon by Bishop Huntington on October 1, 1891. He is known in his tribe as Sa-go-na-qua-ten, “he who makes everybody mad,” and belongs to the Eel clan. He was born in Niagara county in 1848, came to Onondaga county in 1860, and two years later became a warrior chief of the Six Nations. He was subsequently made principal chief, but very soon adopted the teachings of Christianity, and at his baptism and confirmation by Bishop Huntington renounced all his tribal honors. He is a fluent English scholar, the recognized historian of his tribe, and active in promoting education, religion, temperance, and morality among his people.
Half a century ago the Methodists had the only church or chapel on the Reservation. This building was remodeled about 1885 and is still standing. The church is under the Central New York M. E. Conference. The Indians, with few exceptions, have never had the same inherent attachment for church membership which characterizes the whites, but often vacillate between the different societies as personal preferences dictate. On this account one body is first strong and then weak according to its popularity.
The old school building previously mentioned was finally moved across the road and is now the house of Samuel G. Isaacs. The present structure, located also at the Castle, on the west side of the road, was erected by the State about 1887 at a cost of $500. During school months it has a daily attendance of twelve to thirty-five children, according to disposition and the weather.
Drunkenness among Indians is too well known to require more than brief mention here. With the white man came liberal quantities of “fire water,” which performed its work of demoralization and not infrequently destroyed the results of missionary effort. Both warriors and squaws, and even young children, developed an insatiable desire for rum and whisky, and unscrupulous whites generously appeased their thirst. And here allusion may be made to Handsome Lake, or Contatauyou, the Peace Prophet, a Seneca sachem of the Turtle tribe and half-brother of Cornplanter, who was born near Avon about 1735 and died at Onondaga in 1815. About the year 1800, after a dissipated life, he claimed to have had dreams or visions, through which he was commissioned by the Great Spirit to come to the rescue of his people. His first efforts were to eradicate intemperance. With his teachings, which were termed the “New Religion,” he mingled the fancies of his dreams, claiming that he had seen the branching paths which departed spirits trod on leaving the earth. “To a drunkard was given a red-hot liquid to drink, as if he loved it, and as a stream of blaze poured from his mouth he was commanded to sing as when on earth after drinking fire-water.” “A woman who sold fire-water was nothing but bones, for the flesh had been eaten from her hands and arms.” These and other principles upon which his teachings were founded wrought the Handsome Lake and his successor, Sasehawa, a deep place in the confidence of the old Pagan party. Soon after his death the Iroquois Temperance League was formed among the Six Nations, the organization taking place on the Tuscarora Reservation in Niagara county. Since then the League has held annual meetings, made up of representatives and others from various subordinate lodges on the different Reservations. The Onondagas, as a resident nation, were not represented until about 1891, when the Onondaga Temperance Society, which had been organized some two years before, was admitted. This local society meets every two weeks, has about seventy-five members, and under the Iroquois League offers sick, accident, and death beneficiaries. Besides this the Onondagas take considerable interest in Ka-no-sue-nee (Long House) Lodge, No. 777, I. O. G. T., which was organized November 2, 1877, and which has since maintained a flourishing existence. Its oldest charter member in continuous good standing is Albert Cusick, the first marshal and the present lodge deputy. Among other prominent members, past and present, are Rev. Welcome Smith, Elizabeth and Jacob A. Scanandoah, Josiah Jacobs, Christ John Smith, and Elizabeth Thomas. These two organizations have performed noble work in eradicating intemperance and building up morals among the Indians. The combined membership is over 100, and the consumption of whisky, lager, hard cider, and other intoxicating liquors is less by nearly one-half than twenty years ago.
Perhaps the best known organization among the Indians is the Onondaga Indian Band, which was formed in 1862, and which has taken a prominent part in many gatherings throughout Central New York, and especially in Syracuse, including the memorable Centennial celebration in June, 1894. Albert Cusick, the present secretary, has been continuously a member of the band, being for a time its leader. The Onondagas also have a sportsmen’s club, which has materially aided in preserving the game and fish on their Reservation.
Among the leading Indian farmers are Daniel La Forte, Jacob A. and Simon Scanandoah, Jaris Pierce, Orris Farmer, Charles Green, Wilson Johnson, Isaac Powless, Wilson Reuben, Joshua Pierce, Mrs. Avis Hill, Mrs. Elizabeth Thomas, Josiah Jacobs, Elizabeth Scanandoah, John Loft, Mrs. Holly Hill and son Holly, jr., Thomas John, Baptiste and Eddy Thomas, John Green, Abram Printup, Hiram and Joshua Jones, David Jacobs, Sidney Isaacs, Lewis Thomas, Moses Smith, Frank Logan, Augustus Brown, Geo. Venevera, Melissa Peckman, Mrs. Emily Hill, Peter Elm, Lewis Cook, Albert Cusick. Of these Wilson Reuben, Daniel La Forte, and Orris Farmer are among the wealthiest and most prosperous men on the Reservation. The former “inherited” the farm of his “Aunt Cynthia,” who was a shrewd political manager and financier, and who died at the age of ninety years. About 2,525 acres of land on the Reservation are cultivated.
Ownership of land, though not recorded after the manner of the whites, is acquired by verbal bargains accompanied by payment, and such agreements are respected. No papers ever pass between the contracting parties. Many of the farms and other lands are leased to white people for a cash rental or upon shares. This is particularly true of the valuable limestone quarries lying on the east side of the Reservation, a little west of the road to La Fayette, where as many as six derricks have been worked, paying to the nation annually $100 each. Successful agricultural fairs have been held on the Reservation for several years, particularly about 1871.
The Onondagas, in proportion to their population, played a conspicuous part in both the war of 1812 and the war of the Rebellion. In the former 300 of their warriors participated under Ephraim Webster, the pioneer, their interpreter, and Indian agent. The enumeration of 1890 shows that at least sixteen Onondaga Indians served in the Rebellion, viz.: Charles Lyon, Peter Elm, Josiah Jacobs, Jacob Scanandoah, Hewett Jacobs, Samuel G. Isaacs, Henry Powless, Wilson Jacobs, Joseph Green, Thomas John, Martin Powless, Peter Johnson, Alexander Sullivan, William Martin, Eli Farmer, and Moses Jordan. It is quite certain that more than this number entered the service. Some enlisted under assumed names, and hence it is impossible to prepare a complete list.
Every person belonging to the nation has two names, one by which he or she is commonly known, the other representing their Indian nativity. Besides these the chiefs and officers of the tribe have a third, which designates their rank or official position. The names of the Onondaga principal chiefs are Tah-too-ta-hoo (entangled), Ho-ne-sa-ha (the best soil uppermost), De-hat-ka-tons (looking all over ), O-ya-ta-je-wak (bitter in the throat), Ak-we-ke-yat (end of the water), Te-hah-yut-kwa-ye (red on the wing), Ho-no-we-eh-to (he has disappeared), Ga-wen-ne-sen-ton (her voice scattered), Ha-he-ho (spilling now and then), Ho-neo-nea-ne (something was made for him and laid down before him), Sah-de-gwa-se (he is bruised), Sa-ko-ke-he (he may see them), Hoo-sah-ha-ho (wearing a weapon in his belt), Ska-nah-wah-ti (over the water), and Te-ka-ha-hoonk (he looks both ways)–fifteen in all. These principal chiefs have or may have each a warrior chief, whose duty is to obey his superior in all matters of government. A principal chief may call a council, and can order his subordinate to notify all the other chiefs for this purpose. He accedes to his office by election, has a seat in the Grand Council of the Iroquois, and can not be removed. At his death the council fire is extinguished, and business is suspended until after condolement. The ceremony of condolence consists of lamentations, chanting, speech-making, and a feast. “Until the new chief is raised the horns of his predecessor are said to rest on his grave.” The right of inheritance is through the mother; her children can claim only the privileges afforded by the nation to which she belonged.
Marriages in the same clans were formerly but not now forbidden. Burial customs have often changed. Until recently the Onondagas maintained clan burials in rows, and hence a husband and wife were not buried together. Usually some ornaments or trinkets belonging to the deceased are interred with the body, but otherwise the funeral ceremony is much like that of a white person. Formerly a dead feast was given by the women ten days after the burial, a kernel of corn accompanying the invitations, and only one man being invited as speechmaker. Pails of provisions were passed around, one being given to each person present, and a dish was set on the table for the deceased; out of the latter all partook in common.
The Onondagas still pound much of their corn–a soft white variety which they esteem highly–in wooden mortars about two feet high, using a wooden pestle four feet long with a handle in the middle. For bread the meal thus produced is mixed with beans. They are quite ingenious in wood work, and make bows, arrows, snow-snakes, baskets, etc. Their wampum, it is said, was originally made of pieces of wood stained black or white. The invention is ascribed to Hiawatha, who gathered white shells and called down a wampum bird for the purpose. Thomas Webster, the Onondaga keeper of the wampum, gives the tradition thus: ‘There is a tree set in the ground, and it touches the heavens. Under that tree sits this Wampum. It sits on a log. Coals of fire (council fire) is unquenchable, and the Six Nations are at the council fire held by the tribe. Tah-too-ta-hoo, a member of the Bear clan, is the great chief here. He has a descendant in our tribe to-day. His name is Frank Logan. One of the uses of the wampum is for a symbol in the election of officers. The wampum bearer keeps the treaties of the nation.’ Frank Logan belongs to the Eel clan and is a Cherokee descendant. Thomas Webster is of the Snipe clan; he is a consistent, thorough pagan, and interpreter to the Onondagas, who retain the custody of the wampums of the Five Nations. There are eleven of these historic wampums, each fraught with traditional story of persons and events.
Among the Onondagas feasts, sacrifices, and dreams formerly held an important place in their tribal ceremonies, and although a number of these ancient practices are still observed many have passed wholly into oblivion. The Dream feast occurred in January or February and intensified all the follies of the ordinary dream. The False Faces, described by John Bartram, form a sort of secret society and are still a prominent body. Green Lake, west of Jamesville, was the reputed ancient resort for their greatest mysteries. Fairies seldom appeared, but a precipitous bank of bowlder clay in the ravine east of the Castle is regarded as their favorite sliding place. In some of the feasts there is a dance for the Thunders, to whom tobacco is offered in dry season to relieve drouth. He-no, the Thunder, figures in several Iroquois stories. The maple dance, called Heh-tesi-ha-stone-tas (putting in syrup), has ceased, owing to the absence of maple syrup.
The sacrifice of the White Dog in point of time corresponds to and takes the place of the old Dream feast, and even retains some of its features. It is the most important of all the Pagan usages. The white dog is now seldom burned among the Onondagas. It is an ancient custom whereby the sins of the people are supposed to be gathered by the chiefs, who by some vicarious mystery lay them upon the head of a perfectly white dog, without spot or blemish, and organically sound. A single black hair would destroy the efficacy of the victim. The dog is strangled; not a drop of blood is shed; it is then fancifully painted and carried into the council house. In the afternoon the sacrificial ceremonies commence. The accompanying engraving represents the sacrifice which occurred at Onondaga Castle on January 18, 1872, when Captain George was the great chief, arrayed in all the splendor of his office, standing in the foreground.
The feast, when fully carried out, lasts fourteen days, the first three being devoted to religious services and the confession of sins. Then follow three days of gambling, on the last of which the False Faces visit houses and poke in the ashes; on the seventh and eighth days the False Faces come to the council house in a body. These are known as medicine men, and their function at this time is to go through the ceremony of chasing out witches and devils. On the ninth day, called Koon-wah-yah-tun-was (they are burning dog), the white dog, now strangled and painted, is carried out and burned on a pile of fagots. This proceeding is best described by the following extract from a contemporary periodical:
Captain George, who, as head chief of the nation, acted as high priest, entered the council house and proceeded to array himself in a white tunic, the sleeves of which were bound up with white ribbons. He then girded himself with a belt of beads, and placed upon his head an adornment that might excite the admiration of the most fashionable of milliners–it was so light and feathery. Taking his seat in the center of the room, he waited in solemn silence for a long time. At length the solemn moment arrived, and so impressive were the proceedings that the only white men permitted to be present felt themselves compelled to uncover their heads and cease their labors. Rising slowly and majestically, bearing a long white wand in his right hand, Captain George commenced a chant in the Onondaga language; passing slowly around the typical dog from his position at the east he proceeded to the south, west, and north, and then returned to his former position, where he consulted with one of the chiefs. This proceeding was repeated three times; and then, as if he had gathered all the sins of the people, he approached the dog and uttered a pathetic lament. After this the body of the victim, which was laid upon a rough bier, was gently lifted up and borne to the place of sacrifice by the hands of the chiefs of the nation. The high priest then, standing at the east side of the altar of sacrifice, solemnly committed the victim to the flames. The sacrifice was completed; the atonement made.
The sins of the people were expiated, and general joy was manifested by the firing of guns and mutual congratulations. Formerly two white dogs were burned, but now only one is sacrificed. When the full ceremony is carried out the tenth day is given up to dancing by the children, who with adopted persons are named; the eleventh is for the dance for the Four Persons, Ki-yae-ne-ung-qua-ta-ka; on the twelfth are held dances for the Holder of the Heavens, and on the thirteenth occurs the dance for the Thunders. The next morning the men and women take opposite sides in gambling, and if the men win it will be a good season. Between seven and ten days later the False Faces search houses, receive gifts, and dance at the council house.
This feast was formerly attended with ceremonies of the most indecent character, but within recent years it has been shorn of its excessively objectionable features and materially shortened in the period of its observance. Even many of the rites previously mentioned have been dropped. Since the celebration of 1872 but few burnings of the white dog have occurred at the Reservation. The last one, and the only one of the kind in several years, took place on January 18, 1896. New Year’s dances, however, are still continued annually.
The Planting dance, Ne-ya-yent-wha-hunkt, occurs just before planting time in April, and is thought to invoke the aid of the Great Spirit in conferring a favorable spring. Next comes the Strawberry feast or dance, Hoon-tah-yus (putting in strawberries), which procures more berries. The Green Bean dance, Ta-yun-tah-ta-t’kwe-t’ka-hunkt (breaking the bellies), has as its idea the protruding of beans in the pod. Then comes the dance of the Green Corn, T’unt-kwa-hank cha ne-kah-neh-host-ha, with which many white people are familiar. This takes place in September of each year; it is attended by the usual fun and dancing, and more than any other Indian feast of to-day is witnessed by scores of visitors. The last is the dance for the Harvest, T’unt-kwa-hank cha ne-unt-hent-tees-ah-hunk (all is finished), which is celebrated after the crops have been harvested.
The war dance, death dance, and other kindred ceremonies have largely or wholly disappeared, except as they are incorporated with or form a part of the feasts and observances previously mentioned. Witches, too, are no longer known, although as late as 1803 four women were accused of witchcraft; one confessed and repented, and burned her “implements” of incantation; the other three were tomahawked on a hill east of the Castle and buried among the rocks.
Canassatego
Brief mention may be made at this point of the distinguished Onondaga chiefs. Dekanissora, prince of Indian orators and diplomatists, flourished from about 1680 to 1730. He is supposed to have followed Garungula, the Nestor of the Five Nations. One of their contemporaries was Kanahjeagah (Black Kettle). Canassatego figures prominently in the transactions of the League from 1734 to 1783. Oundiaga was the first war chief of the Onondagas during the Revolution, carried mail between Onondaga and Oswego about 1807, and died near Oneida in 1839, aged ninety-one. Kawhicdota was his contemporary, and the father of Ohhenu (Captain Honnos). Contatauyou (Handsome Lake) has been noticed, as has also Ossahinta (Captain Frost), whose portrait appears on page 182. Among the latter’s associates were Ohkaayungk (Onondaga Peter), Kahayent (Captain Joseph), Oghatakak (Captain Joseph, 2d), Dehatkatons (Abram La Forte), and Uthawah (Captain Cold), the latter for many years keeper of the council fire of the Six Nations, at Tonawanda, where he died in the autumn of 1847, when this sacred symbol was restored to its ancient hearth at Onondaga, to the keeping of Dehatkatons.
Ossahinta belonged to the Turtle tribe, and at the time of his death, which occurred at Onondaga Castle on January 24, 1846, at the age of eighty-six, was supposed to be the only person among the Iroquois who perfectly understood their policy of government, the forms of organizing their councils, and the usages of their Pagan rites. The nation conferred upon him the honorary title of war captain. He wielded a powerful influence, was strictly temperate, and enjoyed universal respect and confidence. He was buried in the Indian cemetery at the Castle.
The Onondagas have from time immemorial furnished the “king” (Tahtootahoo) of the Confederacy, who has usually resided on their Reservation. Ossahinta (Captain Frost) held this distinguished office for many years, and was succeeded by Abram La Forte, who was followed by Captain George, who married the latter’s widow.
Captain Samuel George was the last of an illustrious line of chiefs, and held tenaciously to the faith of his fathers, which was Paganism. He served with the Americans in the war of 1812, and on one occasion, without rest or sleep, ran 150 miles to bring an important message to the American army. He was emphatically the leader of his race, enjoying not only their confidences, but also the respect and esteem of the whites. His word was law; his utterances were unquestioned. He was leading war chief (Zi-wynk-to-ko-noe) of the Onondagas from the death of Captain Cold in 1847 until his death; and for more than twenty years he served also as head chief (Ha-no-we-ye-ach-te) of the Six Nations. Under him the tribe made good progress toward civilization. He died at his home about a quarter of a mile from the council house on the evening of September 24, 1873, aged seventy-eight, and was buried with Christian ceremonies on the 26th. After a brief service at the house, conducted by Rev. James M. Clarke, rector of St. James’s church, Syracuse, the coffin was borne to the Church of the Good Shepherd, where it was received by Bishop Huntington and placed upon a bier in the open air. The Bishop, standing on the steps of the little edifice, delivered a most beautiful and appropriate address, Daniel La Forte acting as interpreter. The remains were then uncovered that the assembled people, both Indians and whites, might look for the last time upon the departed chieftain, who was clothed in full warrior costume: across his breast was his wampum belt, and upon his head were his cap and feathers. Thence the body was borne by four young braves to a spot near the council house, where it was lowered to its last resting place.
The present head chief or “king” of the Six Nations is Frank Logan, of the Wolf clan, who was born in 1857. The Onondaga nation is governed by twenty-seven chiefs, all but two of whom belong to the Pagan party. The ruling or principal chiefs, fifteen in number, are chosen by the females of the families represented.
The present chiefs of the Onondagas are Frank Logan, Thomas Webster, John Green, Asa Wheelbarrow, Charles Green, William Hill, John Hill, Peter George, John R. Farmer, James Thomas, George Venevera, William Lyon, Billings Webster, Daniel La Forte, George Crow, Baptist Thomas, Charles Lyon, Andrew Gibson, Wilson Reuben, Jacob Scanandoah, George Lyon, Levi Webster, Hewlett Jacobs, Jacob Bigbear, John Thomas, Enoch Scanandoah, and Abbott Jones. The last two are not Pagans.
Dinah John, familiarly and widely known as “Aunt Dinah,” was long one of the most picturesque figures among the Onondagas. She was eccentric, kind hearted, simple, and frank, and after the age of ninety frequently walked from the Castle to Syracuse and back. When asked as to her church relations she placed her hand upon her head, saying, “I’m ‘Piscopal here;” then placing her hand upon her heart, she added, “I’m Methodist here.” She was born on the Reservation, where she lived all her life, and died there May 26, 1883. Her remains were buried with Christian ceremonies in the little cemetery at the Castle, where her grace is marked by a tombstone, five feet high, upon which is this inscription: ‘Aunt Dinah John, died May 26, 1883, aged 109 years.” This monument was erected by a number of Syracusans and was unveiled July 7 of that year. Many authorities have given her age as 107, and one antiquarian places her birth “early in 1774.” The photograph from which the accompanying plate is made was taken of Philip S. Ryder, of Syracuse, when she was 100 years old.
Hannah, an Indian squaw, who died on the Reservation in 1861 at the age of 120 years, was probably the oldest person whose death occurred in Onondaga county. She was born, it is believed, in 1741, or earlier, and was honored with a notice in Harper’s Weekly for March 23, 1861.
For several years a number of the progressive Indians on the Reservation have strongly favored the idea of citizenship, and themselves have taken the initiative. On May 3, 1882, a constitution was reported, providing for a president or chairman, clerk, treasurer, marshal, three peacemakers or judges, a school trustee, one pathmaster, and two poormasters. A provision respecting the disposition of lands in severalty was declared to be dependent upon a three-fourths vote of the males and a three-fourths vote of the mothers of the nation. This constitution was adopted at a meeting held May 6, when officers were elected as follows: Daniel La Forte, chairman; Jaris Pierce, clerk; Orris Farmer, treasurer; Cornelius Johnson, marshal; Jimerson L. Johnson, Wilson Johnson, and John White, peacemakers; Simon Scanandoah, pathmaster; Joseph Isaacs, school trustee; Baptist Thomas and Wilson Reuben, poormasters. Various other resolutions were adopted at subsequent meetings, such as “putting a stop to Sabbath breaking,” etc. The chiefs apparently did not favor civil government, and from August 3, 1883, to April 26, 1887, no meetings of this description occurred. On the latter date the old rules were substantially revived, but provided for a governing body of twelve councilors. The Christian element controlled this and other gatherings of that year. October 15, 1889, the struggle was renewed, the constitution of 1882 being re-adopted. On the 21st a new constitution was reported and adopted, but this and subsequent acts looking to the enfranchisement of the Onondagas, “The People of the Hills,” promulgated by themselves after the manner of English governments, have fallen to pieces because of their inherent belief in Paganism and ancient tribal relations.
Here amid the beautiful hills and valleys of their fathers we leave this small remnant of a once proud and powerful nation. Here around the council fire of the Confederacy, where their historic career is slowly but surely drawing to an inglorious end, this little band is being borne one by one to the Happy Hunting Grounds of the Great Spirit, where immortalized souls of distinguished ancestors await their coming. No more striking example of supremacy and decline can be found in the annals of the world. Hundreds of years ago, when days were suns and months were moons, the Onondagas, the illustrious People of the Mountain, roamed at will over their vast domain, and numbered their warriors by the thousands. The forests and the beasts thereof, the streams, fish, and game, both great and small, were theirs by right of original occupation. The white man came with his dazzling arts and promises, encroached upon their hospitality, and reduced their lands and privileges piecemeal to insignificant proportions. Wars, famine, and other causes wrought devastation, discouragement, and slow but steady decline, while the onward march of civilization gradually tore down their barriers of superstition and tribal practice until to-day ancient usages and customs exist more in tradition than in fact. Though still the distinguished center of what remains of the Iroquois League the Onondagas retain only a shadow of their former greatness and magnificence. Christianity is overpowering Paganism, and civilizing influences are wiping out those romantic but uncouth attributes which formed the foundation of true Indian life.” Source Here
FOOTNOTES
Chapters III to XVI; inclusive, of the present work, embrace extended accounts of the powerful Iroquois Confederacy, and of the various nations and tribes which made up that organization. In this chapter it is designed merely to preserve in brief the traditions, customs, laws, statistics, and notable events relating purely to the Onondagas and their Reservation from their settlement in the valley of Onondaga to the present time.
2. David Cusick, author of “Sketches of Ancient History of the Six Nations,” was the son of Nicholas Cusick, a Tuscarora, who died near Lewiston, N.Y. in 1840, at the age of about eighty-two. David’s death occurred a few years later. He possessed a fair education and was esteemed a good doctor. His History passed through three editions, dated respectively 1826, 1828, and 1848. His brother James became a Baptist minister and a noted man, published a collection of Indian hymns, and died in Canada. Albert Cusick is a grandson of James.
3. The Great Mosquito, Kah-ye-yah-ta-ne-go-na, was killed, it is claimed, at Centerville, which is still called Kah-yah-tak-ne-t’ke-tah-keh, “where the mosquito lies.”
4. A few days before Christmas, soon after beginning his visits, Rev. Mr. Hills received the following letter, which is self-explanatory: “Rev. George Morgan Hills “I want you come down Christmas Day I want you baptize to little children Philip Jones her son and her girls four he got baptize that day and Another Wilson Reuben her girl and My little girl that be six children he wants you baptize Christmas day . “From Yours Truly “DANIEL LA FORTE “Onondaga Castle.”
More Detailed information about the Iroquois Nation visit our website http://www.worksofjoseph.com/iroquois-nation/
Several of the most asked questions about Book of Mormon Geography or the Hill Cumorah go something like this:
Where is the proof of weapons of war near the Hill Cumorah?
Why are there are no arrowheads found on the Hill Cumorah?
Why is there no archaeological evidence of bones near Cumoraah?
Why is there no physical evidence for millions dead in the soil throughout the region?
These questions above are weak arguments since my research has shown hundreds of books, articles, and research confirming that indeed Cumorah Land is full of physical and overwhelming proof that LDS and non-LDS historians have found to prove great battles, and many artifacts and archaeological facts about the timeline of the Book of Mormon in the Land of Cumorah.
As you see in the map (left) from The Archaeology of New York, you can see 109 ancient sites dated from about 2400 BC (Lamoka) to 1600 AD in New York State, and many near Cumorah. I ask you to look between the green line and the pink like in the map, as you see an absence of mound sites. Could that be indicative that after the final battles at Cumorah, the people chose not to live in those particular areas of Cumorah? There are ancient historical words that mention a “Bloody Hill” or the “Hill that ran Red all Day”. See my blog here, about THE WAR OF BARK EATERS AND WHERE THE BLOOD RAN RED ALL DAY (Hill Cumorah Battle?)
You will find below over 25 books or articles written by non-Mormons that verify evidence of hills, mounds, ditches, artifacts, forts, bones and arrowheads during the Book of Mormon timeline of 600 BC to 421 AD found all over the eastern area of North America, from Florida to Tennessee to Illinois, to Ohio and in New York. I also share with you over 15 blogs or articles I have written of additional massive evidence you can research. Of course you can research and pray for personal revelation,
The Archaeology of New York State by William A. Ritchie 1965 page 599or you can ignore what I share. I ask you to consider gaining as much knowledge as possible in this world.
“Must be like God. — April 10, 1842. Joseph Smith said, “If you wish to go where God is, you must be like God, or possess the principles which God possesses, for if we are not drawing towards God in principle, we are going from Him and drawing towards the devil. * * A man is saved no faster than he gets knowledge, for if he does not get knowledge, he will be brought into captivity by some evil power in the other world, as evil spirits will have more knowledge, and consequently more power than many men who are on the earth. Hence It needs revelation to assist us and give us knowledge of the things of God.” A Compendium of The Doctrines Of The Gospel. Franklin D. Richards, of the Twelve Apostles of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, and Elder James A. Little, Salt Lake City, Utah: Entered according to Act of Congress in the year 1882
If you READ, Truth can be found!
Historical Verification of the Book of Mormon in North America Non-Mormon Archaeology and Research 600 BC to 421 AD